May, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter voi. 15, no.i NEXT MEETING: Revisions to Prosobranch Gastropods GUEST SPEAKER: Dr. James H. McLean DATE: 10 June 1996 TIME: 0930-1600 (Dr. McLean will join us in the afternoon) LOCATION: Times-Mirror Room, Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County, 900 Exposition Blvd., Los Angeles TONE 10 MEETING The cystiscid Persicula interruptolineata (from Coovert and Coovert 1995) While mainly addressing the new Prosobranch gastropod review by Dr. Jim McLean in the Taxonomic Atlas of the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara Channel, the June 10th meeting will also include an introduction to some of the proposed changes in higher classification of gastropods. SCAMIT is currently using a Tl traditional 1 ' classification. Over the past two decades a number of new findings have lead to significant rearrangements of the gastropods, some of which are now very widely (if not universally) considered to be correct. A number of these changes were included by Dr. McLean in his work, and this is a convenient time for us to begin to consider a revised classification. FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED, IN PART, BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION, CHEVRON USA, AND TEXACO INC. SCAMIT Newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for fornial taxonomic purposes. May, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 1 NEW LITERATURE Volume 8- (part 1 of the Mollusca) of the MMS Taxonomic Atlas has been published and members with subscriptions should be receiving their copies soon, if not already. This volume contains two sections: The Prosobranchia (J. H. McLean) and The Opisthobranchia (T. M. Gosliner). We will be discussing the first of these at the June Meeting (see above), but will reserve the second for our second meeting on Cephalaspidea later this year, with Dr. Gosliner as guest speaker. Although not a full treatment (Dr. McLean excluded discussion of the pyramidellids) the prosobranch section is full of new information, and provides the first illustrations of a number of species described by Dali in the early years of this century. If you have any interest in this volume I recommend you attend the June meeting, where Dr. McLean will be in attendance to answer any questions we have on this revisionary review. A major revision of the margined id gastropods was also received recently (Coovert and Coovert 1995). This formed two numbers of the journal The Nautilus last year and eovers all supra- specific taxonomy of the Marginellidae, including the raising of the subfamily Cystiscinae to full family status as the Cystiscidae. This extremely detailed analysis draws together all the known information on these animals, which have often been described only from shells. It replaces the past system (based nearly exclusively on shells) with one based on a combination of shell, radula, and soft anatomical characters. Significant changes to the existing system result. Late 1995 also produced an interesting article on the feeding of Octopus rubescens on euphausid shrimp (Laidig et al 1995). The observations of this behavior were made in situ with an ROV off Santa Cruz, California. The authors provide a useful summary of previous observational reports of Octopus feeding methods and prey. Volume 2(2) of Amphipacifica has also been published. As in past issues it consists of a limited number of large monographic reviews. This issue contains major papers on systematics of amphipods in the group of genera including Melita in Family Melitidae (Jarrett and Bousfield 1996), and on species in the generic complexes around Monoculodes and Synchelidium in the Family Oedicerotidae (Bousfield and Chevrier 1996). Each of these is a comprehensive review of the groups in the north-east Pacific from mid- California northward, but may not address species present in the Southern California Bight. In all cases new genera are erected, generic limits of existing genera are re-defined, new species are proposed and efforts are made to establish a coherent approach to taxonomy of the groups in question. Some problems have been found with the latter paper, and we suggest that application of the new genera erected in it be postponed until the authors have an opportunity to rectify them in print. It will take some time for all the proposed changes to be evaluated, and related to the southern California fauna. Efforts are underway (reexamination of J. L. Barnard's MS Synchelidium species in light of the character states introduced by Bousfield and Chevrier, for instance) at this time, and will be presented at a future meeting. We request that any amphipod workers evaluating these new monographs share their findings and opinions with others through the Newsletter. In a continuation of research on the taxonomy of the nemerteans by European investigations Envall (1996) described a new Ototyphlonemerte s and reviewed the genus. Ototyphlonemertes spiralis has been recorded locally, and these records can now be reevaluated based on more complete descriptive information NEWSLETTER SUGGESTIONS At the May meeting the cost of publishing the SCAMIT newsletter was addressed. As reported 2 May, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 1 in last month’s newsletter (Vol. 14 No. 12) the costs associated with publishing the newsletter (printing, postage, and supplies) have increased substantially due to more lengthy newsletters in the last 2 years. This past year the cost of producing the newsletter and the 2nd edition of the Taxonomic Listing was approximately $4,000, which was the major expense SCAMIT incurred in its 1995-96 fiscal year. Membership dues in the past have been able to offset this expense, but this year at approx. $1500 didn’t even cover half the expense. It is clear that SCAMIT needs to find a way to increase our income or decrease our expenses. The members present at the meeting decided that cutting down on the length of the newsletter was not the answer. However, several suggestions were made. They are: 1. Raise membership dues. Members present felt this should be held as a last resort. 2. Solicit past supporters (Arco, Chevron, and Texaco, that we routinely credit in the newsletter) for a yearly donation or grant to cover the cost of the newsletter and/or the cost of the future editions of the Taxonomic Listing. 3. Put the newsletter on-line to save not only printing and stationery supply costs, but postage as well. (Not to mention trees.) The major disadvantage to this solution is then why would anyone become a member if they could get our information for free. It was even suggested that SCAMIT could have its own home page, perhaps thru the Natural History Museum. This, however, presents the problem of finding a volunteer to manage and update the page. As usual, every solution has its own set of problems. This newsletter expense problem will be addressed at an executive committee meeting later this year. Until then, the SCAMIT officers welcome (and even plead for) your suggestions, comments, and opinions. Please feel free to contact any of them by phone, fax, e-mail, and even the old-fashioned way, letter. CORRECTIONS A few corrections to past newsletters were noted at the last meeting. The header on all pages subsequent to the first one of the April newsletter (Vol. 14 No. 12) mistakenly reads February, 1996 Vol. 14 No. 10. The newsletter staff regrets this error because the whole purpose of adding the header in the first place was to make it convenient to refer to any page in the newsletter even if its pages are separated. It has also been suggested that the date and volume of the newsletter be added to all handouts that are attached, not just voucher sheets, and so we have begun this practice for this issue. We always welcome any suggestions (and even constructive criticisms) on ways to improve the quality of the newsletter. An error in content was made in the March newsletter (Vol. 14 No. 11) on page 4, Larry Lovell’s comment on where interramal cirri begin in Nephtys cornuta was wrongly interpreted. It should read parapodia of th q first setiger are uniramous, reduced in size and directed forward. For this reason, they are sometimes missed when counting setigers to determine if interramal cirri begin on 5 or 6, NEW Paramunna During examination of materials collected by Dr. Eric Vetter of Scripps a new isopod of the genus Paramunna was encountered. The sample in which it was found was taken off Del Mar at 100m depth in relatively coarse sediments. The animal thus qualifies as a member of the off¬ shore coarse sediment "Shelf-Break" community. It is easily distinguished from other small munnid type asellote isopods from our area by the following characteristics: B^from all asellotes except Paramunna quadratifrons by the serrate (or dentate) lateral margins of the pereonal segments. 3 May, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 1 ^from Paramunna quadratifrons by a rounded granulate frons ("forehead”) and two granulate cephalic tubercles on the head over the insertion of the antennae. Denticles or teeth are present only on the basal 2/3 of the pleotelson, not continuous as in P. quadratifrons. These are very small animals (adult at slightly over 1mm) so they are easy to miss. Those sampling in the appropriate habitat are enjoined to keep their eyes open for them. Additional specimens would be wonderful, although I currently have enough for an adequate description of this new form, and will be working on it in the near future. - Don Cadien SCAS MEETING The annual meeting of the Southern California Academy of Sciences was held May 3-4 at Loyola Marymount University in Westchester. A session entitled "Regional Marine Monitoring of the Southern California Bight" was held on the 3rd. It dealt with the preliminary results of the Southern California Bight Pilot Project, offering presentations on the Project as a whole, on the design and implementation of a regional database, the results of the SCBPP trawling program, and experiences in other regional programs in San Francisco and off-shore (CalCOFI). Several papers also addressed large- scale monitoring of kelp, a subject not addressed in the SCBPP. Although SCAMIT was not directly involved in this session, a number of SCAMIT members were, and gave informative and well-received presentations. All those involved deserve applause and the appreciation of those of us who enjoyed their efforts from the audience. Those who were not able to attend missed a priceless comment by Chairperson Bob Grove of Southern California Edison (and SCAS) which cannot effectively be repeated out of context here. Sorry, there are things you just can’t get by reading the abstracts! MINUTES FROM MAY 13-14 MEETINGS Day One (May 13) - The guest speaker was Dr. Danny Eibye- Jacobsen from the Zoological Museum in Copenhagen. When Dr. Eibye-Jacobsen revised the phyllodocid polychaete genus Eumida in 1991 he had not examined much Californian material. He recently had the opportunity to examine a large amount of material from the Natural History Museum and presented his findings at this meeting, Included with this newsletter is a set of handouts that Danny distributed to members at the meeting. Three species of Eumida have been reported from California, Eumida longicornuta , Eumida sanguinea , and Eumida tubiformis by Hartman (1936). Dr. Eibye-Jacobsen has not seen any specimens from California that fit the description of E . sanguinea. The MMS survey of the Santa Maria Basin and western Santa Barbara Channel did not yield any specimens of E. sanguinea either as reported by Blake (1994). The material that Danny examined from the Natural History Museum only contained specimens of E. longicornuta and E. tubiformis , which are the two species that have been the most difficult to distinguish between. The main diagnostic characteristics of the genus Eumida are the presence of 5 antennae on the prostomium (4 frontal and 1 median), a large proboscis with oral papillae on the distal end that are each adorned with rows of micropapillae, and the large leaf-like dorsal cirri, for which the family is named. However, there are not very many distinct characteristics for differentiating between species of Eumida. While the genus Eumida has distinct setae, with small denticles on the rostrum of the shaft, they are not species specific, Most of the useful information separating species relates to the shape and size of structures such as antennae, proboscis, tentacular, dorsal, ventral, and anal cirri, all of which are highly dependant on the method of fixation and preservation. 4 May, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 1 Phyllodocids in general don’t always fix well because of all the mucous they secrete to protect them from predation. Danny uses magnesium chloride as a relaxant before fixing his specimens. This helps provide specimens in optimum condition for identification. He also cautioned members about speciating juveniles due to the many growth related changes (2mm in size is too small) I The diagnostic characters that Danny has used in distinguishing between Eumida species are: 1) Position of median antenna - not very consistent due to methods of fixation. 2) Neuropodial morphology - bilobate neuropodia, but not always distinct. Supraacicular lobe is larger than subacicular lobe. 3) Shape of the dorsal cirri - most consistent character. The anterior dorsal cirri are asymmetrical with either the dorsal or ventral margin longer. Dr. Eibye-Jacobsen showed us several slides of some European phyllodocids and then slides of Eumida sanguinea , which has been reported from all over the world and originally described from Denmark (0rsted, 1843)* The original type specimens were never deposited at the Zoological Museum of Copenhagen, but drawings of the types were and we saw slides that were taken of them. The name "sanguinea" means blood-red, however, the drawings illustrated a salmon- colored worm. Also, Danny has never seen any E . sanguinea worms that are blood-red in color. For his revision of Eumida (1991) Danny described a neotype fitting the description of E. sanguinea from the same location in Denmark. The neotype had large, clear dark-red eyes and ventral cirri on segment 2 that were flattened in shape. Danny’s revision reduced the geographic distribution of E, sanguinea to both sides of the North Atlantic, which would include Greenland and the east coast of the U.S., eastern Russia and Japan. After lunch we examined specimens of Eumida tubiformis and Eumida longicornuta and Dr. Eibye-Jacobsen pointed out their diagnostic features. Eumida tubiformis- This is a deep water species with relatively large eyes. However, the large eyes should not be used as a diagnostic character because sometimes damage to the eye cup causes the pigment to leak out and the eye may look larger than it is, or the pigment may be diffused so it looks lighter in color. E. tubiformis has elongated presetal neuropodial lobes, which differs from E. longicornuta’s bluntly rounded neuropodial lobes. E . tubiformis has asymmetrical anterior dorsal cirri with a longer dorsal margin. The dorsal cirri gradually become more symmetrical by midbody and broader than long. Danny commented that if a typical shaped dorsal cirrus (fig. 1A and B of his handouts) could not be found on a specimen then it is probably not E . tubiformis . Danny also cautioned members to keep track of which side is the dorsal margin and which is the ventral if a dorsal cirrus is removed from a specimen. Eumida longicornuta - The name 'longicornuta" means long antennae and the type specimens have very long uncharacteristic antennae. Generally, the length of the antennae are not remarkable. Dorsal cirri are also asymmetrical, but it is the ventral margin that is longer. The asymmetrical dorsal cirri should be examined from segment 20 - 30 since the cirri become more symmetrical farther back on the body. (Segment 25 is a good segment to examine for purposes of consistency.) The asymmetrical dorsal cirri are also drawn out into an acute tip for most of the length of the worm. This is very different than E. tubiformis, which has a much larger angle at the tip. Two color morphs appear to exist in this species, but many intermediate variations have also been seen. Shallower water specimens of E. longicornuta tend to have a uniform brown pigment with lighter antennae and cirri and red eyes, similar in coloration to E . tubiformis . The 5 May, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 1 other color morph has a dark area on the prostomium posterior to the frontal antennae and in front of the eyes and a brown transverse band on each segment with dark brown/black eyes. There may also be a central pigment spot on each dorsal cirrus. There is no pigment band on segment 2, like that illustrated by Blake in vol. 4 of the MMS atlas. Danny examined 50 specimens of this species and only found one with a slight pigment band on segment 2. This color morph may also have a superficial layer of small greenish-black dots over the pigmentation. This striped color morph is generally seen in deeper water animals. Dr. Eibye-Jacobsen also had a few comments to make about the physiology and ecology of phyllodocids in general. The dorsal cirri of phyllodocids have no blood vessels in them so they can not act as gill structures, but they do have the mucous glands located here. As mentioned earlier, the mucous helps deter predation. These worms also have bands of cilia down their bodies that help push water along their bodies, where the dorsal cirri act similar to the scales of polynoids. Phyllodocids are mainly carnivorous, but also opportunistic. If they find a dead or dying animal they will eat it. Phyllodocids reproduce by pseudocopulation where they lie next to each other and release their gametes into the water and fertilization is instantaneous. Generally, this occurs on the bottom, but it may also occur in the water column during periods of swarming. Day Two (May 14) - The second day’s presentation began with an introduction to the upcoming marine invertebrate survey planned at the Phuket Marine Biological Center in Thailand. A new 120 foot research vessel, R. V. Chakartong Tongyai, together with a project from the Copenhagen Zoological Museum will result in three extensive cruises to survey and inventory the Thai coastal waters in the Andaman Sea. Two “bioshelf” surveys, each 25 days long, will be conducted in 1997 and 1998. This will be followed by a “ biodeep” survey in waters up to 2000 meters in 1999. The sampling will include both qualitative and quantitative sampling with various devices for benthic and epibenthic sampling. Following the surveys will be several focused workshops with taxonomic specialists for each of the major groups within the polychaetes, molluscs, and crustaceans. These workshops will be held in Thailand at the Phuket Marine Biological Center and will include support for invited specialists during the workshops. Follow-up work is expected and collected specimens will be exported to researchers involved in this phase of the work. Publications from these workshops are a requirement of the program and many new descriptions and taxa are expected due to the relatively unexplored fauna and currently known diversity. For those interested in keeping abreast in the planning for this survey and subsequent scheduling please contact Dr. Eiby e-Jacobsen at: Zoological Museum Universitetsparken 15 DK - 2100 Copenhagen O Denmark dejacobsen@zmuc.ku.dk http: //www. aki. ku. dk/zmuc/inv/staff/dej. htm Additionally, Dr. Eibye-Jacobsen brought specimens representing some of the undescribed fauna already collected from the Andaman Sea. These included: 5 new Typosyllis ; a new syllid close to Trypanosyllis ; a new Clavisyllis- a new species of Glycera similar to G. alba ; a new Scoloptos, a new Lumbrineris similar to L. impatiens ; a new Augneria; a new Scolelepis similar to S , squamata , a new Scolelepis similar to S. lingulata ; a new Dispio similar to uncinata ; and specimens of Scoloplos marsupialis Southern 1921, a soon-to-be-published new species of Scolelepis, a Goniadopsis incerta Fauvel 1932, and Tylonereis bogoyawlensky Fauvel 1911. 6 May, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 1 Dr. Eibye-Jacobsen distributed handouts on all these new species, which the newsletter editor has a copy of for anyone that may be interested. TWO’S COMPANY, THREE’S A CROWD by Tom Parker (CSDLAC) Gaul was divided into three parts, but scientific names have been long divided on the two part formulation: Germs species. Nonetheless various authors have occasionally assigned subgeneric or subspecies names for specimens that slightly differ from a base taxa description. It is common for these designations to be later removed through elevation to a new species name or expanding definitions to accommodate the sub-taxa conditions. Maintaining three part names via subspecies or subgenera is typically not a benefit to a group’s taxonomy and can result in confusion in taxonomic and ecological analysis. Though Nephtys cornuta franciscana has been recently pruned to Nephtys cornuta , a few triple deckers still lurk out there. The phyllodocid Hesionura coineaui difficilis is one such example. In the 1994 volume # 4 MMS Atlas, Blake pointed out that this subspecies description has sufficient differences from the stem species to justify its own species name. Unfortunately, no named or provisional species designation has been proposed. When examining specimens of this taxon, please note distribution of body pigment (overall vs. ventral cirri) and length of setal blades (subequal vs. double length). Once tabulated, a collection of reports can be used to establish a new species or provisional name for these local specimens. SO... WE DO HAVE Sosanopsis , AND SOME OF US HAVE Sosane AS WELL! by Tom Parker At least some of you do. Several specimens of local Sosanopsis have been demonstrated at this last meeting. Pt. Loma also brought specimens that clearly fit the definition of Sosane occidentalis . So... please check any ampharetids with modified 13th setigers. Look for the palea. The combination of these two character states will be your key to determining both Sosane and Sosanopsis. The voucher sheet for the local Sosanopsis provisional species will be distributed shortly. "THE BEAST' 1 by Megan Lilly (CSDMWWD) [Editor's note: The following is the first of what I hope will be a series of reviews of the more popular attempts to integrate natural history into the entertainment industry. For those of you who witnessed the event in question what follows will be clear. For those who did not, let me say that this review can best be considered an exercise in sarcasm.] I would like to comment on the showing last month of the wonderful, "Made for TV" movie of "Beast", a novel by Peter Benchley. As a marine biologist with a particular interest in cephalopods, I would just like to say that it was refreshing to finally see a movie which took the time to actually investigate the ecology and nature of the animal portrayed. The realism with which Architeuthis was displayed simply took my breath away; what more can I say? There are a few particular points that I would like to touch on, since they were obviously well researched during the development of this film. First, the realistic screeching noises that the female emitted during periods of rage and attack. Amazing how well this sound was mimicked, considering that scientists have never seen a live Architeuthis much less heard one. But, we all know that cephalopods are extremely social animals, and depend on sound for communication over long distances in the ocean. Since they have a beak they must obviously make some sort of bird-like screeching noise. Secondly, and by far the best angle of the whole film, was the heart-felt portrayal of the strong maternal instinct a mother squid would feel for her young. Since giant squid only produce one young per birth, (with an occasional rare, but 7 May, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 1 exciting occurrence of twins!), energy investment in the offspring is high. Female Architeuthis are extremely protective of their young, usually not letting them leave their side for at least the first 6 months of life. Here the screeching noise also comes in handy when a mother must call her baby back from its playful and curious wanderings. The female nurses her youngster while teaching it to hunt on its own. The hunting skills of Architeuthis take some time to master, but with patient tutelage the juveniles usually kill their first sperm whale near the end of the first year of life. After all this energy investment and love exchange one could readily imagine the rage and despair the female Architeuthis would experience from the capture and subsequent death of her only baby. A friend of mine pointed out that the mother was very likely suffering from milk fever as well. Good point, since the nursing of the young would have been cut short, the rich ammoniacal milk secretions would have built up in the mother’s mammary glands and blood stream, causing fever and pain. This condition could have only increased her rage and the severity of the attacks on the hapless (as always) humans. So, all in all, I would just like to say "Bravo!" to Hollywood and the producers of this film. Once again, as with Jaws, they have done a wonderful job with the difficult task of making an exciting film for the general public, but at the same time, keeping the scientific details concerning the nature of the animals true to life. If it wasn’t for such diligence on the part of the movie industry, people might actually misunderstand and form incorrect opinions about some of the marine life that exists in our oceans and, heaven help us then... Two thumbs [oops, sorry -clubs] and eight tentacles up. Bound to be on my list of the ten- best cephalopod films of the year! [Editors postscript - Is there a relationship between the movie Jaws and the recent listing of the great white shark as an endangered species?] SCAMIT OFFICERS: If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel free to contact any of the officers. e-mail address President Ron Velarde (619)692-4903 rgv@sddpc.sannet.gov Vice-President Don Cadien (310)830-2400 ext. 403 mblcsdla@netcom.com Secretary Cheryl Brantley (310)830-2400 ext. 403 mblcsdla@netcom.com Treasurer Ann Dalkey (310)648-5611 cam@sanxUa.ca.us Back issues of the newsletter are available. Prices are as follows: Volumes 1-4 (compilation).$ 30.00 Volumes 5-7 (compilation)...$ 15.00 Volumes 8 - 13.$ 20.00/vol. Single back issues are also available at cost. 8 May, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 1 BIBLIOGRAPHY BLAKE, JAMES A. 1994. Chapter 4. Family Phyllodocidae Savigny, 1818. Pp. 115-186 in: Blake, James A. and B. Hilbig (eds.). 1994. Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara Channel, Volume 4: Oligochaeta and Polychaeta - Phyllodocida (Phyllodocidae to Paralacydoniidae). 377pp. BOUSFIELD, EDWARD L. and Andree Chevrier. 1996. The amphipod family Oedicerotidae on the Pacific Coast of North America. Part 1. The Monoculodes and Svnchelidium generic complexes: systematics and distributional ecology. Amphipacifica 2(2):75-148. COO VERT, GARY A. and Holly K. Coovert. 1995. Revision of the sub(sic)raspecific classification of marginelliform gastropods. The Nautilus 109(2/3):43-110* EIBYE-JACOBSEN, DANNY. 1991. A Revision of Eumida Malmgren, 1865 (Polychaeta: Phyllodocidae). Steenstrupia 17(3):81-140. ENVALL, MATS. 1996. Ototyphlonemertes correae sp nov and a redescription of O. duplex (Nemertea: Monostilifera: Ototyphlonemertidae), with a phylogenetic consideration of the genus. Journal of Zoology 238( Part 2):253-277. GOSLINER, TERRENCE M. 1996. Chapter 2. The Opisthobranchia. Pp. 161-213 in: Scott, Paul H., J, A, Blake, and A. L. Lissner (eds.). 1996. Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara Channel, Volume 9: The Mollusca Part 2 - The Gastropoda. 228pp. HARTMAN, OLGA. 1936. A Review of the Phyllodocidae (Annelida Polychaeta) of the Coast of California, with Descriptions of Nine New Species. University of California Publications in Zoology 41(10): 117-132. JARRETT, NORMA E. and E. L. Bousfield. 1996. The amphipod superfamily Hadzioidea on the Pacific Coast of North America: family Melitidae. Part I. The Melita group: systematics and distributional ecology. Amphipacifica 2(2):3-74. LAIDIG, THOMAS E., P. B. Adams, C. H. Baxter, and J. L. Butler. 1995. Feeding on euphausiids by Octopus rubescens . California Fish and Game 81(2):77-79. McLEAN, JAMES H. 1996. Chapter 1. The Prosobranchia. Pp. 1-160 in: Scott, Paul H., J. A. Blake, and A. L. Lissner (eds.). 1996. Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara Channel, Volume 9: The Mollusca Part 2 - The Gastropoda. 228pp. 0RSTED, ANDERS S. 1843. Annulatorum danicorum conspectus. Fascicle 1. Maricolae. Copenhagen, 52pp. 9 SCAMIT Newsletter Volume 15 No. 1 Eumida in California SCAMIT - May 1996 Danny Eibye-Jacobsen The status of Eumida in California When I revised the phyllodocid polychaete genus Eumida Malmgren, 1865 in 1991, little Californian material was studied: the type material of EJubiformis Moore, 1909 (4 specimens) and EJongicomuta (Moore, 1906) (2 specimens). Recently, I received a large amount of material of Californian Eumida from the Los Angeles County Museum for further study. In this material, only two different species of Eumida could be identified with confidence: E.iubiformis and E.longicormita. Six lots, however, contained animals that could neither be identified as belonging to one of these species nor referred to any other known species. Whether some of them represent new species is not clear: the lots in question are just too small and in too poor a condition to tell at this time. In any case, two species for California is a suspiciously low number and work remains to be done in this area. Below I will attempt to characterize E.iubiformis and EJongicomuta , paying particular attention to characters that are useful in either distinguishing the two or heightening confidence in the identification. Eumida tubiformis Moore, 1909 Up to 90 mm long, with up to 135 segments (holotype). Prostomium : Rounded pentangular, broader than long. Eyes relatively large, red to dark red. Median antenna inserted between the eyes or slightly further forward. Proboscis : Smooth, in large animals with a few micropapillae in 6 longitudinal bands, strongest developed distally. Small animals with 17-19 oral papillae, large animals with as many as 26. Oral papillae with obvious micropapillae. Tentacular dm : Dorsal tentacular cirri of segments 2 and 3 longest, reaching to segment 8-11 The ventral tentacular cirri of segment 2 have no tendency to be flattened. 1 SCAMIT Newsletter Volume 15 No. 1 Eumida in California SCAMIT - May 1996 Danny Eibye* Jacobsen Dorsal cirri : Dorsal cirrophores large. On anterior segments dorsal cirri are asymmetrical with the dorsal margin longest (Fig. IB), on large animals extremely asymmetrical (Fig. 1 A). Dorsal cirri gradually become more symmetrical (Fig. 1C) and on the midbody they are almost symmetrical, broadly cordate, about as broad as long (Fig. ID, IF), sometimes much broader (Fig. IE), but this is not typical (note: Fig. IE is of the dorsal cirrus immediately following the one on ID). On posterior segments the dorsal cirri are slightly longer than broad and more acute (Fig. 1G). In general, the tip of the dorsal cirrus is rarely acute and the angle at the tip is usually about 80° or more* The ventral margin of median dorsal cirri may have a subterminal notch (Fig. ID). Neuropodia : The supra- and subacicular lips of the presetal lobe may be elongated and diverging. This is usually best seen on anterior segments, sometimes also on posterior ones. These diverging lips may resemble large, dorsally and ventrally placed papillae. Setae : Valuable in identifying most polychaetes, of no help here. Ventral cirri : Relatively broad, especially on large animals, but not much broader than in Rlongiconmla. Pvgidium : Anal cirri still unknown. Median pygidial papilla absent. Pigmentation : Dorsum uniformly brown, cirri and antennae lighter. Dark blotches may be present on prostomium. Very weak transverse banding may be present on anterior segments. Remarks : Figures in Blake 1994 are excellent (certainly better than those in Eibye-Jacobsen 1991), but it must be pointed out that they depict the holotype, a huge animal Smaller specimens may be recognized by the shape of the dorsal cirri (large angle at the tip), but preferably by their neuropodial morphology. Eibye-Jacobsen (1991) placed too much emphasis on the dorsal cirri being broader than long. 2 SCAMIT Newsletter Volume 15 No. 1 Eumida in California SCAMIT - May 1996 Danny Eibye-Jacobsen Eumida longicornuta (Moore, 1906) Up to 300 mm long (N-480) with up to 117 segments. Prostomium : Rounded pentangular, broader than long. Eyes of typical size (for Eumida ), of vaiying colour (see below). Median antenna usually inserted between the anterior halves of the eyes, often further forward (observing a living specimen of Eumida shows you just how worthless this character is). Note: the length of the antennae is usually not remarkable, despite the species name longicornuta . They are very long (relaxed) on both type specimens, but this is not typical of the species. Proboscis : Smooth, a few micropapillae may be present on the surface. Usually with 17-19 oral papillae (16 observed in one juvenile), in large animals up to 24 Oral papillae with micropapillae. Tentacular cirri : Dorsal tentacular cirri of segments 2 and 3 longest, reaching to segment 8-13 (sic). The ventral tentacular cirri on segment 2 have no tendency to be flattened. Dorsal cirri : Dorsal cirrophore large. On anterior segments dorsal cirri are strongly asymmetrical, with the ventral margin much longer than the dorsal one (Fig. 2A, 2B) About one third of the way down the body (in terms of the total number of segments) the dorsal cirri have a shape not known for any other species of the genus (Fig 3 A, 3B): strongly asymmetrical, ventral margin much longer than the dorsal one, distally with a drawn out, acute tip at a small angle, usually less than 60°. The ventral margin usually has a subterminal concavity, which is why the tip appears to be drawn out. On middle segments the dorsal cirri become more symmetrical, at first almost triangular (Fig. 2C), then more broadly cordate (Fig. 2D), but still with a drawn out tip. Further back the dorsal cirri begin to elongate, become once again more triangular, at first with a drawn out tip (Fig. 2E), towards the end of the body about VA times as long as broad (Fig. 2F). On large animals the dorsal cirri of the region from one third to one half of the way down the body may develop what can best be described as an extra ventral lobe (Fig. 3C) or the ventral 3 SCAMIT Newsletter Volume 15 No. 1 Eumida eji California SCAMIT - May 1996 Danny Eibye-Jacobsen portion appears to be extremely elongated (Fig. 3D). Such dorsal cirri are, as far as I know, unknown in other species of the genus. For routine identification work, I suggest that the dorsal cirri of segments 20-30 be studied in detail as a standard (Fig. 2B, 2C, 3 A, 3B). Note: there is a serious error in Eibye-Jacobsen 1991, as partly pointed out in Blake 1994. In stating that dorsal cirri on posterior segments are longer than broad in EJongicomuta (which is correct), Eibye-Jacobsen referred to his Figure 6D. However, Figure 6D shows a dorsal cirrus from segment 33 of the holotype, which is complete and has a total of 76 segments! The parapodium illustrated on his Figure 6C is from segment 27 of the holotype. Neuropodia : These are of the standard Eumida type, with the supra- and subacicular lips of the preset a! lobe rounded and weakly separated, the dorsal one usually slightly larger than the ventral one, in large animals often clearly larger and “angular” or “truncate”. Setae : As in Etubiformis . Ventral cirri : Relatively broad for a species of Eumida, but slightly less so than in E. tubiformis. However, the difference is so subtle that this character is not helpful. Pvgidium : Anal cirri (still?) unknown. Pygidial papilla absent. Pigmentation : There appear to be two colour morphs of this species, but every imaginable intermediate stage seems to exist. One is uniformly brown, with lighter antennae and cirri, without a dark spot on each dorsal cirrus, and dark red (but clearly red) eyes. This form is very similar in colouration to E tubiformis. The other morph is light-bodied, dorsally with a prominent green-brown or brown transverse band on each segment (green on living animals?), dark pigmentation on the prostomium between the frontal antennae and the eyes, the eyes themselves being veiy dark brown, almost black (at least in preserved animals), and with a central dark spot of pigment on each dorsal cirrus. Note that in this last morph, the eyes become lighter with age, as the grow in absolute size, but the basic colour is the same (not red). Furthermore, in the latter morph all this colouration can be partly covered by a more superficial layer of small dark green to dark brown or black dots. 4 SCAMIT Newsletter Volume 15 No. 1 Eumida in California SC .WIFI - May 1996 Danny Eibye- Jacobsen Remarks The holotype (USNM, Washington DC) and paratype (ANSP, Philadelphia) are both of the first colour morph. The second morph was not mentioned in the revision of Eumida by Eibye Jacobsen 1991, having only studied the type material. The holotype and the paratype were both taken in shallow water in Washington state. Station data for the newly received material is patchy, but does not contradict a hypothesis whereby the uniformly coloured form is found in shallow water, the striped form in deeper water (beyond 15 m?). The differences in pigmentation between these two forms is so great that one may find it difficult to accept the hypothesis that they belong to the same species. However, any number of intermediates exist, and many of these could not be classified as belonging to one or the other with confidence. Furthermore, and most importantly, no morphological differences could be found between the two, both showing dorsal cirri of a shape that is quite distinctive in the genus. During the study of these colour variations, one peculiarity was noted in the striped form: segment 2 does nM have a transverse band (segment 2 = the first visible segment on the dorsum behind the prostomium). Segment 2 is thus significantly lighter than the following segments. Note, however, that if the animal happens to be one of those with an "‘overlay” of small, blackish dots, you have to “look through 17 the dots to realize that segment 2 does not have a transverse band Because of this peculiarity, I strongly doubt that Figure 4.17A in Blake (1994) shows a specimen of E. longicomuta, as that animal has a transverse band on segment 2 (species of Sige?), On the other hand, Blake's Figure 4.18 B is fine. Note on Eumida sanguittea and California Following the revision of Eumida, the range of distribution of the type species, E. sanguined, was reduced to the North Atlantic (both sides), 'Stberia^eastern Russia, and Japan (EibyeJacobsen, 1991), I have yet to see specimens from the western coast of North America that could reasonably be identified as E, sanguined 5 SCAMIT Newsletter Volume 15 No. 1 Eumida in California SCAMIT - May 1996 Danny Ei bye-Jacobsen In particular, EJongicornuta differs from Ensanguined in: • having much more asymmetrical dorsal cirri • not having a tendency for the ventral tentacular cirri of segment 2 to be flattened • often having a concentration of pigment on the prostomium • often having very dark eyes • often having strong transverse banding Danny Eibye-Jacobsen Zoologisk Museum Copenhagen, Denmark dej acob sen@zmuc. ku, dk http: //www, aki. ku. dk/zmuc/mv/stafE/dej. htm Figure legends Figure 1: Dorsal cirri of Eumida tubiformis Moore, 1909. A from segment 6 , B segment 10, C segment 25, D segment 45, E segment 46, F segment 60, G segment 112. A + D-G from noTotype? B from specimen in sample N-4478, C from specimen in sample 1498^12. Figure 2: Dorsal cirri of Eumida longicormta (Moore, 1906) A from segment 10, B segment 20, C segment 30, D segment 40, E segment 50, F segment 60. All figures from one specimen in sample 3049-55, a 15 mm long, 1.1 mm broad (excluding parapodia), complete animal with 67 segments. Figure 3: Dorsal cirri of Eumida longicormta (Moore, 1906). A from segment 25, B segment 25, C segment 24, D segment 35. A from specimen in sample N-480. B from specimen in sample 1464-42. C and D from specimen in sample N-5030. 6 SCAMIT Newsletter Volume 15 No. 1 Figure 1: Dorsal cirri of Eumida tubiformis Moore, 1909 G, segment 112 A, 0, ^ F ; & a\\ Ffom hoW-Vye- e,c otW SCAMIT Newsletter Volume 15 No. 1 Figure 2: Dorsal cirri of Eumida iongicornuta (Moore, 1906) E, segment 60 F, segment 60 SCAMIT Newsletter Volume 15 No. 1 Figure 3: Dorsal cirri of Eumida longicornuta (Moore, 1906) A, segment 25 B, segment 25 C, segment 24 D, segment 35 Owenia fusiformis Dell Chiaje 1841 Vol. 15, No. 1 Date Reviewed: March 1996 Voucher Sheet by: T. Parker Synonymy: Owenia collaris Hartman 1955 Owenia fusiformis collaris Hartman 1955 Literature: Dauvin, J.C., E. Thiebaut. 1994. Is Owenia fusiformis Delle Chiaje a cosmpolitan species? In: J. C. Dauvin, L. Laubier, D J, Reish(eds). Actes de la 4eme Conference intemationale desPolychaetes. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat 162:383- 404. Paris. Diagnostic Characters: (see Figures 1,2,3, & 4) 1. Anterior end with branchial lobes that increase in complexity with age and become a highly branched tentacular crown. Crown often with bands of brown pigment. 2. Small specimens and juveniles have a slightly produced collar that often requires dose inspection or manipulation with a fine probe to view. Larger or more mature specimens have a clearly visible collar. 3. Latero-ventral eyespots commonly are seen at base of crown near collar in most specimens. These spots may be absent or diminished in size and density. In many specimens these eyespots appear as small round concentrations of pigment. Comments: Differences between tube structure is likely related to the specimen’s habitat and is not a taxonomic character. Uncinal characteristics such as tooth arrangement and shoulder prominence have been observed with SEM techniques. Though some slight differences can be detected, they are not diagnostic of a species concept. There are no morphological conditions which justify a separation between O. collaris and O. fusiformis, O. collaris is a junior synonym of 0. fusiformis. Distribution: Cosmopolitan, abundant in shallow waters (0-40 meters). Also recorded to 2,325 meters. (Imajima& Morita 1987) Figure 2. lateral (Imajima & Morita 1987) L- Figure 3. dorsum (Hartman 1969) Figure 4. ventrum (Hartman 1969) June, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter voi. 15, N0.2 1 NEXT MEETING: N.E. Pacific phyllodocids and syllids GUEST SPEAKER: Leslie Harris Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County DATE: July 8, 1996 TIME: 9:30AM-3:30PM LOCATION: Worm Lab, Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County, 900 Exposition Blvd., Los Angeles Pilargis berkeleyae (from Hartman 1947) JULY 8 MEETING The July meeting will be presented by Leslie Harris, and will reprise her presentation to NAMIT at their recent polychaete workshop. She will brief us on the workshop as well. Leslie has examined the type of Pilargis berkeleyae and has resolved the contusion between P. berkeleyae and P. maculata as a result. She requests you bring specimens of your Pilargis for comparison. Also any problem phyllodocids or syllids are welcome. FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED, IN PART, BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION, CHEVRON USA, AND TEXACO INC. SCAMIT Newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for formal taxonomic purposes . June, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 2 NEW LITERATURE Several newly received papers on ecology or taxonomy were circulated at the meeting . Desqueyroux-Faundez and Van Soest (1996) review the sponge families Iophonidae, Myxillidae and Tedaniidae in the southeast Pacific - primarily from Chile and Peru. While there is little overlap in the sponge fauna between northeast and southeast Pacific there are comments in this paper which bear on several of our local species. Two papers on the crab Pyromaia iuberculata (Furota 1996a, b) provide the results of life cycle studies on the egg and larval stages, and on the crab stage and reproduction. This crab is introduced in Japan. To my knowledge there have been no equivalently detailed studies done here, where it is endemic. Furota found year- round breeding, and production of 2-3 generations/yr. in the Japanese population studied. The relationship between cumaceans and organic enrichment was examined by Corbera and Cardell (1996), who found several species to be tolerant of enriched conditions. They also found vertical displacement of bathyal species into normally sandy shelf sediments when they were enriched with finer particles and organics. Two papers on the ecology of mytilid bivalves were also circulated. The first (Pena et ai 1995) deals with the biometrics of the clam Modiolus capax in a population from Costa Rica. The second addresses the introduced Musculista senhousia in Mission Bay (Crooks 1996). Recruitment, growth, distribution, biomass, longevity and mortality of the species in Mission Bay were discussed and found generally similar to that shown in it's home range. A paper apropos the gastropod revisionary theme of the meeting was also examined. Hickman (1995) presented a discussion of a potentially very informative portion of the life of gastropods: that in which the larvae metamorphose. She studied a Hawaiian turrid by hatching larvae in the laboratory; providing access to numerous larvae throughout the critical metamorphosis period. Changes at the protoconch/teleoconch shell boundary were examined by SEM, and showed details of the process which may provide meaningful characters for future cladistic analysis. It should also be noted that the last number of the Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences (Volume 95[1], April 1996) presented the proceedings of a symposium on Coastal Watersheds and their Effects on the Ocean Environment held at the 1995 SC AS meeting. Several members contributed to this including Ann Dalkey, John Shisko, Steve Bay, Darrin Greenstein, Ken Schiff, and John Dorsey. Subscribers to Annelida on the net have already heard of the following, but we felt we should bring them to the attention of our unconnected members. Pleijel and Eide (1996) discuss the phylogeny of the polychaete genus Ophryotrocha with some members of Dorvillea , Ougia and ProtodorviUea used as outgroups. A mixture of morphological, biochemical and reproductive characters were used in the analysis. A new cladistic analysis of the animal kingdom at the phylum level (Nielsen et al 1996) advocates monophyly for both the Spiralia and Articulata (which in this analysis includes mollusks). The analytic results are compared with those of other recent attempts to objectify the high level organization of the animal kingdom. FINANCIAL MATTERS In the last Newsletter we presented the status of SCAMIT Finances via a summary of the Treasurer’s Report, and mentioned points brought up during discussion of financial matters at the May meeting. We now have additional 2 June, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 2 members who have yet to make their views known (and do not find them represented either here or in the last issue) to speak out and be heard. It has been suggested that SCAMIT should not solicit donations from any outside sources until it spends the money it has, especially since it has more than $18,000 currently due to monies received for work done through SCCWRP for EPA. This seems appropriate and at the current rate of expenditure it would take a number of years for the organization to use these funds up, However, since expenses have gone up every year in the past as we continue to improve the quality of work produced by the membership these funds may not last as long as we would hope for. Several members feel that it would not be unreasonable to ask our past supporters such as Arco, Chevron, and Texaco for a donation to offset costs associated with producing our newsletter and/or annual Taxonomic Listing (the major expenditures of the organization), especially since we credit them every month for funds that have long since been used up. Afterall, the worst they can do is say no. Support of this type would allow us to retain most or all of our current balance as a sort of endowment generating interest income to support the activities of the group. It has also been suggested that SCAMIT could add a place for donations from its own membership on the annual membership renewal notice. Many members have their membership dues paid for by their employers and perhaps would not be adverse to making a donation from their own pocket, especially one that is tax- deductible. Also, while SCAMIT’s April Fool's edition of the newsletter was well received by most members it was suggested that perhaps we should not waste money on a repeat edition. The newsletter staff would like to inform members that we are not planning more than a few additional pages to next years April newsletter and will definitely keep the expense of printing and mailing in mind. However, it won’t hurt our feelings if members would prefer we kept our sense of humor to ourselves, or at least out of print. NEW INDEX A new index to the contents of the Newsletter (attached) has been prepared to include all issues through the end of Volume 14. Our thanks again to member Faith Cole (EPA) for the labor necessary to make this helpful tool available to us all. MINUTES OF THE ID JUNE MEETING The meeting was opened with a brief discussion of a non-marine invertebrate topic. John Ljubenkov (MEC) brought several examples of an insect he had captured in his hot-tub at Rancho Cuca in northern San Diego County (where our Nemertean Workshop was held last October). He had tentatively identified them as a described species of firefly, but could find no mention of the occurrence of fireflies in southern California. He had observed their behavior in response to the red LED indicator lights on his hot-tub - an obvious mating dance - and had seen them flash upon falling into the tub. [John later took them to the Museum’s entomologists, who concurred with his ID], We also mentioned other luminous occurrences of earthworms and a few other animals before we settled down to marine invert business. President Ron Velarde relayed some information from Paul Scott (SBMNH), editor of the Taxonomic Atlas of the Santa Maria Basin series. Paul indicated that some of the issues of the series had been much in demand, and as a result were out of print. Among these was Vol. 4 - Annelida PL 1. A second printing is being prepared, and it may contain errata which have come to the Editor’s attention since initial publication; including comments put together by SCAMIT members on errors of omission and 3 June, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 2 commission. More radical changes may be made when Volume 1-Introduction.,, is reprinted. It is not yet clear if these errata sheets will be distributed to previous purchasers of the volume, or only included in the reissue copies. It may be that errata sheets will be distributed to Series subscribers only, in which case SCAMIT can serve as a distribution point for those who have purchased only selected volumes. He also mentioned that the City of San Diego MWWD will be conducting a second year of investigations this year, part of "before'” data collection prior to construction of the International Treatment Plant just north of the U.S./Mexico border. They are also engaged in a sort of continuation of the SCBPP on a localized basis. These data will provide an interesting continuous series to connect the results of the SCBPP with the Southern California Bight Demonstration Project currently scheduled for summer 1997. Analysis of the SCBPP data is in it's final stages. Along the way much was learned about the problems in analysis of datasets derived from different sources, even using standardized procedures. Data standardization has been performed in a series of sequential passes. In the current set data from other surveys have been integrated with that of the SCBPP for comparison and for QC of the analytical methodology. This has necessitated another round of taxonomic standardization which is nearly complete. Final analysis of the SCBPP data should be completed within the next few weeks. Several different methods are being used, including the ecological application of cladistic methodology employed by the Hyperion Lab (CLAEMD) in recent years. Members were reminded of the upcoming meetings of the Western Society of Malacologists and Crustacean Society in San Diego; which take place 23-27 June and 14-18 July, respectively. Members should consult Newsletter Volume 14 #11 and #10 for additional details. More advance notice is offered of the 7th International Symposium on Aquatic Oligochaetes, scheduled for 18-22 August 1997 in Presque Isle, Maine. Few of us currently work with this group; perhaps this is the opportunity to begin to do so. Registration information is attached. Another meeting scheduled for 1997 is the California and The World Ocean (CWO ’97) Conference to be held in San Diego March 24-27 1997. This event is intended to bring together representatives of a broad spectrum of disciplines for discussions of ocean and coastal resource management along the entire Californica coast. A preliminary notice and call for papers and/or sponsorship is attached. The 2nd NAMIT Polychaete workshop was held immediately after the May SCAMIT meeting, and will be reported on at our July meeting by Leslie Harris, the only southern California SCAMIT member in attendance. After these preliminary subjects we began to address the primary purpose of the meeting; examination and evaluation of the new prosobranch gastropod section of the Taxonomic Atlas (Vol. 9 - The Mollusca Part 2). As indicated by the author (Dr. James McLean, Curator of Mo Husks at the Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County), this publication was based on more than the collections from the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara Channel which form the putative basis of the series. He chose to examine the offshore gastropod fauna of the Southern California Bight as a complement to his previous handbook on its inshore mollusk fauna (McLean 1969, rev. 1978). This is the first critical reexamination of the offshore mollusk fauna in well over 50 years, and consequently many nomenclatural and taxonomic changes are drawn together here for the first time. A number of these have not previously been applied to our fauna by SCAMIT members, so there are numerous differences 4 June, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No, 2 SCAMIT Taxonomic Listing (ed. 2) and this review (see attached tabular summary). Members had a minimum of several weeks for examination of the new volume prior to the meeting, and were asked to detail any concerns or questions which had arisen during their examinations. They were also asked to report detected errors at the meeting. We listed a number of areas in which the changes introduced prompted questions. These are detailed below along with the responses to these questions by Dr. McLean. Aside from a few minor typographic and spelling errors, we were unable to find mistakes in the volume. Although indicating that full discussion of higher classification and molluscan phylogeny was omitted as not appropriate to the nature of the volume (primarily an identification manual), Dr. McLean did utilize many of the results of recent cladistic reevaluations of gastropod phylogeny. In consequence there are many inconsistencies between the hierarchies used in his work, and in the SCAMIT Taxonomic Listing (ed. 2). [A placement of the species included in the SCAMIT listing and those mentioned by Dr. McLean in the new volume into the hierarchy used by him is attached]. We discussed the advisability of adopting these changes, since the higher classification of the gastropods is still in flux, and several basic questions are still hotly debated. Knowing that Dr. McLean was working oil a comprehensive reexamination of the fauna (including both inshore and offshore members and descriptions of several hundred new species) it was suggested that SCAMIT might wait to adopt a new higher category classification until its completion. Although there would still be instability in some portions, the comprehensive review would serve as a reference point for regional standardization for many years. After lunch Dr. McLean joined us and fielded our questions concerning his portion of the volume (questions on the Opisthobranch portion were deferred until we can directly address them to it’s author, Dr. Terry Gosliner, later this year). One initial query had to do with the timing of adoption of higher taxonomic changes; do it now or await greater stability - as discussed earlier. He seemed to see no impediment to adoption of at least the changes embodied in his present volume, and recommended that we not delay. A copy of the proposed modifications as distributed at the meeting (and attached here) is being reviewed by him for appropriateness. A bibliography of some recent summaries and/or discussions of higher level taxonomy in the gastropoda is attached. Questions posed to Dr. McLean (and his answers to them): 1) Alvania tumida is one-half the size of Alvania rosana, and this size difference forms the basis of separation of the two species in the key. Is there any other characteristic to distinguish these two species from one another besides size? A . tumida has a finer clathrate sculpture. Alvania compacta is another species that occurs in so. Calif., but in shallow waters. A . compacta closely resembles A . rosana in sculpture, but is less inflated and has a deeper suture. A number of other species placed by Bartsch in Alvania bear strongly sculptured nuclear whorls, and are being transferred to Alvinia, 2) Why remove Crepidula glottidiarum from the synonymy of C. nummaria ? Crepidula glottidiarum , is a slipper limpet commonly seen by SCAMIT members, who had until now been following Hoagland (1977) in relegating it to the status of a situs form of Crepidula nummaria. Members generally agreed that this was more than a situs form, and with if s removal from synonymy and elevation back to specific status. Differences in shape and periostracum development and nature seemed to us consistent 5 June, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 2 throughout growth in this animal. Dr. McLean would like information on the range extension for this species, especially from San Diego. 3) Why revive Crepipateila? The revival of use of the genus Crepipateila , which had been submerged within Crepidula by Hoagland (1977) was also addressed. Don Cadien expressed the position (espoused by Hoagland) that detachment of the deck along one side which characterizes Crepipateila is only the end point of a gradient in indentation of the deck along one side. Dr. McLean disagreed, indicating that this was a series of discrete steps, not a gradient, that each was characteristic of a different subgenus within Crepidula , and that the total detachment of Crepipateila was worthy of generic level separation. 4) What is the basis of the generic names in the family Eulimidae? We were interested in the generic level changes in the family Eulimidae which were incorporated into the new volume. Dr. McLean indicated he was following War6n in generic separations. Use of the tongue-twister Polygireulima was necessary because Waren considers each genus to occur on only a single class of host. Since Balds is parasitic on holothurians, the asteroid-associated B . rutila must go to a different genus. Members present at the meeting surprised Dr. McLean by informing him that they commonly see this species occurring on asteroids as well as sea cucumbers. Either Waren is wrong in his assertion of class fidelity within genus, or we have two different species in two different genera, confounded locally. Don Cadien suggested that members re¬ examine their specimens of Balds oldroydae and perhaps submit them to Dr. McLean for confirmation. A similar multi-class host situation was mentioned for the genus Vitreolina , but in that case these seems good separation of the genus on shell morphology as well. 5) What happened with the epitoniids, why are we dropping the generic designations introduced locally by DuShane? Use of these previously subgeneric taxa as genera was not supported in DuShane (1979), only implemented. Since then work in the north Atlantic (Bouchet and Waren 1986) has indicated that these are better left as subgenera, a course adopted in the Atlas. Members should note that changes in the synonymies of two species are introduced in the Atlas, and these may affect names they are currently using in their data. 6) What happened with the ovulids, why are we dropping the generic designations introduced locally by Cate? The elevation of subgenera to genera practiced by Cate in his revisions was considered unwarranted by Dr. McLean, who has returned all local species to the genus Neosimnia in the Atlas. 7) Can you explain the basis of the splitting of the turrids into different groups, and merging of some with the conids? Most of the rearrangement has to do with the anterior digestive tract, particularly the radula. Turrids have a reduced ribbon-like radula, while conids have venom glands associated with hollow marginal teeth that are used like hypodermic needles. There are also differences in the presence/absence of the basal membrane, and loss of the odontophore in the conids. The actual mechanics of use of the harpoon-like teeth of conids was too complex to be adequately discussed without more preparation. 8) With the description of the new species of Crockerella in the Atlas, are they all now described from our area? There are probably a few more Crockerella species occuring in the Bight than were included in the MMS Atlas because Dr. McLean only included those species he had adequate material of. There are also new species which only occur in Mexican waters, and do not range northward into the Bight (as yet). 9) Why are nearly all Coovert’s papers on margineliiform gastropods in his own privately published journal when his present work seems so thorough and authoritative? Coovert was 6 June, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 2 working in a vacuum, largely self-taught in margineliid systematic^, and assumed his observations were not that significant. He rapidly became a world-authority on the group, and his separation of the Cystiscinae from the Marginellidae at family level seem well justified. This usage is reflected in the Atlas. 10) Since you didn’t deal with the pyramidellids in the Atlas, what are you doing with them for your upcoming monograph on west coast gastropods? Work on the group is now virtually complete, and a great many of the names proposed by Dali and Bartsch will fall as synonyms. They were pursuing an extreme typological concept, and assumed that any geographic distance was sufficient to warrant a new species if some morphological variability was evident. Dr. McLean commented that Dali and Bartsch worked when microphotography wasn’t available, so they had to rely on an artist’s drawing or enhancement of an underdeveloped photo. Often their illustrations don’t look anything like the real specimen. In consequence a large number of new species were erected on inadequate characters. The number of "valid" pyramideliid names will be reduced by at least half, if not two-thirds in the monograph. The scaphandrid synonymies listed in Table 1 of the handout attached to Newsletter Vol. 14(11), were not derived from the Atlas as had been assumed. They were included in error, as they are part of an unpublished manuscript of Dr. McLean’s rather than his published works. They should not be used by SCAMIT members. The editor apologizes for the mix up, and hopes that there will be no further pre-publication usage of this work. POLYCHAETE PROSTOMIAL PRANKS Much has been written about the dimensions and appearance of the prostomium in taxonomic literature, Relative position of antennae, eyes, and pigmentation have all been used as diagnostic characters by authors. Many workers now recognize that fixation can greatly modify the true appearance of the prostomium and use such features cautiously (see last month’s comments on Eumida). Blake (1994) provides information on the prostomial length and width that supposedly helps distinguish Eteone californica from Eteone longa in the MMS Taxonomic Atlas. His key lists the prostomium width of Eteone californica as equalling it’s length, while the accompanying text describes the prostomium as longer than wide, and amplifies this by comparing E. californica to E. longa : “..the prostomium is slightly longer than wide instead of wider than long.” So far just a straightforward conflict. The accompanying illustration allows for measurement of this ratio, and the illustrated prostomium is actually slightly wider than long! You might want to make a note of this quirk in your copy of the Atlas so you don’t get the wong answer to the light problem. - Tom Parker (CSDLAC) Eteone californica <=& (from Blake 1994) A PARADE OF TEREBELLIDS Throughout the late 1980’s and into the mid 1990’S there has been a steady and large increase in the number of terebellid specimens taken in some local benthic samples. This parade has been led by Pista specimens and resulted in noteworthy numbers and biomass at an increased number of stations. Recently (i.e. January 1996) some samples have shown a new entrant to the parade. A great increase in the number of Eupolymnia heterobranchia specimens seems underway, Is this localized or just a sampling blip? If you’ve encountered a big increase in Eupolymnia , drop the editor a note or an e-mail. -Tom Parker (CSDLAC) 7 June, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 2 MYSTERY XANTHID ID’ed Since it’s presence was first noted (Newsletter Vol. 13# 4 as Micropanope latinumus , a preliminary ID withdrawn in Vol. 13#5) the single specimen of the small xanthid crab taken off Pt. Loma has remained a mystery. Dr. Jody Martin, Curator of Crustacea at the Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County, has been working with this animal for some time. His initial contacts with world-wide xanthid experts were discouraging. No one could suggest the appropriate genus for the animal. More recently he has circulated his drawings of the specimen, and has received tentative identifications from two different sources. It appears to be a species described initially from southern Mexico, Pilumnoides rotundus Garth, 1940. The present specimen represents a range extension northward from the Gulf of California. Dr. Martin has is planning a formal note on this for publication along with his new figures, which show the animals appearance more clearly than the initial illustrations in Garth (setae are not omitted). He will also be providing us a more detailed note on the animal in a future issue. Pilumnoides rotundus (from Garth 1940) BIOLOGIST HONORED BY STAMP One of the recent newsletters was sent out bearing a U.S. commemorative postage stamp honoring biologist Ernest E. Just. The following note was received from Dr. Reish in response - "The picture of a man on one of the postage stamps on your letter/package is that of E. E. Just, one of the US Postal Service’s Black Heritage series. The stamp of Just is the second time a scientist has been so honored in this series ([George Washington] Carver was the first). This is undoubtably the first time that someone who worked with polychaetes has been so honored. Just published 18 papers from 1912- 1935 all on fertilization and development primarily with nereids. He did his work at Woods Hole and many of his papers were published in the Biological Bulletin. He published 4 or 5 papers in German journals, but I do not know if he went to Germany. He was a professor of biology at Howard University, a black university located in Washington, D. C. According to the U.S. Postal Service, the picture of him was taken in 1940. I do not know when he died." Our thanks to Dr. Reish for his commentary, and to the postal service for honoring one of the few black scientists working with marine organisms. JOB ANNOUNCEMENT The City of San Diego has an opening for a Biologist 1 - Environmental Biologist. This is an open offering, with an unspecified closure date. Those interested should, however, apply as early as they can, since it may close at any time. A copy of the announcement is attached. PARAMUNNA VOUCHER A voucher sheet for the new species of Paramunna mentioned in the last newsletter is provided this month. Any comments, additional information, or material is solicited by Don Cadien (CSDLAC). 8 June, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 2 BIBLIOGRAPHY BLAKE, JAMES A. 1994. Chapter 4. Family Phyllodocidae Savigny, 1818. pp. 115-186 IN: Blake, James A, and B. Hilbig (eds.). Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara Channel 4: Oligochaeta and Polychaeta: Phyllodocida (Phyllodocidae to Paralacydoniidae): 377pp. BOUCHET, P., and A. Waren. 1986. Revision of the northeast Atlantic bathyal and abyssal Aclididae, Eulimidae, Epitoniidae (Mollusca, Gastropoda), Bollettino Malacologico, Supplemento 2:299- 576. CORBERA, J., and M. J. Cardelt. 1995. Cumaceans as indicators of eutrophication on soft bottoms. Scientia Marina 59(Suppl. 1):63- 69. CROOKS, J. A, 1996. The population ecology of an exotic mussel, Musculista senhousia , in a Southern California Bay, Estuaries 19(l):42-50. DESQUEYR0UX-FAUNDE2, R., and R. W. M. Van Soest. 1996. A review of lophonidae, Myxillidae and Tedaniidae occurring in the south east Pacific (Porifera: Poecilosclerida). Revue Suisse de Zoologie 103(1): 3-79. DUSHANE, HELEN, 1979, The Family Epitoniidae (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in the Northeastern Pacific. Veliger 22(2);91-134. FUROTA, T. 1996a. Life cycle studies on the introduced spider crab Pyromaia tuberculata (Lockington) (Brachyura: Majidae).l. Egg and Larval Stages. Journal of Crustacean Biology 16(l):71-76. —, 1996b. Life cycle studies on the introduced spider crab Pvromaia tuberculata (Lockington) (Brachyura: Majidae) .2. Crab stage and reproduction. Journal of Crustacean Biology 16(1):77- 91. GARTH, JOHN S. 1940. Some new species of Brachyuran crabs from Mexico and the Central and South American mainland. Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions 5(3):53-127. HARTMAN, OLGA, 1947, Polychaetous Annelids Part VIII. Pilargiidae. Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions 10(5): 391-522. HICKMAN, CAROL S. 1995. Asynchronous construction of the protoconch/teleoconch boundary: Evidence for staged metamorphosis in a marine gastropod larva. Invertebrate Biology 114(4):295-306. HOAGLAND, K. ELAINE. 1977. Systematic review of fossil and recent Crepidula and discussion of evolution of the Calyptraeidae. Malacologia 16(2): 353-420. McLEAN, JAMES H. 1969. Marine Shells of Southern California. Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History Science Series 24, Zoology No. 11. 98pp. McLEAN, JAMES H. 1996, The Prosobranchia. Pp. 1-160 IN: Scott, Paul H., James A. Blake and Andrew L. Lissner (eds.). Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara Channel. Volume 9- The Mollusca Part 2. The Gastropoda. 228pp. NIELSEN, CLAUS, N. Scharff, and D. Eibye-Jacobsen. 1996. Cladistic analyses of the animal kingdom. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society 57:385-410. PENA, J. C., R, A. Cruz, Y. S. Lopez, and M. P. Quesada. 1995. Biometry of Modiolus capax (Bivalvia: Mytilidae) in Ocotal Beach, Guanacaste, Costa Rica. Revista de Biologia Tropical 43(1-3):173- 176. PLEIJEL, FRED, and R. Eide. 1996. The phylogeny of Ophrvotrocha (Dorvilleidae: Eunicida: Polychaeta). Journal of Natural History 30(5):647-659. WAREN, ANDERS. 1984. A generic revision of the family Eulimidae (Gastropoda, Prosobranchia). The Journal of Molluscan Studies, Supplement 13: 1-96 9 June, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 2 Megamoera subtener (Stimpson 1864) (from Jarrett, N. and E. Bousfield. 1996, The Amphipod Superfamily Hadzioidea on the Pacific Coast of North America: Family Melitidae. Part I. The Melita Group: systematic^ and distributional ecology. Amphipacifica 2(2):3-74) SCAMIT OFFICERS: If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel free to contact any of the officers. e-mail address President Ron Velarde (619)692-4903 rgv@sddpc.sannet.gov Vice-President Don Cadien (310)830-2400 ext, 403 mblcsdla@netcom.com Secretary Cheryl Brantley (310)830-2400 ext. 403 mbIcsdla@netcom.com Treasurer Ann Dalkey (310)648-5611 cam@san.ci,Ia.ca.us Back issues of the newsletter are available. Prices are as follows: Volumes 1-4 (compilation).$ 30.00 Volumes 5 - 7 (compilation).$ 15.00 Volumes 8 - 13.$ 20.00/vol. Single back issues are also available at cost. 10 SEVENTH INTERNATIONAL ** PRESQUE ISLE ** SYMPOSIUM ON AQUATIC OLIGOCHAETES FIRST ANNOUNCEMENT AND CALL FOR PAPERS Time to think of the seventh symposium! It will be held on the campus of the University of Maine at Presque Isle during the 18th to 22nd August 1997. You are invited to present a paper on your research in either oral or poster format, or attend and contribute to discussions on oligochaetology. The major topics of the papers in the symposium will include morphology, systematics, evolution, biogeography, ecology, pollution biology, parasite interactions, and physiology of oligochaetes. Contributions on leech phylogeny and systematics are also welcome. Please share this invitation with your colleagues. The University of Maine at Presque Isle is one of the smaller campuses in the State University System. Most of the buildings are new and convenient to the adjacent city. Presque Isle is located in northern Maine with the Northern Maine Regional airport located only 3km from the campus. Most flights fly directly the 650km from Presque Isle into the Boston International airport. Presque Isle is situated on US Route 1, 65km north of the end of Interstate 95, and 30km west of the TransCanada Highway as it passes through Perth-Andover, New Brunswick, Canada. Accommodation, meals and scientific sessions will be held on the campus. The accommodation is in high standard student dormitories, with two people sharing a room. Single person rooms are available at a slightly higher price. If more expensive motel accommodation is desired, this can be booked at one of two motels within 300m of the campus. Tentative prices will be a registration fee of $100US (maximum) and about $40US per day for food and dormitory accommodation. Accurate prices will be given in the Second Announcement. Please return your tentative registration form BEFORE I September 1996. If you wish to make an oral or a poster presentation please indicate which on the attached form. When, and how long your oral presentation will be, will be announced later. In order to keep the mailing cost as low as possible, only tentatively registered colleagues will be sent the Second Announcement. Please complete the enclosed form and mail it to: Dr. S.R. Gelder University of Maine at Presque Isle FAX: +207-768-9608 181 Main Street Presque Isle GELDER@polaris.umpi.jnaine.edu ME 04769-2888 U.S.A. * MAINE, U.S.A. * 18 - 22 AUGUST 1997 I look forward to seeing you in 1997! SEVENTH INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON AQUATIC OLIGOCHAETES PRESQUE ISLE, MAINE, U.S.A. - 18-22 AUGUST 1997 TENTATIVE REGISTRATION FORM NAME:_TITLE: ADDRESS: TEL. NO. _ FAX:_ E-MAIL: _ Please fill in one of the following: _I will attend the symposium, and_ enclose (or_will send latter) the registration fee. _I do not think I will be able to attend, but wish to receive the Second Announcement. _I will not be attending the Symposium, NAME OF ACCOMPANYING PERSON (not participating in symposium):_ TITLE OF ORAL PRESENTATION: _ TITLE OF POSTER: Abstracts of oral and poster presentations MUST be submitted by May 1, 1997 Return the form to: Dr. S.R. Gelder University of Maine at Presque Isle 181 Main Street Presque Isle FAX: +207-768-9608 ME 04769-2888 U.S.A. E-mail: GELDER@polaris.umpi.maine.edu ** CALIFORNIA AND THE WORLD OCEAN '97 CONFERENCE** PARTICIPANTS AND SPONSORS SOUGHT MIDDLETOWN, CA, U.S.A. — The first statewide effort in over 30 years to bring together an international group of participants to improve ocean and coastal resource management along the 1,100 miles of California's spectacular coastline, the California and the World Ocean ‘97 Conference (CWO ’97) will take place on March 24-27, 1997 at the Town & Country Hotel in San Diego. PAPERS for presentation are invited to address such subjects as local, state, national, and international governance; ocean and coastal resource economics; habitats and ecosystem management; water quality; fisheries; shoreline erosion and processes; science, research and education; geographic information systems; ports, harbors and shipping safety; tourism and recreation; desalination; oil and gas development, transportation, spill prevention, and cleanup; and mineral resource extraction. A The DEADLINE for submitting abstracts is July 12, 1996. Abstracts must be submitted to Orville Magoon, Conference Chair, California and the World Ocean '97, P.O. Box 279, 21000 Butts Canyon Road, Middletown, California 95461 U.S.A. A Conference SPONSORS and CO-SPONSORS are being solicited for financial and in-kind contributions to conference operations in order to keep registration fees as low as possible. Current Sponsors and Co-Sponsors include local, State and Federal government agencies, non-profit organizations, private industry, and international institutions. For more information about sponsorship, please call Orville Magoon at (707) 987-0411. A The CWO '97 Announcement and Call for Papers is available on the INTERNET through the California Ocean Resources Management Program homepage at: http ://ce re s. ca. gov/cra/o cea n i To receive a print copy, contactotmagoon@aol.com or call Sheila Robertson at (707) 987-2385 extension 208. Comparison of McLean and SCAMIT E02 taxonomy SCAMIT Newsletter 15(2} ED 2# ED2TAXON 386 Puncturella muttistriata Dali 1914 388 Superfamify Paleltostea 407 Calliostoma turbinum Dali 1895 410 Ha IristyIns pupokJes (Carpenter 1864) 453 Bittium lanm Bartsch 1911 454 Bittium quadritilatuim Carpenter 1864 455 Bittium rugalum (Carpenter 1864} 457 Lirobittium subplanatum (Bartsch 1911) 464 Superfamily Eprlonioklea 466 Asperiscala bellastrieta (Carpenter 1064) 467 Asperiscala Icwei (Dali 1906) 469 Nrtidrscala calalinae (Dali 1906] 470 Nitidiscala hindsii (Carpenter 1665) 471 Nitidiscala irdianorum (Carpenter 1864) 472 Nitidiscala sawinae (Dali 1903) 473 Nitidiscala tincta (Carpenter 1865) 47 7 Opalia spangiosa (Carpenter 1866) 462 Eulima califomiea Bartsch 1917 4S3 Melanella bakeri Bartsch 1917 464 Melanella bemyi Bartsch 1917 485 Melanella caialinensis Bartsch 1917 486 Metanella compacts Carpenter 1664 467 Melanellagrippi Bartsch 1917 436 Melanella micans (Carpenter 1864) 489 Melanella oUroydi Bartsch 1917 490 Melanetta rutila (Carpenter 1864) 494 Family Fossarkiae 495 Macromphalina calrfomica Gall 1903 502 Crepidula dorsata (Broderip 1834) 505 Crepidula num maria Gould 1646 508 Crepipatella charybdis (Berry 1940) 524 Dekmovofva aequo lis vidferi (G. B. Sowerby I11861) 525 Spiculata barbarensis (DatM892) 526 Spiculata loabbeckeana (Wernkauff 1031) 532 Austrotrophon cenosensis catalnensis J. S. GJdngyd 1 534 Boreotrophon bentleyi (Dali 1908) 536 Forreria belcheri (Hinds 1343) 536 Ocenebra beta (Dali 1919) 539 Ocenebra foveolata (Hinds 1644) 582 Admete couthouyi (Jay 1839) 583 Admete rhyssa (Dali 1919) 534 Canoellaria cooperi Gabb 1665 565 Cancellaria crawfordiana (Dali 1891) 594 Antiptanes perversus (Gabb 1865) 595 Antiplanes santarosanus (Dali 1902) 597 Oaphnella clathrata (Gabb 1865) 596 Elaeoeyma ampyrosia (Dali 1099) 599 Kurtzia arteaga (Dali & Bartsch 1910) 600 Kurtziella beta (Dali 1919) 601 Kurtziella plumbea (Hinds 1843) 602 Kylix haioc^dne (Dali 1919) 605 Oeopota regulus (Dali 1919) 606 Ophtodermella cancellata (Carpenter 1064) 607 Ophioderm alia fancherae (Dali 1903) 608 Ophiodermella inermis (H inds 1843) 609 PieurotamellaherrrineaDalll919 610 Pseudemelatom a penicillata (C arpenter 1864) McLEAN 1996 equivalent C ranopsis multistriata (OaJ11914) Superfamily Acmaeoktea Calliostoma turbinum Dali 1896 Halistylus pupoideus (Carpenler 1864) Lirobitlium latum (Bartsch 1911) Lirobitfium quadrffi latum (Carpenter 1664) Urobittium rugalum (Carpenter 1664) Lirobittium rugalum (Carpenter 1864) Superfamily Jarthinoidea Epitonium beilastriatum (Carpenter 1064) Epitonium lowei (Dali 1906) Epitonium sawinae (Oa.ll 1903) Epitonium hindsii (Carpenler 1856) Epitonium indianorum (Carpenter 1864) Epitonium sawinae (Dali 1903) Epitonium linctum (Carpenter 1865) Nodiscala spongiosa (Carpenter 1864) Eulima raymondi Rivers 1904 Pseudosablnelle bakeri (Bartsch 1917) Balds berryi (Bartsch 1917) VHreotira macra (Bartsch 1917) Balds Compacts (Carpenter 1864) Vitreolina Columbians [Bartsch 1917) Balds micans (Carpenter 1664) Balds oldrcydae (Bartsch 1917) Polygireulima rutila (Carpenter 1864) Superfamily Varikoroidea Family Vanikoridae Megabmphaius calrfornicus (Dali 1903) Crepipatella dorsata (Broderip 1©34) Crepidula glottidiarum Dali 1905 Crepipatella orbiculata (Dali 1919) Neostmnia aequalis (G. B. Sowerby 11032) Neosimnia barbarensis (Dali 1892) Neosimnia loabbeckeana (Weinhauff 1881) Austrotrophon catalrnensis I. S- Ofdroyd 1927 Boreotrophon bentleyi Dali 1900 Fomeria belcheri (Hinds 1844) Ocrnebrina beta (Dali 1919) Ocinebrina foveotota (Hinds 1044) Admete gradlior (Carpenter 1069) Admete gradlior (Carpenler 1669) Cancellaria cooperii Gabb 1865 Cancellaha cnawfordiana Dali 1891 Antiplanes catalinae (Raymond 1904) Antiplanes thalea (Dali 1902) Oaphnella clathrata (Gabb 1865) Elaeoeyma empyrosia (Dali 1899) Kurtzia arteaga (Dali & Bartsch 1910) Kurtzina beta (Dali 1919) Kurtziella plumbaa (Hinds 1843) Kylix halccydne (Dali 1919) Oeopota regukts (Dali 1919) Ophlodermelia cancellata (Carpenter 1664) Ophiodermella fancherae [Dali 1903) Ophicdermella inermis (Reave, 1S43) delete from list Pseudomelatcma penidllata (Carpenter 1064) COMMENTS separation of this and several other spedes from Puncturella based on anatomy this usage is attributed to Lindberg 1988 correction to publication date of original description comection to spelling of specific epithet reallocation following Houbrick's 1993 anatomical investigations by implication all in the subfamily in California except Stylidium are in Lirobittium reallocated as above new synonymy based on reexamination of types in discussion of following species on pg 68, and for the same reason Asperiscala returned to subgeneric level based on Bouchet & Waran 1986 Nitidiscala returned to subgeneric level based on Bouchet & Waren 1986, new synonymy genanc allocation as above, publication date of original description rectified generic allocation as above generic allocation as above reassignment not mentioned, but inferred from above raised from subgeneric status to generic status here the Pleistocene fossil name was overlooked previously, new synonymy generic reassignment in McLean 1995 reassignment based on McLean's commenls on and diagnosis of Balds, net explicit in his pap generic reassignment and new synonymy herein, but based on the generic concept of Waren 1 reassignment based on McLean's commenls on and diagnosis of Balcis, not explicit in his pap generic reassignment and new synonymy herein, but based Dn the generic concept of Waren 1 reassignment explicit in the paper reassignment explicit in the paper, emendation of the name to reflect dedication to Ida Ofdroyd reassignment explicit in the paper Family Vanikoridae not in same superfamily as family Fossaridae transfer of our species follows Waren and Bouehat 1938 generic synonymy fotlows Gougenot and Le Renard 1901 genus submerged by Hoagfand 1977 resurrected herein a situs form in Hoag land 1977, raised to specific status here - nummaria still good elsewhere new synonymy listed under genus without other comment listed with Spiculata in synonymy, but Cate’s genus not listed as synonym under genus type species of Spiculata, but treated as a Neosimnia: assume Spiculata used as subgenus relumed to full specific status here comection to original allocation of species year of publication corrected in discussion of Austrotrophon all E. Pacific species previously placed in Ocenebra transferred to Ocinabrina per Votes as above. + synonymy changed & 0, barbarensis removed from O, foveolata synonymy couthouyi still OK, this record based on couthouyi gradlior, raised to full spedes status here new synonymy - woodward! & saftoni also submerged Into gradlior cooperi was an unjustified emendation correction of original designation to Cancellaria perversa preoccupied, catalinae next available name (voyi extinct) new synonomy transfer to family Conidae as per revision of Taylor et al 1993 transfer to family Pseudomelatomidae as per revision of Taylor et al 1993 transfer to family Conidae as per revision of Taylor et al 1993 Kurtzina raised to generic status, transfer to Conidae as par above transfer to family Conidae as per revision of Taylor et al 1993 transfer to family Psaudomelafomidae as per revision of Taylor et al 1993 transfer to family Conidae as per revision of Taylor et al 1993 transfer to family Conidae as per revision Of Taylor et al 1993 transfer to family Conidae as per revision of Taylor et al 1993 authorship corrected; transfer to family Conidae as per above this would be transferred to the Pseudomelatomidae, but has been found to be a mis-id transfer to family Psaudam elatom idee as per revision of Taylor et al 1993 Suggested Gastropod Hierarchy SCAMIT Newsletter 15(2) Classification of the taxa currently placed in "Mesogastropoda” and "Neogastropoda" following Ponder and Waren 1988, with additions from Taylor et al 1993 for conids “Archaeogastropoda" follows Hazprunnar 1988 in general; with additions from Hickman & McLean 1990, and Lindberg 1988 Opisthobranch classification from Mikkelsen 1996, and other sources Class Gastropoda Subclass Prosobranchia Superorder Archaeogastropoda Order Patellogastropoda Suborder Nacellina Superfamily Acmaeoidea Family Lepetidae Iothia lindbergi McLean 1985 Family Acmaeidae Acmaea mitra Rathke 1833 Family Lottiidae Lottia strigatella (Carpenter 1864) Niveotectura funiculata (Carpenter 1864) Order Vetigastropoda Superfamily Fissurelloidea Family Fissurellidae Subfamily Emarginulinae Cranopsis multistriata (Dali 1914) Puncturella cooper! Carpenter 1864 Puncturella eyerdami Dali 1924 Puncturella punctocostata Berry 1947 Puncturella ralphi Berry 1947 Scelidotoma bella (Gabb 1865) Hemitoma bella (Gabb 1865) Subemarginula yatesii Dali 1901 Superfamily Scissurelloidea Family Scissurellidae Subfamily Anatominae Anatoma crispata (Fleming 1832} Scissurella kelseyi Dali 1905 Scissurella chiricova Dali 1919 Superfamily Trochoidea Family Turbinidae Subfamily Liotiinae Macarene farallonensis {A,G. Smith 1952) Subfamily Colloniinae Homalopoma berryi McLean 1964 Homalopoma cordellensis McLean 1996 Homalopoma draperi McLean 1984 Homalopoma paucicostatum (Dali, 1871) Subfamily Turbininae Lithopoma undosa (Wood 1828) Subfamily Tricoliinae Eulithidium compta (Gould 1855) Eulithidium pulloides (Carpenter 1865) 1 Suggested Gastropod Hierarchy SCAMIT Newsletter 15(2) Eulithidium rubrilineata Strong 1928 Eulithidium substriata Carpenter 1864 Family Trochidae Subfamily Tegulinae Norrisia norrisi (Sowerby 1838} Tegula aureotincta Forbes 1850 Subfamily Calliotropinae Bathybembix bairdii (Dali 1889) Solariella oxybasis Dali 1890 Cidarina cidaris (Carpenter 1864) Subfamily Calliostomatinae Calliostoma annulatum (Lightfoot 1786) Calliostoma canaliculatum (Lightfoot 1786) Calliostoma gemmulatum Carpenter 1864 Calliostoma gloriosum Dali 1871 Calliostoma keenae McLean 1970 Calliostoma platinum Dali 1890 Calliostoma supragranosum Carpenter 1864 Calliostoma splendens Carpenter 1864 Calliostoma titanium McLean 1984 Calliostoma tricolor Gabb 1865 Calliostoma turbinum Dali 1896 Calliostoma variegatum Carpenter 1864 Subfamily Solariellinae Solariella nuda Dali 1896 Solariella peramabilis Carpenter 1864 Solariella rhyssa Dali 1919 Subfamily Halistylinae Halistylus pupoideus (Carpenter 1864) Subfamily Lirulariinae Lirularia acuticostata (Carpenter 1864) Lirularia parcipicta (Carpenter 1864} Superorder Caenogastropoda Order Neotaenioglossa Suborder Discopoda Superfamily Cerithioidea Family Litiopidae Alaba sp Family Cerithiidae Subfamily Bittiinae Lirobittium fetellum (Bartsch 1911) Lirobittium larum (Bartsch 1911) Lirobittium lomaense Bartsch 1911 lirobittium asperum lomaense Bartsch 1911 Lirobittium paganicum (Dali 1919) Lirobittium quadrifilatum (Carpenter 1864) Lirobittium rugatum (Carpenter 1864) Lirobittium subplanatum Bartsch 1911 Alabina calena Dali 1919 2 Suggested Gastropod Hierarchy SCAMIT Newsletter 15(2) Family Turritellidae Subfamily TuiritelUnae Turitella cooper! Carpenter 1864 TurriteUa jewetti Carpenter 1864 Turritella orthosymmetrica Berry 1953 Superfamily Littorinoidea Family Littorinidae Subfamily Lacuninae Lacuna unifasciata Carpenter in Gould and Carpenter 1857 Superfamily Cingulopsidoidea Family Barleeidae Barleeia calif or nica Bart soli 1920 Barleeia subtenuis Carpenter 1864 Lirobarleeia keiseyi (Dali and Bartsch 1902) Family Rissoidae Subfamily Rissoinae Alvania compacta (Carpenter 1864) Alvania acutelirata (Carpenter 1864) Alvania rosana Bartsch 1911 Alvania burrardensis Bartsch 1921 Alvania tumida Carpenter 1857 Family Truncatellidae Cecina sp Family Vitrinellidae Vitrinella berxyi Bartsch 1907 Vitrinella eschnauri Bartsch 1907 Vitrinella eschnaurae Abbott 1974 Teinostoma salvania Dali 1919 Vitrinella oldraydi Bartsch 1907 Family Adeorbidae Subfamily Adeorbinae Circulus sp Subfamily Teinostomatinae Teinostoma supravallatum (Carpenter 1864) Family Caecidae Subfamily Caecinae Caecum califomicum Dali in Orcutt 1885 Caecum crebricinctum Carpenter 1864 Micranellum petroense Bartsch 1920 Micranellum catalinense Bartsch 1920 Micranellum profundicolum Bartsch 1920 Micranellum barkleyense Bartsch 1920 Micranellum oregonense Bartsch 1920 Micranellum rosanum Bartsch 1920 Caecum dalli Bartsch 1920 Fartulum occidentale (Bartsch 1920) Superfamilly Vanikoroidea Family Hipponicidae Hipponix antiquatus Linnaeus 1767 3 Suggested Gastropod Hierarchy SCAMIT Newsletter 15(2) Family Vanikoridae Subfamily Vanikorinae Megalomphalus californicus (Dali 1903) Macromphalina califomica Dali 1903 Megalomphalus schmiederi McLean 1996 Superfamily Calyptraeoidea Family Calyptraeidae Calyptraea contorta (Carpenter 1865) Calyptreae fastigiata Gould 1856 Crepidula aculeata (Gmelin 1791) Crepidula adunca G. B. Sowerbyl 1825 Crepidula glottidiarum Dali 1905 "Crepidula nummaria Gould 1846" aucct. Crepidula naticarum Williamson 1905 Crepidula norrisiarum Williamson 1905 Crepidula onyx G.B. Sowerby 11824 Crepidula perforans (Valenciennes 1846) Crepipatella dorsata (Broderip 1834) Crepidula lingulata Gould 1846 Crepidula bilobata "Gray" Reeve 1859 Crepidula fissurata G.B* Sowerby II1883 Crepipatella orbiculata (Dali 1919) Verticumbo charybdis Berry 1940 Crucibulum spinosum (G.B. Sowerby 1 1824) Superfamily Vermetoidea Family Vermetidae Petaloconchus sp Superfamily Cypraeoidea Family Ovulidae Subfamily Ovulinae Neosimniaaequalis (G.B. Sowerbyl 1832) Delonavoiva aequalis vidleri (G.B. Sowerby II1881) Neosimnia barbarensis (Dali 1892) Spiculata barbarensis (Dali 1892) Neosimnia catalinensis Berry 1916 Neosimnia loebbeckeana (Weinkauff 1881) Spiculata loebbeckeana (Weinkauff 1881) Superfamily Lamellarioidea Family Triviidae Subfamily Triviinae Trivia califomiana (J.E. Gray 1827) Trivia ritteri Raymond 1903 Family Lamellariidae Subfamily Lamellariinae Lamellaria diegoensis Dali in Orcutt 1885 Superfamily Naticoidea Family Naticidae Subfamily Naticinae Cryptonatica off inis (Gmelin 1791) Natica clausa Broderip and G.B. Sowerby 11829 4 Suggested Gastropod Hierarchy SCAMIT Newsletter 15(2) Subfamily Polinicinae Calinaticina oldroydii (Dali 1897) Eunaticina oldroydii (Dali 1897} Euspira pallida (Broderip and Sowerby 1829) Neverita reclusiana (Deshayes 1839) Polinices draconis (Dcdl 1903) Polinices lewisii (Gould 1847) Subfamily Sigaretinae Sinum scopulosum (Conrad 1849) Superfamily Tonnaidea Family Bursidae Crossata californica (Hinds 1843) Superfamily Triphoroidea Family Cerithiopsidae Cerithiopsis sp SuperfamOy Janthinoidea Family Epitoniidae Subfamily Epitoniinae Epitonium berryi (Dali 1907) Scala rectilaminata Dali 1907 Nitidiscala catalinense {Dali 1917) Epitonium bellastriatum {Carpenter 1864) Asperi scala bellastriata (Carpenter 1864) Epitonium hindsii (Carpenter 1856) Epitonium persuturum Dali 1917 Epitonium contrertasi Jordan and Hertlein 1926 Epitonium cooperi Strong 1930 Epitonium indianorum (Carpenter 1864) Nitidiscala indianorum (Carpenter 1864) Epitonium columbianum Dali 1917 Epitonium montereyensis Dali 1917 Sccdaria regiomontana Dali in DeBoury 1919 Epitonium lowei (Dali 1906) Asperiscala lowei (Dali 1906) Epitonium politum (G.B. Sowerby II 1844) Depressiscala polita (G,B. Sowerby II 1844) Epitonium sawinae (Dali 1903) Nitidiscala sawinae (Dali 1903) Epitonium acrostephanus Dali 1908 Epitonium catcdinae Dali 1908 Epitonium tabulatum Dali 1917 Epitonium regium Dali 1917 Epitonium tinctum (Carpenter 1865) Nitidiscala tinctum (Carpenter 1865) Nodiscala spongiosa (Carpenter 1864) Opalia spongiosa Carpenter 1864 Opalia retiporosa Carpenter 1864 Opalia borealis Keep 1881 Opalia funiculata (Carpenter 1837) Opalia montereyensis (Dali 1907) 5 Suggested Gastropod Hierarchy SCAMIT Newsletter 15(2) Superfamily Eulimoidea Family Eulimidae Balcis berryi (Bartsch 1917) Balcis compacta (Carpenter 1864) Balcis micans (Carpenter 1864) Melanella micans (Carpenter 1864) Balcis oldroydae (Bcartsch 1917) Melanella oldraydi Bartsch 1917 Melanella micans borealis Bartsch 1917 Eulima almo (Bartsch 1917) Eulima raymondi Rivers 1904 Strombiformis riversi Bartsch 1917 Strombiformis califomica Bartsch 1917 Strombifonnis lapazana Bartsch 1917 Strombiformis townsendi Bartsch 1917 Haliella abyssicola Bartsch 1917 Polygireulima rutila (Carpenter 1864) Melanella rutila (Carpenter 1864) Pseudosabinella baked (Bartsch 1917) Melanella bakeri (Bartsch 1917} Alaba catalinensis Bartsch 1920 Alaba serrana Smith and Gordon 1948 Vitreolina Columbiana (Bartsch 1917) Melanella grippi Bartsch 1917 Balcis titubans Berry 1956 Vitreolina macra (Bartsch 1917) Melanella macra Bartsch 1917 Melanella catalinensis Bartsch 1917 Melanella prefalcata Bartsch 1917 Balcis obstipa Berry 1954 Vitreolina yod (Carpenter 1857) Melanella yod (Carpenter 1857) Melanella taravali Bartsch 1917 Order Neogastropoda Super-family Muricoidea Family Muricidae Subfamily Ocenebrinae Austrotrophon catalinensis LS. Oldroyd 1927 Austrotrophon cerrosensis catalinensis of Abbott 1974 Ceratostoma nuttalli (Conrad 1837) Forreria belcheri (Hinds 1844) Ocinebrina barbarensis (Gabb 1865) Ocenebra crispatissima Berry 1953 Ocinebrina beta (Dali 1919) Tntonium luridum Middendorff 1848 Vitularia aspera Baird 1863 Ocinebra lurida var munda Carpenter 1864 Ocinebrina foveolata (Hinds 1844) Pteropurpura festiva (Hinds 1844) Pteropurpura macroptera (DeShayes 1839) Pteropurpura trialata (G.B. Sowerbyll 1834) Pteropurpura vokesae Emerson 1964 6 Suggested Gastropod Hierarchy SCAM IT Newsletter 15(2) Subfamily Trophoninae Boreotrophon apolyonis (Dcdl 1919) Boreotrophon avalonensis Dali 1902 Neptunea callicerata Dali 1919 Neptunea staphylina Dali 1919 Boreotrophon bentieyi Dali 1908 Boreotrophon eucymatus Dali 1902 Boreotrophon hazard! McLean 1996 Boreotrophon kabati McLean 1996 Boreotrophon keep! (Strong and Hertlein 1937) Boreotrophon multicostatus (Eschscholtz 1829) Boreotrophon peregrinus Dali 1902 Boreotrophon pedroanus (Arnold 1903) Trophon stuarti var. praecursor Arnold 1903 Boreotrophon raymondi (Moody 1916) Boreotrophon stuarti (E. A. Smith 1880) Boreotrophon smith! Dali 1902 Boreotrophon tolomius (Dali 1919) Boreotrophon triangulatus (Carpenter 1864} Trophon albospinosus Willett 1931 Oceanotrophon painei (Dali 1903) Scabrotrophon cerritensis (Arnold 1903) Nipponotrophon scitulus (Dali 1891) of Myers and D'Attilio 1980 Scabrotrophon dark! McLean 1996 Scabrotrophon grovesi McLean 1996 "Trophon lasius (Dali 1919)" in part of Willett 1938 "Nipponotrophon scitulus (Dali 1891)" in part of myers and D'Attilio 1 Scabrotrophon lasius (Dali 1919) Scabrotrophon maltzani (Kobert and Kiister 1878) "Trophon tenui sculpt a Carpenter 1866" aucct. Trophon subserratus G. B, Sowerby II1880 'Trophon lasius (Dali 1919)" in part of Willett 1938 "Trophonopsis lasius (Dali 1919}" in part of Abbott 1974 "Nipponotrophon lasius (Dali 1919)' r of Radwin and D'Attilio 1976 Subfamily Muricopsinae Maxwellia santarosana (G.B. Sowerby II 1879} Subfamily Coralliophilinae Babelomurex oldroydi (I.S. Oldroyd 1929) Family Turbinellidae Subfamily Ptychatyractinae Exilioidea kelseyi (Dali 1908) Exilioidea rectirostris (Carpenter 1864) PKcifusus obsoletus Talmadge 1971 Metzgeria sp Family Buccinidae Kelletia keiletii (Forbes 1850) Neptunea amianta (Dali 1890) Neptunea tabulat a (Baird 1863) Family Nassariidae Nassarius delosi Woodring in Woodring et al 1946 Nassarius fossatus (Gould 1849) 7 Suggested Gastropod Hierarchy SCAM IT Newsletter 15(2) Nassarius insculptus (Carpenter 1864) Alectrion insculptus var. eupleura Dali 1917 Nassarius insculptus gordanus Hertlein and Strong 1951 Nassarius mendicus (Gould 1849) Nassarius cooperi (Forbes 1852) Nassarius indisputabilis (Oldroyd 1927) Nassarius perpinguis (Hinds 1844) Nassarius rhinetes Berry 1953 "Nassa californiana (Conrad 1856)" of Dcdl 1891 "Nassarius califomianus" of Grant and Gale 1931 "Nassarius californianus" of Demond 1952 Family Fasciolariidae Fusinus barbarensis (Trask 1855) Fusinus luteopictus (Dali 1877) Family Columbellidae Subfamily Pyrerxinae Aesophus eurytoideus (Carpenter 1864) Alia carinata (Hinds 1844) Alia tuberosa (Carpenter 1864} Amphissa bicolor Dali 1892 Amphissa Columbiana (Dali 1916) Amphissa undata (Carpenter 1864) Amphissa ventricosa Arnold 1903 Amphissa reticulata Dali 1916 Amphissa versicolor Dali 1871 Astryris aurantiaca (Dali 1871) Astyris gausapata (Gould 1850) Nitidella gouldii Carpenter in Gould and Carpenter 1857 Columbella dalli E. A, Smith 1880 Nitidella ?lutulenta Dali 1919 Alia casciana Dali 1919 Astyris permodesta (Dali 1890) Nassarina penicillata (Carpenter 1864) Family Olividae Subfamily Olivellinae Olivella baetica Carpenter 1864 Olivella biplicata (G. B. Sowerby 1 1825) Olivella pycna Berry 1935 Family Marginellidae Subfamily Marginellinae Volvarina taeniolata (Morch 1860) Family Cystiscidae Plesiocystiscus myrmecoon (Dali 1919) Subfamily Granulininae Granulina margaritula (Carpenter 1857} Family Mitridae Subfamily Mitrinae Mitra idae Melvill 1893 Superfamily Cancellarioidea Family Cancellariidae 8 Suggested Gastropod Hierarchy SCAMIT Newsletter 15(2) Subfamily Cancellariinae Cancellaria cooperii Gabb 1865 Cane ellaria crawfordiana (Dali 1891) Cancellaria decussata (G. B. Sowerby II 1832) Subfamily Admetinae Admete gracilior (Carpenter 1869) Superfamily Conoidea [reorganized to reflect findings of Taylor et al 1993] Family Turridae Subfamily Crassispirinae Crassispira semiinflata (Grant & Gale 1931) Pseudotaranis hyperia (Dali 1919) Pseudotaranis strong! (Arnold 1903) Borsonia inculta Moody 1916 Subfamily Cochespirinae Megasurcula carpenteriana (Gabb 1865) Megasurcula stearnsiana (Raymond 1904) Subfamily Turrinae Antiplances briseis Dcdl 1919 Antiplanes catalinae (Raymond 1904) Pleurotoma perversa Gabb 1865 [not Philippi 18473 "Antiplanes perversa Gabb 1865" of Oldroyd 1927 Antiplanes major Bartsch 1944 "Antiplanes voyi (Gabb 1866>" of Abbott 1974 Antiplanes gabbi Kantor and Sysoev 1991 Antiplanes thalia (Dali 1902) Antiplanes santarosana Dali 1902 Pleurotoma smithi Arnold 1903 Antiplanes rotula Dali 1921 Antiplanes willetti Berry 1953 Carinoturris adrastia Dali 1919 Carinoturris fortis Bartsch 1944 Rhodopetoma diaulax (Dali 1908) Borsonella rhodope DaU 1919 Rhodopetoma renaudi (Arnold 1903) Family Pseudomelotomidae Haeocyma empyrosia (Dcdl 1899) Kylix halocydne (Dali 1919) Pseudomelatoma penicillata (Carpenter 1864) Family Conidae Subfamily Coninae Conus californicus Hinds 1844 Subfamily Clathurellinae Borsonella bartschi (Arnold 1903) Borsonella civitella Dali 1919 Borsonella nicoli Dali 1919 Borsonella coronadoi (Dali 1908) Borsonella nychia Dali 1919 Borsonella hooveri (Arnold 1903) Borsonella merriami (Arnold 1903) Borsonella omphale Dali 1919 Pleurotoma dalli Arnold 1903 Borsonella angelena Hanna 1924 9 Suggested Gastropod Hierarchy SCAM IT Newsletter 15(2) Borsonella pinosensis Bartsch 1944 Ophiodermella cancellata (Carpenter 1864} Pleurotoma vancouverensis E. A. Smith 1880 Surcula rhlnes Dali 1908 Moniliopsis chacei Berry 1941 Ophiodermella fancherae (Dali 1903) Ophiodermella inermis (Reeve 1843) Drillia incisa Carpenter 1864 Surcula ophioderma Dali 1908 Turns halcyonis Dali 1908 Ophiodermella montereyensis Bartsch 1944 Subfamily Oenopotinae Oenopota regulus Subfamily Mangeliinae Crockerella castianira (Dali 1919) Crockerella conradiana {Gabb 1869} Crockerella crystallma (Gabb 1865) Crockerella cymodoce (Dali 1919) Crockerella eriphyle (Dali 1919} Crockerella evadne (Dali 1919) Crockerella lowei (Dali 1903) "Clathurella crystallina Gabb 1865' r of Abbott 1974 Philbertia hesione Dali 1919 Crockerella philodoce (Dali 1919) Crockerella scotti McLean 1996 Crockerella tridesmia (Berry 1941) Kurtzia arteaga (Dcdl and Bartsch 1910) "Mangelia sculpturata (Dali 1887)" of Arnold Mangelia arteaga roperi Dali 1919 Kurtzia gordoni Bartsch 1944 Kurtziella plumbea (Hinds 1844) Kurtzinabeta (Dali 1919) Mangelia hexagona Gabb 1865 Subfamily Daphnellinae Daphnella clathrata Gabb 1865 Family Terebridae Terebra hemphilli Vanatta 1924 Terebra pedroana Dali 1908 Subclass Heterobranchia Order ? = "Lower Heterobranchia 11 of Mikkelsen Superfamily Acteonoidea Family Acteonidae Acteon traskii Steams 1898 Migroglyphis brevicula (Dali 1902) Rictaxis painei Dali 1903 Rictaxis punctocaelatus (Carpenter 1864} Order Heterostropha Superfamily Pyramidelloidea Family Pyramidellidae Subfamily Odostomiinae Iselica ovoidea (Gould 1853) Odostomia astricta Dali & Bartsch 1907 10 Suggested Gastropod Hierarchy SCAMIT Newsletter 15(2) Odostomia canfieldi Dcdl 1908 Odostomia Clementina Dali & Bartsch 1909 Odostomia Columbiana Dcdl & Bartsch 1907 Odostomia eucosmia Dali & Bartsch 1909 Odostomia eugena Dali & Bartsch 1909 Odostomia gravida Gould 1852 Odostomia laxa Dali & Bartsch 1909 Odostomia ritteri Dali & Bartsch 1909 Odostomia ienuisculpta Carpenter 1864 Odostomia virginalis Dali & Bartsch 1909 Odostomia sp D MBC 1980 Subfamily Turbonillinae Turbonilla almo Dali & Bartsch 1909 Turbonilla castanea Keep 1887 Turbonilla chocolata (Carpenter 1864) Turbonilla diegensis Dali & Bartsch 1909 Turbonilla kelseyi Dali & Bartsch 1909 Turbonilla nuttingi Dali & Bartsch 1909 Turbonilla raymondi Dali & Bartsch 1909 Turbonilla regina Dali & Bartsch 1909 Turbonilla santarosana Dali & Bartsch 1909 Turbonilla tenuicula (Gould 1853) Turbonilla sp A SCAMIT 1988 Subfamily Cyclostremellinae Cyclostremella californica Bartsch 1907 Cyclostremella coronadoensis (Arnold 1903) Infraclass Euthyneura Superorder Opisthobranchia Order "Architedibranchia" Family Hydatinidae Parvaplustrum sp A SCAMIT 1995 Parvaplustrum sp B SCAMIT 1996 Order Sacoglossa Family Hermaeidae Alderia modest a (Loven 1844) Family Oleidae Olea hansineensis Agersborg 1923 Order Anaspidea Superfamily Aplysioidea Family Aplysiidae Aplysia californica J. G. Cooper 1863 Order Cephalaspidea Superfamily Bulloidea Family Bullidae Bulla gouldiana Pilsbry 1895 Family Haminaeidae Haminaea vesicula Gould 1855 Haminaea virescens (G. B. Sowerby 1 1833) Superfamily Philinoidea Family Scaphandridae Acteocina harpa (Dcdl 1871) Acteocina inculta (Gould 1855) 11 Suggested Gastropod Hierarchy SCAMIT Newsletter 15(2) Tornastra culciteUa (Gould 1853) Tomastra eximia {Board 1863) Family Cylichnidae Cylichna diegensis {Dali 1919) Family Aglajidae Aglaja ocelligera (Bergh 1894) Melanochlamys diomedea (Bergh 1894) Navanax inermis (J. G. Cooper 1863) Family Philinidae Philine alba Mattox 1958 Philine auriformis Suter 1909 Philine bakeri Dali 1919 Philine californica Willett 1944 Philine sp A SCAMIT 1988 Bullomorpha sp A SCAMIT 1995 Family Gastropteridae Gastropteron pacificum Bergh 1894 Family Retusidae Sulcoretusa xystrum (Dali 1919) Volvulella californica Dali 1919 Volvulella catharia Dali 1919 Volvulella cylindrica (Carpenter 1864) Volvulella panamica Dali 1919 Superfamily Diaphanoidea Family Diaphanidae Diaphana californica Dali 1919 Order Notaspidea Superfamily Pleurobranchoidea Family Pleurobranchaeidae Pleurobranchaea californica MacFarland 1966 Family Pleurobranchidae Berthella californica (Dali 1900) Order Nudibranchia [no changes from current configuration] Superorder Pulmonata 12 SCAMIT NEWSLETTER 15(2) SELECTED REFERENCES ON GASTROPOD HIGHER CLASSIFICATION BIELER, RUDIGER, 1992, Gastropod phylogeny and systematics. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics (23):31I-338. BOUCHET, PIERRE, and Anders Waren. 1986. Revision of the northeast Atlantic bathyal and abyssal Aclididae, Eulimidae, Epitoniidae (Mollusca, Gastropoda). Bollettino Malacologico (Supplemento 2):299-576. COOVERT, GARY A., and Holly K. Coovert. 1995. Revision of the supraspecific classification of marginellifomi gastropods. The Nautilus 109(2-3):43-110. HASZPRUNAR, GERHARD. 1985. The Heterobranchia - a new concept of the phylogeny of the higher Gastropoda. Zeitschrift fur zoologische Systematic und Evolutionsforschung 23:15-37, —. 1988. On the origin and evolution of major gastropod groups, with special reference to the Streptoneura. Journal of Molluscan Studies 54(4):367-441. —. 1988. A preliminary phylogenetic analysis of the streptoneurous gastropods. Malacological Review (Supplement 4): 7-16, —. 1988. Comparative anatomy of cocculiniform gastropods and its bearing on archaeogastropod systematics. Malacological Review (Supplement 4):64-84. HICKMAN, CAROLE S. 1988. Archaeogastropod evolution, phylogeny and systematics: a re-evaluation. Malacological Review (Supplement 4): 17-34, HICKMAN, CAROLE S., and Janies H. McLean. 1990. Systematic revision and suprageneric classification of trochacean gastropods. Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County, Science Series (35): 1-169. HOUBRICK, RICHARD S. 1988. Cerithioidean phylogeny. Malacological Review (Supplement 4): 88- 128. LIND BERG, DAVID R. 1988. The Patellogastropoda. Malacological Review (Supplement 4): 35-63. MIKKELSEN, PAULA M. 1996, The evolutionary relationships of Cephalaspidea s.l. (Gastropoda: Opisthobranchia): a phylogenetic analysis. Malacologia 37(2):375-442. PONDER, WINSTON F. 1988. The truncatelloidean ( = Rissoacean) radiation - a preliminary phylogeny. Malacological Review (Supplement 4): 129-166. PONDER, WINSTON F., and Anders War£n. 1988. Classification of the Caenogastropoda and Heterostropha - a list of the family-group names and higher taxa. Malacological Review (Supplement 4):288- 326. SALVINI-PLAWEN, LUITFRIED VON. 1980. A reconsideration of systematics in the Mollusca (phylogeny and higher classification). Malacologia 19(2):249-278. SALVINI-PLAWEN, LUITFRIED VON, and G. Haszprunar. 1987. The Vetigastropoda and the systematics of streptoneurous Gastropoda (Mollusca). Journal of Zoology, London 211(4):747-770. TAYLOR, JOHN D,, Y. I. Kantor, and A. V. Sysoev. 1993. Foregut anatomy, feeding mechanisms, relationships and classification of the Conoidea (=Toxoglossa)(Gastropoda). Bulletin of the Natural History Museum of London (Zoology) 59(2): 125-170. TAYLOR, JOHN D., N. J. Morris, 1988. Relationships of neogastropods. Malacological Review (Supplement 4): 167-179. VAUGHT, KAY CUNNINGHAM. 1989. A Classification of the Living Mollusca. American Malacologists, Melbourne, Florida. 189pp. WISE, JOHN B. 1996, Morphology and phylogenetic relationships of certain pyramidellid taxa (Heterobranchia). Malacologia 37(2): 443-511. Paramunna qiiadratifrons male (left) and female (right) from Iverson and Wilson 1981 Paramunna sp A SCAMIT 1996 male [scale bar - lmmj 100m off Del Mar, coarse sediment f f} I i July, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15. No.3 NEXT MEETING: Sphaerodorid polychaetes GUEST SPEAKER: Ron Velarde DATE: August 12, 1996 TIME: 9:30am - 3:30pm | LOCATION: City of San Diego - Marine Biology Lab 4918 N. Harbor Drive Suite 201 | Spoerodoropsis minuta (from Fauvel 1923) AUGUST 12 MEETING At this meeting Ron Velarde (CSDMWWD) will present the results of his recent study of sphaerodorid polychaetes. Members arc encouraged to bring any sphaerodorids they might have to the meeting for examination. Ron has several different species that we will examine at the meeting to demonstrate the distinct characteristics of this rather uncommon family of polychaetes. Leslie Harris (NHMLAC) will also continue her presentation of Northeast Pacific syllids from the July meeting. If time permits, we will begin a discussion of Volume 6 - Annelida Part 3 of the MMS Taxonomic Atlas, which many members already have copies of. This volume presents numerous changes to the taxonomy of our local So. Calif, species of FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED, IN PART, BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION, CHEVRON USA. AND TEXACO INC. SCAM IT News!filer is noi deemed to be a valid publication for formal taxonomic purposes. July, 1996 SCAM1T Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 3 polychactcs. If you have your volume you should bring it, along with your reactions, opinions, viewpoints, etc. NEW LITERATURE A large review published at the end of last year on species introduced into San Francisco Bay and the associated Sacramento River Delta was examined at the meeting (Cohen & Carlton 1995) . According to Leslie Harris, who spent a week working with this group on the current year’s investigations of introduced species on her return from the NAMIT meeting, this publication is a slightly modified version of Andrew Cohen’s thesis. The review is packed with information of interest to SCAM1T members to one degree or another. 1 was fascinated to read additional information on the history of the Philine auriformis introduction into the Bay, and to leam that it now has the common name "Tortellini Snail". In addition to the entries under each introduced species which summarize (and sometimes extend) information available on their ecology and distribution, a lively discussion is provided which examines mechanisms of introduction, and the consequences of such introduction in the receiving ecosystem. The entire document is eminently readable; a statement which can too infrequently be applied to NTIS publications. This is available at $ 49.00 [order number PB96- 1665251 from: National Technical Information Service Springfield, Virginia 22161 Order by Phone: 703)487-4650 or via http://www.fedworld.gov/ntis/ntishomc.html Three recent articles dealing with morphology and taxonomy of leptostracan crustaceans were examined at the meeting. The first (Vetter, 1996) changes the name of our Nebalia sp A SCAMIT 1995 to Nebalia daytonae Vetter 19%. We should already be familiar with this taxon. since figures from Vetter’s manuscript were used in the creation of the SCAMIT voucher sheet. Additional information on the animal and a more complete description are now available. A second new species of Nebalia was described from the Northeast Pacific (Martin et ai 1996) in a paper which also provides keys to the families and genera of the Leptostraca world-wide. During preparation of this article it became necessary to declare Nebalia pugettensis (Clark 1932) a nomen nudum . We do not now have a valid name for the local species previously reported as N. pugettensis. Nebalia hessleri described herein is a very large species specializing in high-organic reducing habitats, and probably is not seen by any of the members. It was described from detrital aggregations in submarine canyons off Southern California. The third article (Martin & Christiansen 1996) is an SEM study of fine structure of the thoracic limbs of the second new species mentioned above. A great deal of previously under- appreciated surface detail is present on these animals. Its relevance in day-to-day identification of these animals using non SEM methods remains unclear. The latest edition of Scientific American (Vol. 275 No. 1 - July 1996) has three articles of potential member interest. The first is by Zill and Seyfarth and concerns the nature of exoskeletal sensors (particularly slit-organs) in arthropods. They characterize these structures as biological * strain gauges" which coordinate when and how the legs move. An article by Erwin on the Permian mass extinction is of perhaps less specialized appeal, at least for those interested in the history of life as well as it’s current manifestations. Finally there is an article exploring the nature of copyright as it applies to electronic publishing and information exchange. This article (Okcrson 1996) continues the previous discussions of copyright as it applies to scientific research 2 July, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 3 through the principle of fair use, and extends the discussion into the more tendentious arena of electronic communications. Although there is ample historical precedent for paper-based publishing, and the legal rights pertaining to it, electronic publishing and information networking arc an entirely new area, and one with differing types of usage. As SCAMIT and it’s members contemplate moving to electronic publication of this Newsletter, and other activities on the Internet or the World Wide Web, we need to consider the issues raised in this article. It can serve as an introduction to the subject for those interests may bring them into contact with the new laws currently being considered for the control of intellectual property on electronic media. Members may be interested to know that abstracts of papers presented at the 5th International Polychaete Conference in Qingdao, China in July of 1995 are available at the Annelida web site, which has recently changed addresses. Its new location is: http://www.keil.ukans.edu/ - worms /annelid.html MMS ATLAS UPDATE It was reported in last month’s newsletter that Volume 1 and 4 of the Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara Channel are completely out of print. We have more recent information that vol. 2 - Sponges and vol. 5 - Annelids, Part 2 are also currently out of print. Unfortunately, we also learned that the sabellid and serpulid polychaetes will not be included in the Atlas, along with lysianassid amphipods. The authors simply did not have enough time to cover these groups. Volume 6 - The Annelida, Part 3, which includes orbiniids, paraonids, apistobranchids, spionids, poecilochaetids, chaetopterids, magelonids, cirratulids, and cossurids, has been published and subscribers to the series should be getting their copies soon if they have not already. The chapter on spionids includes a review of the genera and species from California and a revision of the genus Polydora. The chapter on cirratulids represents a revision of all known genera and species from the eastern North Pacific. The final annelid volume of the Atlas is expected to be ready by the end of the year. INTERNATIONAL MARINE BIOLOGY SYMPOSIUM The 11th International Marine Biology symposium will be held November 18-22 this year in La Paz, B.C.S., Mexico. For further information please refer to the attached flyer. SIXTH INTERNATIONAL POLYCHAETE CONFERENCE - FIRST CALL The first call for papers and announcement of the schedule of activities for the Sixth International Polychaete Conference has been received via E- mail. The Conference will take place in Curitiba, Brazil between the 2nd and 7th of August 1998. For planning purposes it is necessary for those intending to participate to notify the organizing committee by 1 December 1996. A description of proposed events, an explanation of available facilities, and a registration form are attached. Attendees of past conferences have all returned with glowing reports, and I am sure that the sixth will be no exception. Additional information is available from Paulo da Cunha Lana, Chairman of the Organizing Committee at lana@aica.ccm.ufpr.br or lana@cce.ufjpr.br. As of August 1996 there will be a WWW Homepage for the conference at http://cem.ufpr.br/sixthIntpolycconf.html CORRECTION Larry Lovell informed members at the July meeting that his earlier observation (May 3 July, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vo!. 15. No. 3 newsletter, Vol. 15 No. 1) of the polychaete Nephtys cornuta having a uniramous first setiger was incorrect. This species docs indeed have a biramous first setiger with a reduced ncuropod that has fewer setae. We appreciate Larry updating us with his continuous study of Nephtys . RESEARCH TRAINING PROGRAM The National Museum of Natural History is offering ten-week summer internships for next year in systematic biology and natural history research for undergraduate students. The program dates are May 24, 1997 - August 2, 1997. The application deadline is February 1, 1997. For more information contact: Mary Sangrcy - Program Coordinator NHB 166 Smithsonian Institution Washington, D.C. 20560 Phone:(202) 357-4548 Fax: (202) 786-2563 e-mail: mnhbo012@sivm.si.edu or see their Internet home page: http: //www. nmnh .si. cdu/nmnh web. html MINUTES FROM JULY 8 MEETING At the meeting Leslie Harris (NI1MLAC) gave those members present a synopsis of the NAM IT polychaete meeting, which took place in May in Newport, Oregon. Leslie had been asked to examine several phyllodocid and syllid polychaetes collected and identified by various agencies and consultants working in the Pacific Northwest. She presented her findings at the meeting. Also present at the NAMIT meeting was Dr. Jim Blake who distributed a handout based on his cirratulidae chapter from volume 6 of the MMS Atlas (which is not included with this newsletter due to repetition). Dr. Blake also examined several cirratulids at the meeting and demonstrated the use of his key. Leslie did not have enough time to review the syllids at our SCAMIT meeting so we will examine Northeast Pacific Exogone. Brania , and Sphaerosyllis species at the August meeting. Those members present at the July meeting may want to bring Leslie’s handouts of selected characters of Exogone , Brania , and Sphaerosyllis to the August meeting and for those of you unable to attend we will put copies of these handouts in the August newsletter. Leslie’s review of Northeast Pacific material turned up several odd provisional species. The first phyllodocid we examined was a Pterocirrus referred to as NAMIT sp. I. It is very different from our local So. Calif, species Pterocirrus montereyensis . It has very large eyes and a long median antenna. The dorsal cirri are an irregular leaf shape and are generally all shed upon preservation. The dentition of the setae is more rounded rather than pointed. The most striking and distinct character seems to be its pigmentation. The body has dark brown and pale yellow stripes across the dorsum with a triangular brown patch on the posterior part of the prostomium. Besides this specimen from off the coast of Oregon 3 others have been found in LA Harbor in shallow water (<20 M). Another unusual specimen referred to as Eteone NAMIT sp. 1 has distinct parallel brown stripes vertically on the dorsum along the sides of the animal and also brown pigment in circular patches on the parapodia with the center of the patches being clear. The setae have a small tooth or fang coming off the shaft next to the very long seta. A few specimens originally identified as Eulalia bilineata that are now referred to as Eulalia NAMIT sp. 1 from Barkcley Sound on the west side of Vancouver Island exhibit 4 color morphs; 2 brown, 1 maroon, and 1 light or unpigmented. All have 2 faint lines of color 4 July, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 3 going down the length of the body. The animals are very robust in size with oval shaped dorsal cirri. The parapodia have a prominent postacicular fold with a large notopodial lobe and smaller neuropodial lobe. They have triangular ventral cirri and homogomph setae with serrations that diminish along the sides. This species has not been seen in So. Calif, waters, but is found at shallow and intertidal to subtidal depths. Eulalia NAMIT sp. 2, originally identified as Eulalia bilineata from Dundas Island in northern British Columbia, has also not been encountered yet in So. Calif. It has small eyes with a small median antenna and oval shaped dorsal cirri. The dorsum has transverse dark brown bands across the segments. It too has been found in the intertidal. Eulalia NAMIT sp. 3 a single, small specimen also originally identified as Eulalia bilineata has a dorsum covered with fine brown pigment spots making the segmental area dark where the interscgmental areas arc clear. This gives it a banding appearance, where it is pale in color otherwise. Eulalia NAMIT sp. 4 also originally identified as Eulalia levicomuta has been found in Puget Sound and Coos Bay and it has also been found in So. Calif. It has medium sized eyes with a median antenna in front of the eyes, ft has elongated dorsal cirri and a distinct pigment pattern on the dorsum. It is pale yellow in color with darker triangles of pigment going down the edges or sides of the body on each segment. There is also a median line of pigment spots down the center of the body. Refer to sketch below. Blake's illustration (1994) of E. levicomuta makes a good comparison of the pigment pattern for this provisional species. However, it should be noted that animals that are being reported as E . levicornuta in So. Calif, have much shorter tentacular cirri and a median antenna than Blake has illustrated. Eulalia NAMIT sp. 5 from Puget Sound also has an unusual pigment pattern on its dorsum going down the body. It consists of 4 lines of pigment vertically on the dorsum. The outer lines consist of dark pigment spots on each parapod. The 2 middle lines are made up of pigment patches in the shape of a block letter "C” on each segment. As illustrated by the sketch below, (dorsal and ventral cirri not drawn in) Several of the NE Pacific Eulalia quadrioculata specimens had been mistaken for Eulalia viridis due to a mistake in Banse and Hobson’s key (1974). E. viridis has setae beginning on segment 3, like E. quadrioculata , according to Plcijcl (1993) and only occassionally 1-2 setae on segment 2. E. quadrioculata has dark intersegmental bands across each segment while E. viridis docs not have these. Leslie commented that she has not seen any E. viridis off our coast. Eulalia californiensis also has pigment down its dorsum in 3 lines, of which the outer two are made up of block letter ”C’”s. Eulalia bilineata , however, has pigment in only 2 lines down the dorsum, which appear as solid patches on each segment near the outer margins, just as Blake (1994) has illustrated in the MMS Atlas. (dorsal and ventral cirri not drawn in) 5 July, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vo!. 15. No. 3 Another odd NE Pacific specimen referred to as Clavodoce NAMIT sp. 1 differs from Oavodoce nigrimaculata and Clavodoce splendida. It has large dorsal cirri unlike the narrow, elongated dorsal cirri of C splendida It also has very clavate antennae as opposed to the more cirriform shaped antennae of C. nigrimaculata. Also, the animal was orangish in color instead of bluish-black like C. nigrimaculata. Leslie also commented on Nereiphyila castanea and Nereiphyila ferruginea. Specimens from Japan of Nereiphyila castanea are entirely brick red in color with a slightly darker line down the dorsum and the ventral cirri are large and auricular in shape. Nereiphyila ferruginea . on the other hand, has a cream colored body with reddish-brown or brick red dorsal cirri, which are large and bluntly circular. Blake (1994) synonymizes Phyllodoce ferruginea with Nereiphyila castanea. In his description of N. castanea Blake remarks that the holotypc of Phyllodoce ferruginea is clearly a species of Nereiphyila and agrees well with other specimens of N. castanea, however, he docs not comment on the color of the dorsal cirri of P. ferruginea , which are all missing on the holotype and arc what is pigmented. Sosanopsis VOUCHER SHEET The discussion of local representatives of the polychaete genera Sosanopsis and Sosane in NL 14(11) has led to the preparation of a voucher sheet for Sosanopsis sp A SCAMIT 1996 which is attached. PAPER CHASE REVISITED Those who, like us, panicked when we learned of the demise of Resistall Paper (due to environmental concerns connected with its manufacture), will be delighted to know that it is back due to popular demand. The latest catalogue from University Products lists Byron Weston Resistall as again in stock in several weights and formats. Information is available from University Products @ 1-800-762-1165 or 1-413-532-3372 and at http:// www. univcrsityproducts.com Orders may be placed @ 1-800-628-1912 or by FAX @ 1-800-532-9281 6 July, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15. No. 3 BIBLIOGRAPHY BLAKE, JAMES A. 1994. Family Phyllodocidae. Pp. 115-186 IN: Blake, James A. & B. Hilbig (eds.).Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara Channel. Volume 4-Thc Annelida Part 1. Oligochaeta and Polychaeta: Phyllodocida (Phyllodocidae to Paralacydoniidae). 377pp. COHEN, ANDREW N. and James T Carlton. 1995. Nonindigenous Aquatic Species in a United Stales Estuary: A Case Study of the Biological Invasions of the San Francisco Bay and Delta. Biological Study. NTIS Rept. No. PB96-166525. 246pp. + append. ERWIN, DOUGLAS H. 1996. The Mother of Mass Extinctioas. Scientific American 275(1 ):72-78. FAUVEL, PIERRE. 1923. Polychaetes Errantes. Faune de France 5. 486pp. MARTIN. JOEL W., and J. C. Christiansen. 1995. A morphological comparison of the phyllopodous thoracic limbs of a leptostracan ( Nebalia $£>.) and a spinicaudatc conchostracan (Leotestheria 5 p.), with comments on the use of Phyllopoda as a taxonomic category. Canadian Journal of Zoology - Revue Canadiennc dc Zoologic 73(12):2283-2291. MARTIN. JOEL W., Eric W. Vetter, and C. E. Cashclark. 1996. Description, external morphology, and natural history observations of Nebalia hesslcri, new species (Phyllocarida: Lcptostraca), from southern California, with a key to the extant families and genera of the Leptostraca. Journal of Crustacean Biology 16<2):347-372. OKERSON, ANN. 1996. Who Owns Digital Works? Scientific American 275(1):80*84. PLELJEL. FREDR1K. 1993. Polychaeta Phyllodocidae. Marine Invertebrates of Scandinavia 8. 159pp. VETTER. ERIC W. 1996. Nebalia davtoni n sp a leptostracan from Southern California (Phyllocarida). Crustaccana 69(3):379-386. ZILL, SASHA N., and Ernst-August Seyfarth. 1996. Exoskeleta! Sensors for Walking. Scientific American 275(1 ):86-90. <**»oOo<**» * SCAMIT OFFICERS: If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel free to contact any of the officers. e-mail address President Ron Velarde (619)692-4903 rgv@sddpc.sannct.gov Vice-President Don Cadicn (310)830-2400 ext. 403 mblcsdla@netcom.com Secretary Cheryl Brantley (310)830-2400 ext. 403 mblcsdla@netcufn.com Treasurer Ann Dal key (310)648-5611 cam@san.ci. la. ca. us Back issues of the newsletter are available. Prices are as follows: Volumes 1 - 4 (compilation).$ 30.00 Volumes 5 - 7 (compilation).S 15.00 Volumes 8- 13.$ 20.00/vol. Single back issues arc also available at cost. iNVJTA CION : PROCRAMA CJEN77F7CO / HOSPEDAJE : Se In vita a todos los profeslonistas y estudlantes que realicen estudlos en el campo en Biologla Marina o Areas afines con enfasis en el noreste de Mexico y California a partldpar en el XI SIMPOSIUM INTERNACIONAL DE BIOLOGIA MARINA. LUCAR YFECHA : La sede del XI SIMPOSIUM serA la UNIVERSIDAD AUT6NOMA DE BAJA CALIFORNIA SUR, en la Ciudad de La Paz. B.C.S., Mexico, del 18 al 22 de Noviembrede 1996. ACTJVIDADES ClENJlFICAS x A. Seslones de presentaddn oral : cada partidpante tendrA un tlempo de 20 minutos, 15 de presentacldn y 5 de preguntas y discusl6n. B. Presentaci6n de carteles : las dimcnsiones de los carteles serA de 100 x 70 cm. TAcnica llbre. C. Conferencias Magistrales : los tdplcos se decidiran de acuerdo a la disponibllidad de los Invitados. 1. - TAXONOM1A. 2. - BIOLOGIA DE GRUPOS. 3. - PESQUERJAS. 4. - CONTAMINACION. 5. - ECOLOGIA MARJNA. 6. - MANEJO DE RECURSOS. INFORMACldN GENERAL : - El lenguaje del SIMPOSIUM puedc ser en cspafiol o en InglAs. - Los resumenes podrAn ser publicados cn la Revlsta de Investigacldn Clentffica de Ciencias del Mar de la Universidad Autdnoma de Baja California Sur: - La Fecha limit e para redbir los resumenes, serA el 15 de agosto de 1996. - Costo de lnscripd6n ( en dolares ) : Profeslonistas : £ 120.00 Lstudiantes: & 60.00 - Incluye : Asistencia, rompehielos, serviclo de cafeteria, programa, resGmenes, transporte UABCS-La Paz, diploma, noche mexlcana y cena de dausura. El oomltA organizador propone como hotel sede al HOTEL ARA1ZA INN PALMIRA. Para mayor informaddn y reservadones comunicarse dlrectamente a Ecoturlstlca Terra Inc6gnlta. Tel.(112) 3-44-14 Fax. (112) 3-05-84 COMFTt ORGANIZADOR: Presidente Honorario : M.en C. JesCis Druk GonzAlez Secretario Honorario : M. en C. Giovanni Malagrino Lumare Presidente : BI6I. Mar. Carlos A. SAnchez Ortiz Secretario EJecutivo : Bi6L Mar. Emelio Barjau GonzAlez, Tesorera : BI6I. Claudia j. HernAndez Guerrero. ENVfO DE RESUMENES : En diskette de 3 Vi" en Procesador WP o WORD y por Correo Electrdnico a: e-mall: simpblol@calafia.uabcs.mx Biol. Mar. Emelio Barjau GonzAlez Museo de Historia Natural. Depto. De Biologla Marina, UABCS. A.P. 19-B, U Paz, B.C.S. C.P. 23080 Tels. (112) 1 -07-55 exts. 132 y 133 Fax. (112) 1-24-77 PAQUETE DISENADO ESPECIALMENTE PARA LOS ASISTENTESAL XI S1MPOSIUM LNTERNACIONAL DE BIOLOGL\ .\LARINA A REALIZARSE DEL 18 AL 22 DE NOVIEMBRE DE 1996 EN LA CIUDAD DE LA PAZ, B.C.S. MEXICO HOTEL SEDE ESCOGIDO POR EL COMITE ORGAN1ZADOR: ARAIZA INN PALMIRA. EL PAQUETE INCLUYE: - 5 NOCHES 6 DIAS DE HOTEL - TRASLADO AEROPUERTO-HOTEL- AEROPUERTO - 4 DESAYUNOS EN EL HOTEL PALMIRA - 4 COMIDAS SERYIDAS EN EL CAMPUS UNIVERSITARIO - TRASLADO HOTEL-UABCS-HOTEL DIARJO - IMPUESTOS *NO INCLUYE PROPIN AS PAQUETE EN BASE A OCUPACION: SENC1LLO: $279.00 USD DOBLE.: $ 185.00 USD TRIPLE: S 167.00 USD LOS PRECIOS SON POR PERSONA £N DOLARES AMERICANOS PAGADEROS AL TIPO DE CAMBIO DEL DIA EN QUE SE RE ALICE EL PAGO. TODAS LAS RESF.RVACIONES DEBERAN HACERSE CON UN 50% DE DEPOS1TO Y CON UN M£S DE ANTICIPACION MINLMO, EL RESTO DEBERA SER CUB1ERTO UNA SEMANA .ANTES DEL 1N1CIO DEL SIMPOSIUM. P.ARA MEJOR MANEJO Y FACIL1DAD, LOS DEPOSITOS Y PAGOS PODRAN HACERSE A LA CUENTA BANCARIA No.:09 400034462-2 DEL BANCO INTERNACIONAL (BITAL), A NOMBRE DE: ECOTURISTICA TERRA INCOGNITA, S.A. DE C.V., NOTIFICANDONOS VIA FAX DE LOS ENVTOS CORRESPONDIENTES. P.ARA EFECTO DE RESERVACIONES O ACLARACIONES CON REFERENCIA AL PAQUETE FAVOR DE COMUN1CARSE A LA AGENCIA ECOTURISTICA, A LOS TELS. 91 (112) 344-14 Y 305-84, FAX 305-84 CON RENE AGUIRRE, SELENE AGUIRRE O MARTHA AGUIRRE TOURS OPCIONALHS: CABO SAX LUCAS: INCLUYE: - TRANSPORTACION HN V1AJE REDONDO EN VAGONETAS EQUIPADAS - DESAYUNO - COM I DA - PASCO EN LANCHA CON FONDO DE CRISTAL PARA TRASLADARLO AL FINAL DE LA TIERRA EN DONDE SE OBSERVARA EL EAMOSO ARCO DE CABO ASI COMO LOBOS MARINOS. /SLA ESP/R1TU SAX TO: INCLUYE: - TRAN SPORTACI ON EN VIAJE REDONDO EN LANCHA ESPECIAL - BOX LUNCH - EQUTPO PARA SNORKEL - PASEO POR LA COLON IA DONDE HAB1TAN LOS LOBOS MARINOS LLAMENOS CON GUSTO LE ATENDEREMOS! Date: wed, 17 Jul 1996 16:06:06 -0700 From: Paulo da Cunha Lana Reply to: annelida@net.bio.net To: nobody©net.bio.net Subject: SIXTH INTERNATIONAL POLYCHAETE CONFERENCE: First circular First announcement and call for papers: SIXTH INTERNATIONAL POLYCHAETE CONFERENCE 2-7 August 1998 Curitiba, Parana, Brazil E-mail address This is an e-mail version of the first announcement. It is also available on the WWW, together with regular information updates on plans for the Conference, with the addresses: http://cem.ufpr.br/sixthlntpolycconf.html (Home page from August 1996 onwards) http://www.keil.ukans.edu/~worms/bra 2 il.html (Mirror & currently online) You are invited to attend the Sixth International Polychaete Conference to be held in Curitiba, Brazil from 2-7 August 1998. The conference is sponsored by the International Polychaetology Association and hosted by the Marine Studies Center (Universidade Federal do Parana, Brazil). The major topics in the conference will include polychaete diversity and phylogeny, taxonomy and systematics, genetics and molecular biology, evolutionary ecology, population and community ecology, and applied research. The conference will include invited speakers in targeted discussions, special symposia (polychaete phylogenetics and biogeography / comparative aspects of polychaete biology), oral presentation of papers, and poster sessions. Invited speakers will present and discuss the current status of polychaete and annelid research in order to stimulate discussion on future directions of research. Short stays at South American research institutions and field collecting trips to the Brazilian southeastern coast can be organized just before or after the conference, depending upon interest. A short course on polychaete ecology and cladistics, including participants from the polychaete conference, is also being planned by the Organizing Committee. Arrangements are being made to publish the contributed papers or poster displays in the Bulletin of Marine Science, which Dr. Donald J. Reish has kindly offered to edit. All papers must be in English and will be subject to peer review. Curitiba has about 1.5 million inhabitants and it is well known for its low-cost solutions to urban problems (have a look at the March 1996 issue of Scientific American for more information about the city). Located at 905 m above sea level, it has a temperate climate with average temperatures ranging from 20 oC (68 oF) in the summer to 13 oC (55 oC) in the winter. Temperatures can be as low as 2 oC during morning and evening. Therefore, be prepared for a cold period in Curitiba. A well-known travel guide to Brazil states that "there is not much [in Curitiba] for the out-of-towner, but it is still possible to pass a pleasant day in a park, museum and older neighborhood waiting for your bus or train to leave". I would add: "... or attending a polychaete conference". ORGANIZING COMMITTEE Chairman: Paulo da Cunha Lana, Universidade Federal do Parana, Brazil (lana@aica.cem.ufpr.br or lana@cce.ufpr.br) Co-conveners: Edmundo Ferraz Nonato (fax + 55 11 2103092), Universidade de Sao Paulo, Brazil; Antonia Cecilia Z. Amaral (camaral@obelix.unicamp.p.br}, Universidade de Campinas; Eloisa Morgado do Amar al, Universidade de Campinas; Jeanette Maron Ramos, Universidade Santa Ursula; Arno Blankensteyn (absteyn@bio.ufpr.br), Universidade Federal do Parana; Paulo Cesar Paiva, Universidade Federal do Rio de Janeiro. Secretariat: Marcia Brandini, Mauricio Garcia de Camargo (mcamargo@aica.cem.ufpr.br), Rosemary Aparecida Brogim (rbrogim@aica.cem.ufpr.br) and Cinthya Simone Gomes Santos (csgomes@aica.cem.ufpr.br) The organizing committee is supported by the Zoology Department (UFPR), Instituto Paranaense de Desenvolvimento Cientifico e Tecnologico (IPARDES), Brazilian Society of Zoology, Brazilian Society of Oceanography, Municipality of Curitiba, and a number of other Brazilian universities. Likely co-sponsors will be the Brazilian National Research Council (CNPq), and the Brazilian Ministry of Education (CAPES). CHAIRPERSON OF THE INTERNATIONAL POLYCHAETOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION Kristian Fauchald (fauchald.kristian@nmnh.si.edu), Smithsonian Institution, USA ADVISORY COMMITTEE OF THE CONFERENCE All the members of the Advisory Council of the International Polychaetology Association, plus a group of invited South American polychaetologists. DEADLINES 1 December 1996 Deadline for preliminary show of interest to attend April 1997 Second circular, including abstract form for oral or poster presentation and update information (to be sent only to those who have returned the reply form included in this announcement) 1 September 1997 Booking of hotels and postconference excursions 1 February 1998 Submission of abstracts 1 May 1998 Notification of acceptance of contributed papers and posters 1 June 1998 Final circular and programme 7 August 1998 Submission of manuscripts for review and publication REGISTRATION FEES US Dollars (USD) 220 including all conference materials, proceedings, cocktail and coffee-breaks, and mid-conference tour. USD 140 for students and USD 80 each for accompanying spouses, friends and children. CONFERENCE VENUE All sessions and meetings will be held in the Instituto Paranaense de Desenvolvimento Cientifico e Tecnologico (IPARDES), located in Edificio Castelo Branco, Centro Civico, downtown Curitiba. Two lecture rooms (82 and 312 people) and a number of smaller meeting rooms, will be available. Both of the lecture rooms are provided with all conference facilities for oral sessions, poster displays, etc. Other facilities (e-mail and WWW access, fax, photocopies, etc.) .will be available either at IPARDES or at Universidade Federal do Parana. CONFERENCE PROGRAM English is the official language for the conference, both for oral presentations and poster displays. No translation facilities will be available. Details of the scientific program, registration and abstract forms will be provided in the second announcement. ARRIVAL AND ACCOMMODATION Afonso Pena International Airport is located within the Curitiba Metropolitan region at about 18 kilometers from downtown. Several hotels are located within 1-5 km from the conference venue. Current prices of good hotels (three to four stars) vary from USD 50 to USD 90 per person per day, breakfast included. Double rooms are available at lower prices (USD 40 to USD 80 per room). A list of hotels, including also some cheaper mid-range alternatives (prices from USD 30 to USD 50 per person), will be provided in the second announcement. Practical information on arrival, registration, and social activities (opening and closing ceremonies, concerts, and banquet) will be provided in the second and third announcements. MID- AND POST-CONFERENCE EXCURSIONS The mid-conference tour will be a whole day visit to Serra do Mar (Mar Mountain Range), and the coastal lowlands by train and bus (no charges to participants). The 110-km railroad from Curitiba to the coast descends a steep mountainside covered with a well-preserved Atlantic tropical forest. It is the most exciting railroad in Brazil, with superb views. After a filling lunch in the sleepy colonial town of Morretes, polychaete collecting at nearby mangroves can be arranged, depending upon interest. Two post-conferences tours will be organized upon demand: a) Iguacu Falls/the Amazon or the Pantanal (5 days) and b) seaside resorts (Natal and Fortaleza) of the northeastern Brazilian coast (5 days). Detailed plans and the cost of excursions will be presented in the next announcement and will depend on the number of participants. Other excursions will be considered if there is the interest and demand. REPLY FORM AND SECOND CIRCULAR Please fill out the enclosed reply form and return it to me before 1 December 1996. E-mail, fax or letter will be accepted. The second circular will be sent by April 1997. Titles of papers need not be final at this time but will assist in planning. SIXTH INTERNATIONAL POLYCHAETE CONFERENCE CURITIBA, PARANA, BRAZIL 2-7 AUGUST 1998 REGISTRATION FORM (please type or print) Surname/Family name: _ First name: _ Work address: _ _ Work phone(international version): + Fax (international): + _ E-mail:_ Title of paper or poster (tentative): _ oral or _ poster presentation (please tick where appropriate) Abstracts of papers must be submitted by 1 February, 1998 Excursions (tick where appropriate): _ Serra do Mar and mangrove (mid-conference) _ Iguacu Falls/the Amazon or Pantanal _ Seaside resorts of the Brazilian northeastern coast Other excursions (specify) __ Any accompanying person (s), not participating in symposium? How many? _ Would you accept to share rooms? _ yes _ no Return this form by 1 December 1996 (or sooner) to: Paulo da Cunha Lana - Sixth International Polychaete Conference Centro de Estudos do Mar - Universidade Federal do Parana Trav. Alfredo Bufren, 140 - Terreo 80 000-000 Curitiba - Parana - Brazil Tel + 55 41 4551333 Fax + 55 41 4551105 E-mail: IPC6@cce.ufpr.br or IPC6@aica.cem.ufpr.br Please make this circular available, either printed or as an e-text, together with the appended reply form, to other people interested in polychaetes and related topics. About 1,000 printed folders will also be posted to polychaete specialists, postgraduate students, universities and research institutions worldwide. I will add your e-mail addresses to the mailing list to facilitate regular information update on plans for the Conference. Paulo da Cunha Lana -- ANNELIDA discussion list -- Discuss - annelida@net.bio.net - talk to all members Server = biosci-server@net.bio.net = un/subscribes Archives - http://www.bio.net:80/hypermai1/ANNELIDA/ Resources = http://www.keil.ukans.edu/-worms/annelid.html Sosanopsis sp. A SC A MIT 1996 SCAMITVoI. 15 No. 3 March 1996 Examined by T. Parker Literature: Fauchald, K. 1977. The polychaete worms. Definitions and keys to the Orders, Families, and Genera. Science Series 28. LACMNH. 188pp Banse, K. 1979. Ampharetidae (Polychaeta) from British Columbia and Washington. Can. Joum. Zool. (5 7): 1543- 1552 pp. Synonymy: Sosanopsis sp. A Phillips Sosanopsis sp. 1 Phillips Diagnostic Characters: 1. Four pair branchia, first three pair inserted above first notopodia in transverse row. Last pair posterior to this row and above second notopodia. (Figure 1). Branchia delicately wrinkled. Under compound scope, branchia annulated with encircling cilia band along length (Figure 2a & 2b). 2. Eyes absent, palea absent 3. Lower lip slightly crenulate. Buccal tentacles smooth. 4. Twelve pair thoracic uncinigers, uncini start setiger 4. 5. Fifteen pair thoracic setigers. Methylene blue stain restricted. No stain on dorsum posterior to branchia. Prostomium with patch on posterior region. Stain bars on ventrum of first 10-12 thoracic setigers only. No stain posterior to setiger 12 . 6. Notopodia and notosetac modified in 13th setiger (10th uncingcr) so that notopodia is elevated, setae expanded into fascicle with fleshy lobe between notosetac and uncini (Figure 3a&b). These setae bilimbate without hirsute tips. Dorsal ridge between this pair absent. 7. Thirteen pair of abdominal setigers with one pair of pygidial cirri. Sosanopsis sp. A SCAMIT 1996 SCAMITVol. 15 No. 3 Related species and Differences: Sosane occidental is: Sosanides : Anobothrus gracilis: Sosanopsis hesslei: Sosanopsis wireni: has similar modified nolopodia on setiger 13 but with hirsute setae, is listed as possessing moderately developed palea and transverse branchia insertion. setiger 11 with modified notosetae. setiger 10 has slightly modified notopodia and notosetae. dorsal ridge present on modified setiger and also somewhat broader ridge on preceding setiger. Thirteen abdominal uncinigers. lacks dorsal notopodial ridge and has only 11 abdominal uncinigers. Distribution: Santa Monica Bay and Palos Verdes Peninsula in silt at 150 meters. Comments: Fauchald’s 77 key incorrectly stated the generic definition for Sosanopsis . Banse 1979 corrected this error. The diagnosis between the genera Sosane and Sosanopsis is based upon transverse vs non-transverse branchial insertion and presence of palea. Sosanopsis sp. A SCAM1T 1996 SCAMIT Vol. 15 No. 3 Figure 3a. anterior view, modified 13th parapodia Figure 3b. lateral view, modified 13th parapodia August, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter voi. is, No.4 NEXT MEETING: Review of MMS Taxonomic Atlas Volume 6 GUEST SPEAKER: Larry Lovell - discussion leader DATE: 16 September 1996 TIME: 9:30 AM to 3:30 PM LOCATION: SCCWRP 7171 Fenwick, Westminster a, p, and y male morphs (all to scale) of Paracerceis scuipta (from Shuster 1992) SEPTEMBER 16 MEETING Our September meeting will be devoted to discussion of the latest polyehaete volume of the MMS Taxonomic Atlas series - Volume 6. As the Paraonidae, Spionidae, and Cirratulidae are all included in this volume, with major revisions, there will be plenty to discuss. Please do as thorough a review of the volume as you can prior to the meeting so that everyone is prepared to express - and defend - their own viewpoints. Supportive literature is also useful, so bring what you feel is necessary. I .ai ry will lead an initial overview covering the entire volume. Specific trouble points will be revisited in more detail later in the meeting. FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED, IN PART, BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION, CHEVRON USA, AND TEXACO INC. SCAMIT Newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for formal taxonomic purposes. August, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter VoL 15, No. 4 Serolis TO Heteroserolis Tim Stebbins (CSDMWWD) recently came across a change in the generic assignment of one our local isopods, Serolis carinata. As he relates it "While examining some isopods for CICESE from Bahia Todos Santos, I came across one lot of what we call Serolis carinata , although the specimens were tentatively identified as Heteroserolis carinata. The Smithsonian's World List of Isopods also placed "S. carinata" and the other eastern Pacific species, " S . tropica ,” in Heteroserolis . Rick Brusca wasn’t up to date on serolids, although he said Gary Poore (Australian Museum) and Wolfgang Wageie (Univ. Bielefeld, Germany) have been working on the family. He also said that the Smithsonian’s list is generally correct and he would trust it. Gary Poore wasn’t 100% sure either, but he referred me to some work by both Wageie and Angelika Brandt (Univ. of Kiel, Germany). I reviewed these papers, although quickly, and it appears that our southern California serolid should be called Heteroserolis carinata . Basically, Brandt (1991) accepted Heteroserolis as a valid genus and placed "carinata" and other species within it. Wageie (1994) discusses many of the characters defining the serolid genera." Many thanks to Tim for his update. It will be reflected in Ed. 3 of the SCAMIT Taxonomic Listing. The Smithsonian World Isopod List is at http: //nmnhwww. si .edu/gopher-menus/ Isopods.html on the World Wide Web. ISOPOD INHABITANTS During the most recent CSDLAC trawl series we found Pagurus spilocarpus common at our shallowest stations (23-30m). Nearly all were in shells of moon snails. These shells bore Crepidula petforans within their apertures, and many Balanuspacificus on their upper sides. Most of these barnacles were dead, and their tests housed other organisms seeking structure and shelter on the sandy bottom. As with other pagurids (Jenson & Bender 1973, Stachowitz 1977), their adopted homes become an entire biocenosis of species normally associated with hard bottoms. Besides the usual worms and fouling amphipods, some of these hermit crabs provided homes for mate guarding sphaeromatid isopods. Breeding sites and mate guarding are well described for Paracerceis sculpta (Schuster 1992), and we ascribed our field observations to this species. Collected individuals proved to be Discerceis gratiulosa (Richardson 1899) instead. We have seldom taken the species previously (4 in 1976, 1 in 1993, and 1 in 1996), and suspect that it is not common. Two females in the CSDLAC collections previously identified as other sphaeromatids were found to belong to this species when reexamined. Two barnacles on one crab shell contained isopods. In both cases the males had positioned themselves at the aperture of the barnacle test with their heavily calcified and ornamented pleotelsons and uropods blocking the aperture. They were noticed in the field because one of the males was backing out of the aperture. It was a close fit between the rear of the isopod and the test aperture. Inside this particular barnacle test were a pair of females, one in the unmoulted SI stage, and one in the half-moulted S2 stage (Shuster 1991). The second inhabited barnacle test was found in the laboratory after preservation. The isopods had probably not left their shelter because the collections were first frozen, and later preserved in formalin. Following fixation and washing, the barnacles were examined, and the additional pair of Discerceis as well as a single female not associated with a male were found. As in the first case, the male was situated with his back to the 2 August, 1996 SCAM1T Newsletter Vol, 15, No. 4 aperture and his head down. The female was below him and pressed against the side of the barnacle test at it’s base. She was in the SI stage (Shuster 1991), with full ovaries, but prior to the reproductive moult. It is likely that in this species, as in Paracerceis sculpta , the male guards the female(s) on his breeding ground until they undergo the reproductive moult, and the eggs can be laid and fertilized. It is possible that there is male polymorphism in this species, but the present male specimens were very similar, offering no evidence of the complex male breeding strategies of the three P. sculpta male morphs (see front cover). The female was not described by Richardson, and has remained unde scribed. It has a pleotelson like Paracerceis, but the medial sinus is not visible dorsally in Discerceis . The pleotelson ends, when viewed dorsally, in a blunt point. Ventrally this is excavated to form the sinus so evident in the dorsal aspect of P , cordata and P. sculpta females. The median tubercle on the pleotelson is actually two fused tubercles, and is saddle-shaped in profile, unlike the more evenly rounded median tubercle of Paracerceis females. These may be oblong, and about the same height for their entire length, or may slope to a high point at or near the posterior end. of P, sculpta females is somewhat scaly, but is not granulose. Uropodal rami and pleotelsons of female A.) D. granulosz, B.) P. cordata , and C.) P. sculpta It is not possible at this time to prepare a key to the females of this family based on the literature. Too many species have only one sex described. -Don Cadien (CSDLAC) The uropods of the female differ from those of P . cordata or P, sculpta , being bluntly truncated, with the posterior margin nearly transverse. In P . cordata the uropods are also nearly transverse, but are rounded, not truncate. In some female D. granulosa the outer ramus is more rounded, resembling that of P, cordata, while the inner ramus is truncate. In P. sculpta both rami are posteriolaterally pointed. Females of P. gilliana are not described. As their name would suggest D, granulosa females have the pleotelson and uropods granulose. The males have this condition exaggerated, with large individuals covered with tub emulations posteriorly. The pleotelson surface NEW LITERATURE One new book, and another not so new, will be of interest to many members. New is the just released Coral Reef Animals of the Indo-Paciflc (Gosliner et. al. 1996). This authoritative field guide has over 1150 color underwater photographs of a wide variety of tropical reef invertebrates. The standards of underwater color photography have been steadily raised over the last decade or so, and the present crop are absolutely marvelous. Continued interest in and accessibility of coral reefs to recreational and 3 August, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 4 scientific diving has also increased the available ecological and distributional information. As all of the authors are also invertebrate taxonomists, the taxonomic treatment is more detailed and accurate than that in many earlier reef guides. It covers only a part of the diversity of macro- invertebrates inhabiting the reefs of the Indo- Pacific region. Depth of coverage within any group is sacrificed for broad coverage of all groups. The book is available from Sea Challengers for $45 +4.25 shipping +7U% tax. Orders can be placed by Phone @ (408)373-6306 or FAX @ (408) 373-4566, or by mail @ 4 Somnierset Rise, Monterey, CA 93940. It will also be distributed in some museum and aquarium bookstores, and in some aquarium shops. The older book is Deep-Sea Biology, a natural history of organisms at the deep-sea floor (Gage and Tyler 1991). It incorporates much of the information from recent investigations of the deep-sea, especially from vent, and other newly explored habitats. It summarizes physical, chemical, taxonomic, and ecological information on the ocean depths in a very readable text augmented by abundant illustration. Additional detail can be accessed through the large bibliography. The book is about $45, and can be obtained through booksellers or directly from Cambridge University Press @ 40 West 20th St., New York, NY 10011-4211. MINUTES OF AUGUST 12 MEETING The first half of the meeting was spent reviewing Northeast Pacific syllids that were examined by Leslie Harris for the NAMIT polychaete meeting this past May. This was a continuation from last months meeting. Included with this newsletter are Leslie’s handouts of selected characters of Sphaerosyllis , Exogone, and Brania that may be used to differentiate between species. We have also included Leslie’s figures of the provisional species that are listed in the tables. While most of these animals came from shallow, subtidal areas of gravel and shell debris, (unlike our common soft bottom communities) some of the species included in these tables also occur off So. Calif. Pionosyllis NAMIT sp.l- This animal has digitate or club-shaped ventral cirri, which is very different from the foliaceous ventral cirri of our local Pionosyllis uraga . Also, contrast the teeth of the compound setae with that of P. uraga and notice the difference in the two subdistal primary and secondary teeth. Brania sp. 1 - This animal's most distinctive feature are the flaps of skin that cover the four large lensed eyes. The genus Brania differs from Sphaerosyllis by having 2 pairs of tentacular cirri, both ventral and dorsal, whereas Sphaerosyllis has only one pair. Brania is also not covered with papillae. Brania sp. 1 has ventral tentacular cirri that are small and pressed close to the prostomium. Leslie informed members that the first half of her table of characters for Sphaerosyllis lists those that are not very helpful with species level distinctions. Characters such as parapodial papillae, the papillae on parapodial bases, internal reproductive products, and the attachment of gametes are all characters that have not been used before, but seem to be species specific. Members need to be careful when checking the papillae on the parapodia to make sure they know the correct orientation of the parapodia. Often the papillae are not well developed. Leslie also described at the meeting 5 provisional species of Northeast Pacific Sphaerosyllis . Sphaerosyllis sp. 1 and 2 are distinguished from others by the presence of flaps over the eyes. Body papillae are very small on S. sp. I.In S. sp. 2 they start out small anteriorly and become digitate by setiger 10. S. sp. 2 also has much 4 August, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter VoL 15, No. 4 longer compound falcigers. Sphaerosyllis sp. 3 looks like a piece of white polyethylene thread where the body is very smooth with thick setae that have very short setose blades. Setation is lost posteriorly on the animal. Sphaerosyllis sp. 4 is similar to S. californiensis. It is a large and robust animal like S. sp. 3. The bases of the dorsal cirri are filled with golden colored granules. Posteriorly along the body the granules decrease in number, but elongate in shape. Some of these elongated granules or "capsules 11 are themselves filled with granules. Sphaerosyllis sp. 5 is not too distinct, but some of the setae look as if they may have a hood. Please refer to the illustrated handouts. The afternoon was spent discussing sphaerodorids. Ron Velarde (CSDMWWD) has been examining sphaerodorid polychaetes lately because the City of San Diego’s monitoring program has turned up several of these in recent years. Ron has produced a key to the Sphaerodoridae of So. Calif, that is included in this newsletter. Three main characters are used to separate sphaerodorids; macrotubercles, microtubercles, and setal shape. Four types of macrotubercles are found on either the dorsum or ventrum of the worm. They are stalked, sessile without terminal papilla, sessile with terminal papilla, and sessile with short terminal papilla. The small distal terminal papillae on sessile macrotubercles are referred to as microtubercles. There are 2 types of microtubercles, one with and one without a basal collar surrounding the terminal papilla. The terminal papilla is often difficult to see. Ron has found that alcian blue staining better defines the papillae (remember, alcian blue is a permanent stain). Sphaerodorid setae consist of 3 types; simple, compound, and recurved hooks. Ron made a few comments at the meeting regarding the different species of sphaerodorids from So. Calif. Clavodorum clavatum and Ephesiella mammifera are found in deep water off Mexico. Sphaerephesia longisetis, Sphaerephesia similisetis, Sphaerodoropsis sphaerulifer , and Sphaerodorum papillifer are all found off our coast. Ron has looked at the type specimen of Sphaerodoropsis biserialis and animals that have been identified as S. biserialis have generally turned out to be Sphaerephesia similisetis. Ron has yet to see any S . biserialis or S . minuta locally. Couplet 9 of Ron’s key, which refers to the median antennal length and the presence or absence of eyes, helps to separate the closely related species Clavodorum clavatum and Sphaerodoridium sp. A. Fauchald (1972) included local specimens of Sphaerodoridium sp. A as paratype material in his description of C. clavatum . Ron believes that the arrangement of the rows of tubercles on the dorsum might be species specific. The arrangement seems distinctly different between die two species and it has been consistent among the few specimens that Ron has examined to date. While Clavodorum clavatum has some rows of macrotubercles that are grouped close together, Sphaerodoridium sp. A has rows that are evenly spaced. There seems to be an illustration out of place in volume 4 of the MMS Atlas for the chapter on sphaerodorids. On page 236 Sphaerodoropsis sphaerulifer is described as having entirely compound setae, only the figures 8.3 E-F are of simple setae. It is believed that these figures were, misplaced. 5 August, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 4 BIBLIOGRAPHY BRANDT, ANGELIKA. 1991. Zur Besiedlungsgeschichte des antarktischen Schelfes am Beispiel der Isopoda (Crustacea: Malacostraca). Berichte zur Polarforschung 98:1-240. FAUCHALD, KRISTIAN. 1972. Benthic Polychaetous Annelids from Deep Water Off Western Mexico and Adjacent Areas in the E. Pacific Ocean. Allan Hancock Monographs in Mar. Biol. 7:1- 575. GAGE, JOHN D., and Paul A. Tyler. 1991. Deep-Sea Biology. A Natural History of Organisms at the Deep-Sea Floor. Cambridge University Press, New York. 504pp. GOSLINER, TERRENCE M., David W. Behrens, and Gary C. Williams. 1996. Coral Reef Animals of the Indo-Pacific. Sea Challengers, Monterey, California. 320pp. IMA JIM A, MINORU. 1966. The Syllidae (Polychaetous Annelids) from Japan. (Ill) Eusyllinae. Publications of the Seto Marine Biology Laboratory 14(2): 86-116. JENSEN, KURT, and Klaus Bender. 1973. Invertebrates associated with snail shells inhabited by Pagurus bernhardus (L.)(Decapoda). Ophelia 10(2): 185-192. KUDENOV, JERRY D. 1994. Family Sphaerodoridae. Pp. 231-242 IN: Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara Channel. Volume 4-The Annelida Part 1. Oligochaeta and Polychaeta: Phyllodocida (Phyllodocidae to Paralacydoniidae). 377pp. SHUSTER, STEVEN M. 1991. Changes in female anatomy associated with the reproductive moult in Paracerceis sculpta . a semelparous isopod crustacean. Journal of Zoology 225:365-379. —. 1992. The Reproductive Behaviour of alpha-Male, beta-Male, and gamma-Male morphs in Paracerceis sculpta . a Marine Isopod Crustacean. Behaviour 121( Part 3-4):231-258. STACHOWITSCH, MICHAEL. 1977. The hermit crab microbiocoenosis - the role of mobile secondary hard bottom elements in a north Adriatic benthic community. Pp. 549-55 8. IN: Biology of Benthic Organisms: Keegan, B. F., P. O. O C6idigh, and P. J. S. Boaden (eds.), Eleventh European Symposium on Marine Biology. Pergamon Press: Oxford, England. 630pp. WAGELE, JOHANN-WOLFGANG. 1994. Notes on Antarctic and South American Serolidae (Crustacea, Isopoda) with remarks on the phylogenetic biogeography and a description of new genera. Zoologicher Jahrbucher, Abteilung fur Systematic 121:3-69. SCAMIT OFFICERS: If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel free to contact any of the officers. e-mail address President Ron Velarde (619)692-4903 rgv@sddpc.sannet.gov Vice-President DonCadien (310)830-2400 ext. 403 mblcsdla@netcom.com Secretary Cheryl Brantley (310)830-2400 ext. 403 mblcsdla@netcom.com Treasurer Ann Dalkey (310)648-5611 cam@san.ci.la.ca.us Back issues of the newsletter are available. Prices are as follows: Volumes 1-4 (compilation).$ 30.00 Volumes 5-7 (compilation).$ 15.00 Volumes 8-13 .$ 20.00/voI. Single back issues are also available at cost. 6 SCAMIT Newsletter Volume 15 (4) [— / mm SIS# 0- 5IS# AZfxA? «?• / triMf 0' 3 m-m 44 fi '•*& * ** \ O/m^ Jzs&* . /voA / csyzt/s A/AM/T X ScpM /Y/)Ea 5 SCAMIT Newsletter SCAMIT Newsletter Volume 15 (4) 3cP-tf 9%F- /#£>-<& SCAMIT Newsletter Volume 15 (4) SCAMIT Newsletter Volume 15 (4) SCAMIT Newsletter Volume 15 (4) SELECTED CHARACTERS OF BRANIA FROM THE NORTHEAST PACIFIC Leslie Harris, LACM-AHF, 213) 744-3234, Ihharris@bcf.usc.edu CHARACTER BREVJPHARYNGEA Banse 1972 CAUFORNIENSIS Kudenov & Hams 1995 NAMIT sp. 1 L Harris source ' i Banse 1972 u Kudenov & Harris 1995 examination of specimen eyes 4 large, 2 small; median pair w/ lenses 4 large, lensed; 2 small eyespots 4 largo, lensed dorsal cirri on setiger 2 yes yes yes change in dorsal cirri elongate bottle-shape throughout elongate bottle-shape throughout mostly elongate bottle-shape, posteriomnost more bulbous flaps over eyes no no yes median antenna placement slightly before posterior pair of eyes before posterior pair of eyes posterior to eyes parapodiat glands not mentioned no no dorsal papillae not mentioned no no papillae on parapodial bases not mentioned no no parapodial papillae "anterior lip" no 1 subdistally on anterior face pharynx in 2,5 segments in 4 segments setigers 1-3 proventriculus 3.5 - 4,5 setigers long 4 ** setigers 4,5-6.5 setigers 4-5 muscle rings 20-25 rows 19 rows about 12 rows length/width prevent. dorsal simple seta present from set. 1 (4); bidentate & serrated present from setiger 1, bidentate & serrated present from setiger 1, dentate, lightly serrated ventral simple seta last 10 setigers present present last 2-3 setigers compound setae, anterior all bidentate & serrated, superior 2x length of short inferior 7; bidentate, serrated, superior 2x inferior 8 (7-9); bidentate, serrated, superior 2x length of inferior compound setae, posterior as above 7; bidentate, serrated, superior decreases In length towards end of body 7-8; bidentate, serrated, superior longer than in anterior; superior 2x length of inferior aciculum 1, with small, asymmetrical knob at end 1, distally blunt, beak-shaped 1, thin, distally bent swimming setae internal reproductive products setigers 7 to 15 setigers 9-20 external attachment setigers 12-15 Brania helerocirta Rioja 1941 has been reported from San Juan Island, Washington (Weslheide 1974) SCAMIT Newsletter Volume 15 (4) SELECTED CHARACTERS OF NORTHEAST PACIFIC SPHAEROSYLLIS Leslie H. Harris, LACM-AHF, 213) 744-3234, lhharris@bctusc.edu CHARACTER BtUNEATA Kjjdenov 3. Harris 1995 CAUFORNtENSIS Hartman 1966 ’4or Se£fc HYSTRtX la 1853 PiRiFERA source examination of types l! examination of types San Martin 1582 San Martin 1962 eye* 4 large tensed eyes, 2 eyes pots 4 large tensed eye* 4 targe tensed eyes 4 large lensed eyes dorsal cfrrl on setlger 2 yes no no no change in dorsal cirri gradual change from flask-shaped to cirrlform gradual change from flask-shaped to clrriform no no flaps over eyes no no no no parapodial glands no yea, may begin at setlger 1 noticeable after setiger 7-8 always begin In setlger 4 no dorsal papillae arranged in 2 rows, alternating long and short 2 types: small & rounded, long & filiform •perse, smsH dense, small & rounded papillae on parapodial ye* 2 pairs per segment, long no no - \ f S' ^ parapodial papillae ( 0 , 1 , 1 -,-' 3 ) 1 on anterior face & 1 dlstalty on posterior face 3 distal papillae no rw pharynx usually In 3-4 eetlgers In 3-4 ledgers In 3 ledgers in 4 setiger* proventriculus In 3-4 wtigers usually In 2 sedgera In 2 wagers In 2.5-3 wtigers muscle rings 20-23 row* 13-14fow* 12-16 rows 14 rows tength/widlh provenL 0.80 -1.17 1.33-1,6 dorsal simple seta present from ledger 1 present from setlger 1 posterior to proventriculus posterior to proventriculus ventral simple seta present, teat 2-8 ledgers present, in variable # of sedgers present 1 — present compound mKm, anterior 6-7; superiormoet finely serrated, ett short 6; superior ooersely serrated, 2-3x length of finely eerrated or smooth Inferior sH blede* finely serrated, superior 3x lengthoflnferior ■11 blades moderately serrated, superior 3x length of Inferior compound setae, posterior 5; superiormoet finely serrated, all short 4-3: superior finely serrated or smooth, subequal to smooth inferior, superior wider than inferior superior finely serrated, 2x smooth Inferior all smooth, hooked, subequai eckula 1, slender, subdistiily enlarged, bent 1 thick, sharply bent disUUy pkm 1 extra, thin, straight in anterior wdgers 1 thick, sharply bent diet ally 1 thick, sharply bent dlatally plus 1 extra, thin, straight, In anterior setigers swtrtaping setae internal reproductive products •perm in ledgers 8-26 ledger* 10 to 22 or near end of body attachment of gametes dorsal, ledgers 11-17 ventral distribution Southern Calrfomte Mexico to Bribed Columbia (LHH) Tcoemopottan (no verified specimens from Pacific North American coast, LHH) Tcosmopoiltan (no verified specimens Pacific North American coast, LHH) NOTE: i have not wan any spec town* of I. hystri* or 8. pirifera from the Pacific coast of North America and not do believe that they occur here. 1 SCAMH Newsletter Volume 15 (4) SELECTED CHARACTERS OF NORTHEAST PACIFIC SPHAEROSYLLIS Leslie H. Harris, LACM-AHF, 213) 744-3234, lhharris@bcf.usc.edu CHARACTER PUMILA W**«veWe1974 RANUNCULUS Kudenw«. Harris 1995 NAMIT sp. 1 L. Harris NAMIT sp. 2 L. Harris source Weathelde 1974 i) examination of types examination of specimens examination of specimen •ye* 4 laroe, 2 amalt. m lensad , 4 larga, 2 small. *11 lanaod 4 large tensed eyes 4 large, 2 small, all lensed dorsal cirri on settger 2 yes yes no no ctiatvg® in dorsal cirri uaualty changs* from mammiform to dlgltlform about satlgar 8-10 no, flaak-shaped throughout flaps over eyes no r>o yes y*« parapodisl glands no no no (7 - hard to tell, dorsum encrusted with silt) dorsal papilla* no 2 longitudinal rows, very hard to see & micropapillae sparse, small small & rounded In interior, long & filiform in rest of body papilla* on parapodlaf bases appears smooth In Illustration OO 1 2 pairs, 1 each at anterior & posterior margin of segment parapodia! papillae 1 dorsal, 1 posterior no 1 distal on anterior, 1 distal on posterior, 1 subdlstal on anterior 1 on anterior face, 1 subdlstal on posterior, t distal on posterior pharynx up to setlger 4 In 3 setlgers •verted, to setlger 4 provontriculus In setlger* 4-6 in 3.5-4 setlgers Insotlgers 1-5 In 2 to 4 setlgers muscle rings 12 targe. 5 small rows 1W2 >W« 13 large rows. 3 small 16 large, 3 small rcws tenglh/wldth provent. dorsal simple seta present from setlger 1 present from eedger 1 begin aotlger 6 begin setlger 6 ventral simple seta postertomwet preeent, lest 6 or lees setlgers present, last 6 setlgers present, last 5 aatkjera anterior compound setae 5 short-btoded fetdgers, strong ty serrated 7*6; auperiormoet moderately serrated, Inferior smooth; Inferior 2/3x length of superior 8 (5-8); superior modoratsiy sarrated & 2 m length ol smooth Inferior 6-8; senated superior 2x length of smooth Inferior posterior compound setae «s above 3-5; usually smooth, slightly shorter than those In anterior 5; superior moderately serrated & 1.5* length smooth Inferior 4-5; aanatad superior slightly Su than 2 m length ol amooth Inferior acicuU t. trfrri, rseemWog a trWer* wfth short side prongs t, rtsbiVy pointed, s^ghtfy bent t, with "shefT subcffstaf to pointed tip, straight l.allghtfybentitflp swimming sataa from setter 6 to end of body Internal reproductive products from aetiger 8 •ggs In *etlg«r 7 to »nd o( body setlger 5-6 to near end of body attachment ol gametes dorsal, setigers 6/7 to 13/14 dorsal, from aatlgar 8 distribution Galapagoa; Rod Sm; PoW Barrow, Alaska (W%«UwU* 19741 Southam California * Pugat Sound (LHH) EVS 9401, it, 103R,rtp.5, July 1094 StnK of Juan da Fuca; Victoria; British Columbia 2 SCAMIT Newsletter Volume 15 (4) SELECTED CHARACTERS OF NORTHEAST PACIFIC SPHAEROSYLLIS Leslie H. Harris, LACM-AHF, 213) 744-3234, lhharris@bcf.usc.edu CHARACTER WAMIT sp. 3 L Harris NAMIT sp, A L. Harris NAMIT sp. S L Harris source examination of specimens H examination of specimen examination of specimen eye* A targe tensed eyes 4 lerge^ Wnsed 4 large, 2 small, all tensed dorsal cirri on setlqer 2 no no yes change in dorsal cirri slight elongation towards poeterior; unusual elongate Interior capsules elongation towards posterior Haps over eyes no no no parapodial glands no present, from anterior ledger present, from anterior setlger dorsal papillae appears smooth; mlcropapillae present densely papillate, anterior papillae only slightly smaller than posterior sparsely papillate, no pattern papillae on parapodial bases no 1 larger one on anterior, 1 smaker one on posterior 1 larger one on anterior, 1 smaller one on posterior, 1 next to dorsal cirrus parapodial papillae 1, subdlstat on posterior face 1 subdfcstefly on interior face, 1 diet ally on poeterior face 1 subdlstally on anterior face. 1 distally on posterior face pharynx In setlgers 1 -3 in setigers 1-3 proventrlcutus In 2 ledgers in setlgers 4-6 In setlgers 4-6 muscle rings 13 rows 9 large, 4 smalt 16 large, 4 small lenglh/width provent. dorsal simple seta present on setlger 1 present from setlger 5/6 present from setlger 1 ventral slmpJe seta present present, last 2-3 setlgers ? compound setae, anterior S-4 short, with A coarse spines on superior, Inferior smooth, subequal 5-7; all serrated, range from coerse to moderate (SUP to INF); superior 2x length of inferior 4-5; alt serrated, range from moderate to fine (SUP to INF); Inferior 3/4* length of superior compound setae, posterior 3-2; ell short, subeqosl, smooth 5-3; all serrated, range from coarse (SUP) to extremely fine (INF); superior about 1,5x length of Inferior 4-3; all serrated, range from moderate to fine (SUP to INF); subequal length superior & Inferior aclcula 1 thick, gently bent at tip 1 thick, sharply bent at tip, In ail setlgers; 1 thin, straight, In anterior setlgers only 1 thin, straight with slight bend at tip; 1 thin, straight swimming setae internal reproductive 2 egg masse* In each of products_setlger 15, 17-27 attachment of gametes distribution Artxkue Island, British Columbia Klaqueek Channel, Rivera Inlet Arbutus Island, British Columbia 3 SCAMIT Newsletter Volume 15 (4) SELECTED CHARACTERS OF NORTHEAST PACIFIC EXOGONE Leslie H. Harris, LACM-AHF, 213) 744-3234, (hh@bcf.usc.edu CHARACTER ACUTtPALPA Kudenov 4 Harris 1995 BREViSETA Kudenov 4 Harris 1995 DWISUI.A Kudenov & Harris 1995 LOUFlEt Berkeley 4 Berkeley 1936 source Kudenov & Harris 1995 Kudenov 4 Harris 1995 Kudenov 4 Harris 1995 Kudenov & Harris 1995 eyes 4 large, leased; 2 small UK V, large, leased (frequently dMded); 2. small eyespots 4, targe, leased 2 pairs, anterior pair lensed antennae originate together, between large eyes; median at least as long as palps, and 4x (up to tOx) length of laterals originate together between posterior eyes; median twice as long as pro- stomlum 4 2-5x length of laterals originate separately, median posterior to laterals; median 2x prostomium length, and 1,5-2x length of laterals all 3 arise together, anterior to eyes; median as long as prostomium & 2-3x length of laterals palps long and pointed long and pointed broad,rounded long, usually distally blunt dorsal cirri on setiger 2 no no no flaps over eyes no no no no pharynx In setigers 1 -4 through seligers 6 (8) usually through setigers 2-3 usually in 3 segments provenfrictilus in seligers 5-7 setigers 7-8 or 8-9 in 2.5 segments, usually seligers 3-5.5 usually In 4-5 segments (range; from 2 to 7 segments long) muscle tings 20-23 rows 20-23 rows 14-16 rows usually 18-24 (range: 16 to 30) , lenglh/widlh provent. dorsal simple seta present from setiger 1 „ distally pointed, unldenlale, becoming bldentale In posterior present from setiger 1, slightly bifid at first then becoming strongly bifid In posterior present from setiger 1, with abruptly tapered tips 4 transverse rows of spines present from setiger 1, slender, untdentate, distally bent ventral simple seta posterior most segments, distally pointed from median body, distally bifid >> from midbody, bifid, with subdlstal serrations median 4 posterior setigers; distally bldentale 4 curved acieulnm 1, tip curved 1 „ distally bent tip 1 (2), distally enlarged blunt heads 1 (2) distally enlarged blunt heads compound setae 12-15 in anterior, 5-8 In median, 4-6 In posterior, blades with reduced subdistal tooth, heavily serrated; superior blades 3x length of inferior blades, size of blades gradually decreasing alt short falclgers, strongly serrated, distally bifid; superior slightly less than 2x length of Inferior 1) in setigers 1-3, falclgers with deepty bifid blades, smooth, subequal; 7-10 per fascicle 2) setiger 4 on: 1-2 superlormost, nairow-btaded spin! gets 3) setiger 4 on; 3-2 falclgers with short, comblike, Wdentate blades with large primary tooth 1) 1-2 long, superior, spinlgers; shafts in set. 2 (sometimes 1) enlarged 2) 2-5 short, distally bidentate falclgers; primary tooth terminal, smaller than secondary tooth swimming setae found In setigers 11-27 (1 specimen) present from setigers 8-9 begin setigers 13-15 Internal reproductive products present from setigers 9-10 to near end of body present from setigers 8-9 usually fn setigers 10-14, can occur in setigers 8-28 attachment of gametes present from setigers 8-9 distribution Southern California Southern California SouthemCalifomla 4 NE Pacific Pacific Mexico to British Columbia; ? Pacific rim; Ttropical Atlantic Hxogorte naidlnoldes Weslhelde has been reported from Japan, Point Barrow, Alaska (Westhekfe 1974), and Mexico (LHH). Exogone occidental!* Weslhelde has been reported from Japan (WesthekJe 1974), southern California and Mexico (LHH) Exogone longlcornl* Weslhelde has been reported from Orcai Island, Washington (Westhekfe 1974), 1 SELECTED CHARACTERS OF NORTHEAST PACIFIC EXOGONE Leslie H. Harris, LACM-AHF, 213)744-3234, ihh@bcf.usc.edu CHARACTER MOIESTA Banse 1972 source Kudneov & Harris 1995 eyes 4, large *» antennae originate together between anterior eyes; median as long as palps, & 7-1 Ox length of laterals palps long, distalty pointed dorsal cirri on setiger 2 no flaps over eyes no pharynx usually through setigers 3-4 proventricuJus in 4-4.5 segments muscle rmgs 20 rows length/width provent. dorsal simple seta present from setiger 1, distaily pointed ventral simple seta far posterior, usually unidentate, sometimes bidentate aciculum 1, distaliy blunt, knob-tipped compound setae 12 in anterior, 6 in median, 4 In posterior; anterior superior blades 3-4x length of middle & inferior blades, abrupt difference between two size-groups; anterior blades unidentate or subbldentate, becoming more bidentate posteriorly; all serrated swimming setae present from setiger 11 internal reproductive present from setiger 11 products attachment of gametes distribution California <& ME Pacific li >> 2 SCAM1T Newsletter Volume 15 (4) SCAMIT Newsletter Volume 15 (4) KEY TO THE SPHAERODORIDAE OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA Ronald G. Velarde City of San Diego, Marine Biology Laboratory 12 August 1996 List of Species Clavodorum clavatum Fauchald, 1972 Ephesiella brevicapitis (Moore, 1909} Ephesiella mammifera Fauchald, 1974 Sphaerephesia longjsetis Fauchald, 1972 Sphaerephesia similisetis Fauchald, 1972 Sphaerodoridium sp A Sphaerodoropsis biserialis (Berkeley and Berkeley, 1944) Sphaerodoropsis minuta (Webster and Benedict, 1887) Sphaerodoropsis sexantennella Kudenov, 1993 Sphaerodoropsis sphaerulifer (Moore, 1909) Sphaerodorum papillifer Moore, 1909 1. Body long, vermiform; dorsum with 2 rows of sessile macrotubercles with long terminal papillae; first setiger with recurved hooks. 2 1, Body short, grub-like; dorsum with more than 2 rows of macrotubercles; first setiger without recurved hooks....... 4 2. All setae simple, with small lateral boss. . Sphaerodorum papillifer 2. All setae compound (except recurved hooks). Ephesiella 3 3, Microtubercles partially fused to macrotubercles; dorsum and ventrum densely papillated. Ephesiella mammifera 3. Microtubercles separated from macrotubercles on dorsum; dorsum with only few papillae. Ephesiella brevicapitis 4. Dorsum with 4 rows of sessile macrotubercles...5 4. Dorsum with more than 4 rows of macrotubercles.7 5. Macrotubercles with short terminal papillae; anterior face of each parapodium with more than six papillae.. Sphaerephesia 6 5. Macrotubercles without terminal papillae; anterior face of each parapodium with only single papilla Sphaerodoropsis biserialis 6. Compound setae from setigers posterior to setiger 3 very long, more than twice as long as parapodia.; microtubercles present between the parapodia. Sphaerephesia lonaisetis 6. All compound setae short, no longer than parapodia; microtubercles absent. Sphaerephesia similisetis 7. Dorsum with 6-8 rows of macrotubercles...6 7. Dorsum with 10-12 rows of macrotubercles.10 SCAMIT Newsletter Volume 15 (4) 8. Dorsum with 6 rows of stalked macrotubercles. 9 8. Dorsum with 7-8 rows of sessile macrotubercles; lateral antennae short, truncate. Sphaerodoropsis sphaerulifer 9. Median antenna long, as long as, or longer than, the lateral antennae; eyes absent. Clavodorum clavatum 9. Median antenna short, shorter than the lateral antennae; eyes present. Sphaerodoridium sp A 10. Dorsum with 10-12 rows of macrotubercles, forming a transverse row on each segment; two short, rounded postsetal lobes present. Sphaerodoropsis minuta 10. Dorsum with 10-11 rows of macrotubercles, forming a zig-zag pattern on adjacent segments; postsetal lobes absent. . Sphaerodoropsis sexantenne 11a References Berkeley, E. and C, Berkeley. 1944. Polychaeta from the western Canadian Arctic region-. Canadian Journal of Research, -22:1-5. Fauchald, K. 1972. Benthic polychaetous annelids from deep water off western Mexico and adjacent areas in the eastern Pacific Ocean. Allan Hancock Monographs in Marine Biology, 7:1-575. Fauchald, K. 1974. Sphaerodoridae (Polychaeta: Errantia) from world-wide areas. Journal of Natural History, London, 8:257-289. Fauchald, K. 1977. The Polychaete Worms. Definitions and Keys to Orders, Families and Genera. Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County, Science Series, 28:1-190. Kudenov, J.D. 1993. A new species of Sphaerodoridae (Annelida: Polychaeta) from southern California. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, 106 (3) :582-586. Kudenov, J.D. 1994. Family Sphaerodoridae Malmgren, 1867. Pp. 231- 242 in J. A. Blake and B. Hilbig, eds. , Taxonomic atlas of the benthic fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara Channel. Volume 4. The Annelida Part 1. Oligochaeta and Polychaeta: Phyllodocida (Phyllodocidae to Paralacydoniidae). Moore, J.P. 1909. The polychaetous annelids dredged by the U.S.S. 11 Albatross’ 1 off the coast of southern California in 1904. I. Syllidae, Sphaerodoridae, Hesionidae and Phyllodocidae. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, 61:321-351. Webster, H.E. and J.E. Benedict. 1887. The Annelida Chaetopoda from Eastport, Maine. Report U.S. Fish Commission for 1855:707-755. SCAM IT Newsletter Volume 15 (4) Figure 1. Macrotubercles. a. stalked b. sessile without terminal papilla c. sessile with long terminalpapilla d. sessile with short terminal papilla b. Figure 3. Setae. a. recurved hook b. simple c. compound September, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No.5 NEXT MEETING: Oedicerotid Amphipods GUEST SPEAKER: Don Cadien, CSDLAC October 21, 1996 9:30 am - 3:30 pm DATE: TIME: LOCATION: Times Mirror Room Annex LA County Natural History Museum 900 Exposition Blvd Medusa, budded hydranth, and hydranth of Zanclea sessilis (from Gravili et al 1996) OCTOBER 21 MEETING The recent revisionary paper by Bousfield and Chevrier on the taxonomy of Eastern Pacific oedicerotid amphipods will form the basis of the next meeting* We will examine the actions they took, the support for these actions, and impacts on our local taxonomic practice. Along the way we will follow a course of critical reexamination of the characters used by the authors in their revision. Errors will be identified and corrections suggested. Members who have been using the revision already are requested to gather their experiences with the paper, and their thoughts on its merits and difficulties for comparison at the meeting* We will not be examining specimens at the meeting. FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED, IN PART, BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION, CHEVRON USA, AND TEXACO INC. SCAMIT Newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for formal taxonomic purposes. September, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 5 NEW LITERATURE A new species of paraonid, Aricidea (Allia) bryani is described from shallow subtidal sediments along the northern shore of Mississippi Sound, an estuary of the northern Gulf of Mexico (Gaston and McLelland 1996). Dr. Gaston has done extensive research on the benthic ecology of the estuaries of the Gulf of Mexico, Also new to science is a species of Pholoe described from the Yellow Sea (Wu et al 1994). This new species Pholoe chinensis differs from other species of the genus in having elytra with radiating rows of small surface papillae. A paper on the effect of environmental conditions on the reproduction of the nereid Perinereis nuntia var. brevicirrus (Hardege et al 1994) should interest polychaetologists. The effects of temperature, day length, and moonlight were studied, spawning behaviour described, and sex pheromones identified. Two papers on hydro ids may be of interest, both from the recent volume Advances in Hydrozoan Biology. The first (Gravili et al. 1996) concerns speciation in the genus Zanclea, which is represented in the California fauna. Although previously thought composed of a single widely distributed species, it is shown to consist of at least three species in the Mediterranean alone. The second (Boero et al. 1996) presents a phylogeny of the Hydroidomedusae, finding the situation too chaotic for resolution at the present state of knowledge. To quote from the abstract "Taxonomy must represent phylogenetic relationships among taxa, but has also to be a useful tool to name taxa and one of its included aims is nomenclatural stability. These two goals are difficult to achieve in hydroidomedusan systematic s...". The authors suggest that the paraphyly their analysis indicates not be used as a basis for taxonomic change until the rate of new species and life-cycle description for the group drops, and a taxonomic stable state is approached. Sexuality in the hippolytid shrimp genus Thor is described in another paper (Bauer and VanHoy 1996). These animals have a complex system involving both protandrous hermaphroditism and gonochorism. Details of the third pereopods allow the various types of males and females to be recognized morphologically. The physiology of the clam Solemya reidi , and the chemical sleight-of-hand it uses to live half in an oxic environment and half in a sulfide environment are further investigated by Kraus et al. (1996). This juggling act is necessary to allow both respiration of the clam, and nutrient supply to it’s sulfide-oxidizing symbiotic bacteria. Reproduction of cephalaspid gastropods is reviewed by Schaefer (1996), who gathers together existing data from a multitude of sources into a comprehensive overview. Although his main focus is the bubble shell genus Haminaea , he includes data on all of the traditional cephalaspid groups, including the acteonids, and hydatinids [now excluded from the cephalaspids based on recent cladistic analysis]. A convenient entry point to the large literature on reproduction in this group. BOOKS ON-LINE For those of you who are web browsers (surfers, etc.) you may want to check out the National Academy Press (NAP) web site. ( URL: http://www.nap.edu/) It offers non-fiction books in full-text, not just sample chapters. (And claims to be the only publisher that does, so far.) The reading room area of the site houses all on¬ line books from the National Academy of Sciences and its affiliate institutions; National Academy of Engineering, Institute of Medicine, and National Research Council. The site also includes a "Fresh Paint" section which not only features new books on-line in full text format, but it showcases books making the headlines and all sorts of fascinating science sites on the web. There is also an "auditorium" where visitors may chat with expert weekly guests. Of course, there 2 September, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 5 is also an order section that uses encryption security. NEW WEB VERSION OF PRO Version 5 of Polychaete Researchers Online (PRO), which is an international directory of researchers with an interest in the biology, ecology, or taxonomy of polychaete worms, has now been put on the web. (URL: http:// www.keil.ukans.edu/~worms /pro.html). This version has "live" mail and web links. It should also be easier to locate researchers within the list. MINUTES OF SEPTEMBER 16 MEETING This meeting was spent reviewing volume 6 of the MMS Atlas on the annelida part 3~ Orbiniidae to Cossuridae. Larry Lovell lead the discussion of the atlas chapter by chapter. He had a few general comments about the volume as a whole. The introductory sections on the particular families are very informative. Members should keep in mind that the MMS project used smaller sampling screens (0.3 and 0.5 mm) than most of us generally use for benthic sampling. Therefore, some of the material covered in the atlas is not only smaller in size, but species are represented that we may not encounter. Also, several of the descriptions are based on the examination of only a few specimens. For some species SCAMIT members have probably examined more material and have more information on character states and their variability. The first chapter on the Orbiniidae includes a new synonomy; Naineris nannobranchm with Naineris dendritica , which is one of our common so. Calif, species and is included on the SCAMIT species list. Larry pointed out to members present at the meeting an inconsistency he noticed in Blake’s information on Leitoscoloplos pugettensis. Material was examined from stations deeper than the depth distribution states. Larry also remarked that the illustration on pg. 21 figure 1.8 of Naineris cf, grubei could be a juvenile. The section on taxonomic problems on pg. 3 of the Orbiniidae chapter describes the problem of species assigned to the subfamily Protoariciinae. Some species assigned to genera of Protoariciinae are actually juveniles of the species of Orbiniinae. Hence, this puts the validity of several of the genera also in question. Blake sums up the problem by stating, Tt is possible that a single species can be known under several species names in different genera depending upon its stage of development . 11 Because this problem needs further investigation Blake does not include orbiniid subfamilies in this chapter. The Paraonidae chapter includes a new species, Aricidea (Allia) hartley i, a new combination, Paradoneis spinifera , and Aricidea (Acmira) rubra has been given new status. It was decided at the meeting that for the next SCAMIT species list (edition 3) that we will list A Ilia, Acmira , and Aedicira as subgenera of Aricidea. Blake does not include either Paradoneis eliasoni or Paradoneis lyra , in the chapter. He does mention their occurrence in Calif, in the remarks section under the diagnosis of the genus Paradoneis. Blake places the species Paraonis spinifera in the genus Paradoneis . The genus Cirrophorus differs mainly from Paradoneis by having a median antenna present, so P. spinifera, which is lacking a median antenna better fits the genus Paradoneis . As for why it is not included under Levinsenia the modified acicular spines are notopodial, not neuropodial, and therefore, agree with the definition of Paradoneis, not Levinsenia. Dr. Blake also pointed out that there is, however, nothing in the definition of either Cirrophorus or Paradoneis to suggest that the modified notosetae must only be lyrate. It should also be noted that Hobson and Banse (1981) had referred Paraonis spinifera to the genus Paraonella without explanation. 3 September, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter VoL 15, No. 5 Larry suggested SCAMIT members may want to add a few handwritten additions or comments to the key provided on pgs, 29-32. To couplet 3 add these comments. 3A - lyrate setae on setiger 5 and transition to spines by setigers 9, 10 or 11. 3B- modified spines lyrate throughout the body. To line 6A add, may be as low as 11 pairs and up to 20 or more, to the phrase more than 20 pairs (of branchiae). (Remember that for paraonids smaller specimens may have fewer branchial pairs.) To line 7B add, 9-22, to the phrase branchial segments number 8-11. Line 14A should read, bilobed notopodial postsetal lobes. Levmsenia gracilis and L. oculata may have branchiae that are not necessarily 4 or 7 times long as wide as stated in couplet 7 of the key. L. gracilis and L, multibranchiata have modified neurosetae with a fringe of bristles, or a fringing sheath as described by Blake, on the convex side. The fringe is made up of setal fibrils. L. oculata doesn’t have these bristles. Larry's personal observations have found that the modified setae of L . oculata transition to long with a straight tip in the superior part of a fascicle to short with a recurved tip in the inferior part of the same fascicle. The inferior part of the fascicle is also double rowed in far posterior setigers. Blake notes this double rowed condition on pg. 33 under remarks for the genus and on pg. 34 under remarks forL. gracilis. In Larry’s opinion there is still confusion regarding the number and length of branchial pairs and the condition of modified setae of these species of Levinsenia. He hopes to reexamine type material soon and make his results known. Dean Pasko (CSDMWWD) found that Levins enia oculata has a methyl green stain pattern with a ventral transverse band on the posterior one-third of each segment in the branchial region and patches of stain appear immediately posterior to each setal fascicle on post-branchial segments. Stain also appears along the ventral margin of each branchiae. L. gracilis does not exhibit the patches. However, it does have a ventral transverse band on the posterior one-third of each segment in the branchial region, like L. oculata. More specimens of these two species and L . multibranchiata need to be stained to verify the validity of this technique. It is hoped that these stain patterns might be used to identify anterior fragments that do not possess the diagnostic posterior fascicles of setae. Larry commented that Aricidea (Aricidea) pseudoarticulata has multiple setal types and the median antenna may not be exactly as pictured on pg. 46 figure 2.8 A. While Aricidea (Aedicira) pacifica has been reported from so. Calif., the Yellow Sea, and Japan no specimens with posterior ends have been reported. None were encountered in the MMS project. Those of us with A. pacifica specimens that have posterior ends may be able to confirm the presence of modified setae on the far posterior segments and hence resolve the issue of the validity of this species as questioned by Hartley (1984). Aricidea (Allia) quadrilobata of Strelzov 1973 is in part a synonym of Aricidea antennata. Strelzov (1973) included A . antennata as a junior synonym for A. quadrilobata along with all other Atlantic and Pacific forms. Blake examined both Atlantic and Pacific specimens to verify Strelzov’s synonymy and found there were definitely two separate species present. He concluded that the Atlantic form should be called A. quadrilobata while the Pacific form should be called A. antennata , at least until Annenkova’s type specimens are located, if ever, and examined. Refer to the remarks section on page 50 for more detail. SCAMIT members should note that Larry has reported seeing specimens of A. quadrilobata off our coast. Blake’s new paraonid species Aricidea (AUia) hartleyi is the same as Allia cf. nolani of Lovell, referred to as Allia sp. A in edition 2 of the SCAMIT species list. Larry pointed out that the branchia are spaced farther apart in the posterior branchial setigers in animals he has seen. This condition is not mentioned in Blake’s description. 4 September, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 5 Aricidea (AUia) ramosa , our common so. Calif, species does not have the fringed setae as described in Annenkova's original description. Most authors seem to have considered anything with a branched median antennae A. ramosa . Members should refer to Tom Parker's article in volume 14(12) of the SCAMIT newsletter. He pointed out that Annenkova (1934), Strelzov (1973), Banse and Hobson (1968) and Hartman (1969) all illustrated very different median antennae for A. ramosa . It was proposed that SCAMIT should refer our local type, whose median antenna shape best matches Banse and Hobson (1968), to Aricidea (Allia) sp, A until the type specimens of all these authors can be examined. Tom Parker has done up a voucher sheet and it is included in this newsletter. Larry has recently seen material from Thailand which matches Annenkova's original description of the median antenna and modified setae (fringed). A. (AUia) ramosa of Blake in the MMS atlas probably represents a complex of species. Blake’s remark on pg. 55 about A. ramosa being readily distinguishable from all other paraonids by the branched median antenna should be disregarded for now. The description of Aricidea (Acmira) catherinae has a few additions/ changes that members may want to make to their editions of the atlas. Add to the description: postbranchial papillary protuberances, like those described for/l. rubra , appear on some branchial segments just before the segmental furrow. They are very difficult to see and the exact number of setigers on which they occur has yet to be verified. The number of neuropodial modified setae in posterior postbranchial setigers reported in so. Calif, material is typically 3-5 and not 5-7. Blake has confirmed that there is a mistake in the second paragraph of the remarks section with the statement, "A. catherinae was found to be very similar to A. lopezi and A. finitima". A. finitima should be A. rubra , since A. finitima is placed in synonymy with A. rubra later in the chapter. Aricidea (Acmira) lopezi is described as having branchiae from setiger 4 up to 50 pairs, which seems excessive. In 1990 Larry examined the holotype and paratypes of A . lopezi at the Smithsonian. The holotype is a robust specimen and has 20 pairs of branchia present with perhaps a few pairs missing thereafter. The two paratypes had 18 and 19 pairs of branchia. Material from so. Calif, are smaller specimens and typically have 14-19 pairs of branchia. Members present brought up a question about the spelling of the species Aricidea (Acmira) horikoshi. Should horikoshi end with one 7" or two, since it is derived from a person's name? Anyone with the correct answer, unfortunately, doesn't win a prize, but we will put your remark in the next newsletter. We breezed thru the chapter on apistobranchids with the only comments being that they are not commonly seen animals and they are found in deep water. However, members may still want to familiarize themselves with these rather unusual looking polychaetes that partly resemble a spionid or trochochaetid and partly a paraonid or orbiniid. With the spionid chapter, many changes have been made to our local taxonomy, due to synonymies, new combinations, and new species descriptions. First, is a list of definite changes that members agreed with at the meeting (and they will be included in the next SCAMIT species list): Spio punctata —► Laonice appelloefi Spiophanes japonicum —► Spiophanes missionensis —► Poly dor a giardi Polydora bifurcata Poly dor a socialis -*■ Polydora cardalia —► Polydora bidentata —► Polydora artnata -+ Polydora caulleryi -+ Polydora quadrilobata -► Malacoceros indicus Laonice nuchala Spiophanes berkeleyorum Spiophanes duplex Dipolydora giardi Dipolydora bifurcata Dipolydora socialis Dipolydora cardalia Dipolydora bidentata Dipolydora annata Dipolydora caulleryi Dipolydora quadrilobata 5 September, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 5 Polydora commensalis -* Dipolydora commensalis Polydora elegantissima -► Dipolydora elegantissima Ron Velarde and Rick Rowe (CSDMWWD) compared our local Carazziella sp, A to Blake's description of Carazziella calafia in the atlas on pgs. 204-205 and found several differences. Members may want to add these different characters to the 11 Related species' 1 section of their Carazziella sp. A voucher sheet (from the City of San Diego). Carazziella sp. A has: 1) Caruncle split laterally at the anterior side of setiger 2 (compare to fig. 4.38 A pg. 205 in the atlas). 2) 6-7 bidentate hooks anteriorly: up to 15 in posterior setigers. 3) Bidentate hooks with main tooth more obtuse and larger (compare to fig. 4.38 G) and see figure b of the voucher sheet for Carazziella sp. A. 4) Dorsal row of major spines are of a different form. They are bent and falcate with a brushy top (compare to fig. 4.38 F). 5) Branchiae nearly meet middorsally. See setigers 8-10 (compare to fig. 4.38 A) Spio punctata Hartman was referred to Malacoceros by Maciolek (1990) and Blake examined the types and now provides us with this new synonymy. Please refer to the remarks on pg. 104. The main difference between Laonice appelloefi and Laonice nuchala is that L. appelloefi has bidentate hooded hooks instead of quadridentate. L. nuchala is described as having a main fang surrounded by 3 smaller teeth, which matches our local animals. Blake synonymized Spiophanes japonicum with Spiophanes berkeleyorum noting there is nothing morphologically to distinguish Imajima’s species from Light's already established species (refer to the remarks on pg. 145). The holotype of Morants duplex was finally discovered and examined. It matches Spiophanes missionensis resulting in the genus Morants being referred to Spiophanes and with the species name duplex having priority over missionensis. Besides Pettibone (1962), both Light (1978) and Blake (1983) accepted the synonymy of Spiophanes fimbriata with Spiophanes kroeyeri. However, SCAMIT members have not due to the difference in the methyl green staining patterns of these two species and the difference in development of the interparapodial pouches. SCAMIT's Polydora table is in the process of being completely revised and split into two tables, based on Dr. Blake's generic revision provided in the atlas. Hopefully, the new tables will be in the next newsletter. The main distinctions between the two genera are the presence or absence of notosetae on setiger 1 and the presence or absence of a constriction on the hooded hooks, other character states mentioned in the diagnosis are less clear cut. The new genus Dipolydora has notosetae on the first setiger and hooded hooks without a constriction. Prionospio sp. A of SCAMIT might be either Prionospio jubata or Prionospio steenstrupi. One of the reasons P. sp. A was erected in the first place was because of the ventral prolongation of the second neuropodial lamella, which we had on our local species, and thought P . steenstrupi didn’t possess. Our specimens do have the first pair of pinnate branchiae on the 2nd setiger that are longer than the apinnate pair of branchiae on the 3rd setiger, which fits P. steenstrupi. We need to compare our specimens with both P. jubata and P. steenstrupi. Prionospio sp. B of SCAMIT is probably Prionospio dubia. There were no obvious differences noticed, but specimens still need to be compared. 6 September, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 5 Blake synonymizes the genus Atherospio with Pygospiopsis. Several SCAMIT members feel that the differences in the branchial placement warrant retaining them as separate genera. Retaining them as monotypic genera could be questioned, but additional unpublished species are known (A. Mackie, pers. comm.). As for Pseudath erospio fauchaldi, the illustrations on pg.156 figure 4.23 A and D are not good representations of this distinct animal. The prostomium of figure A looks damaged or perhaps it was regenerating. The modified neuroseta in figure D is different than Lovell’s (1994) original illustration. Blake’s illustration shows a cleft between the subapical tooth and the main fang. Blakes’s illustration of the hook is more like those of Uncispio Green 1982 than Atherospio and is also missing its hood. Larry thought that Blake’s new species Spio maciolekae might be his Spio sp. A. However, after reviewing Blake’s description and illustrations at the meeting SCAMIT members believe Spio sp. A is clearly different. The most obvious difference is the lack of the distinct zig¬ zag pigment pattern on the anterior dorsum that Spio sp. A possess. Also, the distinctive branchiae on setiger 1 of 5. maciolekae has glandular lobes, while S. sp. A lacks these lobes, but has a ring of brown pigment at the base of the bulbous distal end of the branchiae. Our only comment on the poecilochaetid chapter was that our local commonly seen Poecilochaetus sp. A is not the same as Blake’s sp. A from northern Calif. His species does not have any accessory branchia, while ours does. Our animal is still waiting to be described for anyone with some time on their hands. In the chaetopterid chapter the Spiochaetoptems costarum described is different from our common local species. This was discussed at a previous SCAMIT meeting in June of 1992. Please refer to vol. 11(2) of the newsletter for notes. The head region of our local Spiochaetopteras costarum is different. The peristomium has large "flaps" that project anteriorly over the prostomium. These are not described in Claparede’s original description (1870) or illustrated by Hartman (1969) and especially not illustrated by Blake in the atlas. As for the occurrence and size of the white ventral glandular shield, Blake discusses the variability and importance of this character in his remarks section on pg. 248. It is his opinion that the size of the glandular area is dependent on the size of the animal. Is it time to finally issue a SCAMIT voucher sheet on our local species? Any volunteers? Our common Mesochaetopterus sp. is also not described in the atlas. Members may also refer to newsletter vol.ll(2) for notes on this animal. Our species differs from Mesochaetopterus taylori by having 6 mid-body segments instead of 3. Blake remarks about our undescribed species on pg. 240 of the atlas. Could this be a candidate for yet another SCAMIT voucher sheet? As for the magelonid chapter, the only comment was that neither of San Diego’s provisional species ( Magelona sp. A and Magelona sp. SD10) are included. A brief description on Magelona sp. SD10 has been included as a handout with this newsletter for those not familiar with it. It was done by member Rick Rowe. When (or if) more specimens are found a more formal voucher sheet will be issued. As for SCAMIT’s Magelona sp. A, Dean Pasko (CSDMWWD) provided a voucher sheet for it in November of 1991. Members may want to review any odd magelonids they have to see if they fit either of these descriptions. It is suspected that the occurrence of Magelona longicomis in the SCBPP and hence, the inclusion of it on the SCAMIT species list, is an error. The specimen is actually Magelona sp. SD10. It is difficult to see both of the two small teeth above the main fang on the hooded hooks. After more careful observation of the reported M. longicomis specimens they do indeed have tridentate hooded hooks. M. longicomis will be dropped from version 3 of the SCAMIT species list. 7 September, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 5 We did not have time to discuss the Cirratulidae and Cossuridae chapters in depth and will try to review these at another SCAMIT meeting later this year. The following comments were generated during an overview discussion of the entire volume at the beginning of the meeting. There does seem to be a great deal of overlap when comparing our local species of Cirratulidae with Blake’s. This is especially true with regard to stain patterns for species of the genera, Aphelochaeta, Chaetozone, and Monticelliria. Many of Blake’s descriptions do not include illustrations of stain patterns only verbal descriptions, which are not always easy to interpret. More time needs to be spent comparing our local species to those newly described in the atlas. In the last chapter on cossurids most of the material examined came from northern Calif, and British Columbia. Our commonly seen Cossura sp. A fits the description of the Hilbig’s new species, Cossura bansei. However, this new species is based on a specimen of Karl Banse’s from British Columbia that does not have a methyl green stain pattern. Hilbig states the reason might be because of the way it was preserved. SCAMIT members have no evidence to believe that preservation should have any effect on the stain pattern. Leslie Harris (NHM-LAC) and others have stained material from several museums and found that the uptake of stain is not affected by preservation differences or the length of time material has been stored in alcohol. THE CREEP OF CRYPTIC SPECIES Thorpe and Sole-Cava (1994) review allozyme electrophoresis in sytematics and provide a table of invertebrate studies using this technique for systematic divergence, They contrast this to classical taxonomic work and point out succinctly that much taxonomic instability is a result of the subjective nature of phenotypic characters pre¬ selected as diagnostic”. One taxonomist puts emphasis on pigmentation, another on prostomial shape.... and we ’re off to the races. The separation between species will become confused. -Tom Parker THE PITTER PATTER OF PATTERN PATTERNS or DISTINCTIVE PATTERNS MAY NOT BE DISTINCTIVE SPECIES There is more use of stains to both describe and identify polychaete species than ever before. It is common for workers to collect stain pattern information on any taxa which has few obvious morphological characters. This is particularly true in families with relatively large number of species (i.e., Spionidae, Cirratulidae, and Maldanidae). Staining is popular because it often leaves an obvious pattern of stained tissue. There has been some review of the techniques used to formulate stain solutions and treat specimens in this newsletter. This was done in an attempt to help standardize the various methods workers have adopted and thus make these results more truly diagnostic. The danger remains that stain patterns may become just another subjective character relied upon by some workers as taxonomically important, only to be subsequently de-emphasized by others. Several broad areas need to be considered to improve the diagnostic value of staining. All of these issues reflect the need to use methods that provide reproducible results. Report the stain fomwlatioiLimdji xthod . Some have claimed that special "tips or tricks" are needed for best results. Specialized methods must be widely distributed to allow repeated testing and confirmation of the outcomes. This will help to demonstrate if the stain response has diagnostic value or is merely different. Illustrate reported stain pattern s. Some reported patterns are inadequately illustrated. Any described stain pattern needs to 8 September, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 5 be well illustrated in color to allow comparison to other specimens in hand. Construct a record of stain pattern variations . Variability of results is poorly recorded. Some specimens within a lot may exhibit variability from previously reported patterns. This is often explained as reproductive, ontogenic, or regenerative variability. The influence of preservation method has not been well documented. Some workers have not observed differences due to preservation techniques, while others have suggested possible interferences (e.g. in Cossura bansei Hilbig 1996) Reliance on these reasons to explain variability invalidates staining patterns as a reliable taxonomic cue. Such non¬ matching results may mean the technique is not taxonomically valid or that species diversity is higher than expected with many more localized or co-occurring taxa than previously assumed. - Tom Parker STILL USING BIOMASS? In a now nearly ancient paper (1972), Howmiller examined the effect of preservatives on macrobenthic invertebrate biomass. He states it is often assumed that weights of preserved specimens closely approximates live weights and this does not change during preservation. He experimentally examined formalin (10%), ethanol (70%), and isopropanol (70%). The results indicate that these preservatives cause a great weight loss . From his data he concludes: “It seems obvious that many of the published weight determinations and estimates of standing crop based on work with preserved organisms are practically useless”. - Tom Parker [Editor’s Note - Other problems, but with the same impact on biomass repeatability and precision, were experienced with wet weight determinations during the SCBPP. If you really need to know biomass accurately, ash-free dry weight is your best bet,] DR. LINNAEUS, I PRESUME? In the book, Birds. Beasts, and Men . H. R. Hays writes that Carl Linnaeus attended an inexpensive Dutch medical university in Harderijk to obtain his medical degree. Linnaeus wrote a dissertation on “intermittent fever”(concluded it came from living on clay soil) and received his silk hat, gold ring, and diploma in a couple of weeks. Among his non-medical accomplishments was the “boiling down of identifications to a few details or sentences.” His description for the elephant, Elephas maximus was: “Habitat Ceylon, eats foliage, seeds, fruit. Eyes small, elongate upper canines, long hanging ears, skin very wrinkled, very thick, two breasts on chest, toes on edges of feet. Flexible knees, short neck. * - Tom Parker LINNAEUS UNDER FIRE For several years de Queiroz and Gauthier have been calling for the abandonment of traditional Linnaean hierarchical ranking in favor of a more flexible and phylogenetically based rank independent system. Their suggestion that a cladistics based tree branching approach be substituted for Linnaeus’ categories has received a new push from Dr. Michael Donoghue, outgoing president of the Society of Systematic Biologists (see Penniei 1996). Statements that the traditional categories are often inappropriate or misleading in evolutionary studies are correct, but largely irrelevant to our taxonomic mission. Their call for replacement of the Linnaean hierarchy by a new tree-based rank free system would not serve applied taxonomy at all, while it would facilitate (or at least simplify) evolutionary research. First a suggestion to abandon the principle of priority in the new edition of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature, and now a movement to abandon Linnaean taxonomy altogether! Can these monumental changes be accommodated into taxonomic practice? I think not, and recommend that we express ourselves in opposition to such moves. Comments and discussion from other 9 September, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 5 members, or suggestions as to how to combat these proposed changes would be most welcome, EAST MEETS WEST IN CYBERSPACE For those who didn’t get to China for the recent Polychaete Conference you can review the pre¬ publication abstracts from both the poster session, opening speeches, and formal papers by going to the cyberspace locality of http://www.keUI.ukans. edu/~ worm/annelid.html This web page also contains several other annelid focused files for your review. - Tom Parker BIBLIOGRAPHY ANNENKOVA, N. P. 1934. Paraonidae of the Far-Eastern Seas of the U.S.S.R. [english translation from russian], Comptes Rendus d'Academy des Sciences, U.S.S.R. 1934:656-661. BANSE, KARL, and Katharine D, Hobson. 1968. Benthic polychaetes from Puget Sound Washington, with remarks on four other species. Proceedings of the United States National Museum 125:1-52. BAUER, RAYMOND T,, and Robert VanHoy. 1996. Variation in sexual systems (protandry, gonochorism) and reproductive biology among three species of the shrimp genus Thor (Decapoda: Caridea). Bulletin of Marine Science 59(l):53-73. BLAKE, JAMES A. 1983. Polychaetes of the Family Spionidae from South America, Antarctica, and Adjacent Seas and Islands. Biology of the Antarctic Seas XIV Antarctic Research Series 39(3):205-288. BLAKE, JAMES A., Brigitte Hilbig, and Paul H. Scott (eds). 1996. Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara Channel. Volume 6- The Annelida Part 3. Polychaeta: Orbiniidae to Cossuridae. Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History, Santa Barbara, Ca. 418pp. BOERO, F., J. Bouillon, and S. Piraino. 1996. Classification and phylogeny in the hydroidomedusae (Hydrozoa, Cnidaria). Scientia Marina 60(1): 17-33. CLAPAREDE, E. 1870, Les Ann61ides Ch&opodes du Golfe de Naples. Seconde partie. MSmoires de la Societe de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle Geneve 20(2): 1-225. GASTON, GARY R., and Jerry A. McLelland. 1996. Aricidea (Mia) brvani . a new species of polychaete (Polychaeta:Paraonidae) from the Northern Gulf of Mexico. Gulf Research Reports 9(3): 189-195. GRAVILI, C., F. Boero, and J. Bouillon. 1996. Zanclea species (Hydroidomedusae, Anthomedusae) from the Mediterranean. Scientia Marina 60(1):99-108. GREEN, KAREN D. 1982. Uncispionidae, a new polychaete family (Annelida). Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 95(3): 530-536. 10 September, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 5 HARDEGE, J. D., H. D. Bartels-Hardege, Y. Yang, B. L. Wu, M. Y. Zhu, and E. Zeeck. 1994. Environmental control of reproduction in Ferinereis nuntia var. brevicirrus . Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 74:903-918. HARTLEY, J P. 1984. Cosmopolitan polychaete species: The Status of Aricidea bekicae (Fauvel, 1936) and notes on the identity of A- suecica Eliason, 1920. Pp.7-20. In: Proceedings of the First International Polychaete Conference. The Linnean Society of New South Wales: HARTMAN, OLGA. 1969. Atlas of the Sedentariate Polychaetous Annelids from California. Allan Hancock Foundation, University of Southern California: Los Angeles, Ca. HILBIG, BRIGITTE. 1996. Chapter 9 Family Cossuridae Day, 1963. pp. 385-303 In: Blake, James A., Birgitte Hilbig, and Paul H. Scott (eds.). 1996. Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara Channel. Volume 6- The Annelida Part 3. Polychaeta: Orbiniidae to Cossuridae. HOBSON, KATHERINE D., and Karl Banse. 1981. Sedentariate and archiannelid polychaetes of British Columbia and Washington. Canadian Bulletin of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 209:1- 144. HOWMILLER, RICHARD P. 1972. Effects of preservatives on weights of some common macrobenthic invertebrates. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 4:743-746. KRAUS, DAVID W., Jeanette E. Doeller, and C. Stephen Powell. 1996. Sulfide may directly modify cytoplasmic hemoglobin deoxygenation in Solemva reidi gills. Journal of Experimental Biology 199(6): 1343-1352, LIGHT, WILLIAM J. 1978. Spionidae. (Polychaeta, Annelida). The Boxwood Press: Pacific Grove, Ca. LOVELL, LAWRENCE L. 1994. Pseudatherospio fauchaldi . a new genus and species of Spionidae (Polychaeta, Annelida) from Southern California, USA. Pp.237-241 In: Dauvin, Jean-Claude, Lucien Laubier, and Donald J. Reish (Editors.), Actes de la 4eme Conference intemationale des Polychaetes. Memoirs du Museum national d'Histoire naturelle: Paris, France. MACIOLEK, NANCY J. 1990. A redescription of some species belonging to the genera Spio and Microspio (Polychaeta: Annelida) and descriptions of three new species from the Northwestern Atlantic Ocean, Journal of Natural History 24:1109-1141. PENNICI, ELIZABETH. 1996, "Evolutionary and Systematic Biologists Converge". Science 273 (12July): 181. PETTIBONE, MARIAN H. 1962. New species of polychaete worms (Spionidae: Sniophanes) from the East and West Coast of North America. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 75: 77-88. SCHAEFER, KURT. 1996. Review of data on cephalaspid reproduction, with special reference to the genus Haminaea (Gastropoda, Opisthobranchia). Ophelia 45(1): 17-37. STRELZOV, V. E. 1973. Polychaete Worms of the Family Paraonidae Cerruti, 1909 (Polychaeta, Sedentaria)[1979 translation], Amerind Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.: New Delhi. THORPE, J. P,, and A. M. Sole-Cava. 1994. The use of allozyme electrophoresis in invertebrate systematics. Zoologica Scripta 23(1):3-18. WU, B AO LING, Jing Zhao, and Zhihu Ding. 1994. A new meiofauna Polychaeta Pholoe (Polychaeta, Sigalionidae) from the Huanghai Sea (Yellow Sea). Acta Oceanologica Sinica 13(1): 129-132. 11 September, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 5 Thor paschalis (from Holthuis, L. B. 1993. The recent genera of the caridean and stenopodidean shrimps (Crustacea, Decapoda). Nationaal Natuurhistorisch Museum, Leiden. 328pp.) SCAMIT OFFICERS: If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel free to contact any of the officers. e-maiLad dre ss President Ron Velarde (619)692^4903 rgv@sddpc.sannet.gov Vice-President Don Cadien (310)830-2400 ext. 403 mblcsdla@netcom.com Secretary Cheryl Brantley (310)830-2400 ext. 403 mblcsdla@netcom.com Treasurer AnnDalkey (310)648-5611 cam@san.ci.!a.ca. us Back issues of the newsletter are available. Prices are as follows: Volumes 1 - 4 (compilation).$ 30.00 Volumes 5-7 (compilation).$ 15.00 Volumes 8-13 .$ 20.00/vol. Single back issues are also available at cost. 12 Aricidea (Attia) sp. A SCAMIT 1996 SCAMITVoL 15 No. 5 March/Sept 1996 Examined by T, Parker Literature: Annenkova, N. P. 1934. Paraonidae of the far-eastern seas of the USSR. Comptes Rendus d’Academy des Sciences, USSR. 1934: 656-661. Banse, K., K. Hobson. 1968. Benthic polychaetes from Puget Sound Washington with remarks on four other species. Proceedings of the U. S. National. Mus. 125:1-52. Blake, J. 1996. Family Paraonidae Cerruti, 1909. In: Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara Channel. Vol. 6. The Annelida Part 3- Polychaeta: Orbiniidae to Cossuridae. Eds: Blake, J., B. Hilbig, P. Scott. Fauchald, K. 1977. The Polychaete Worms. Definitions and Keys to the Orders, Families and Genera. LACM/AHF. 188 pages. Gaston, G. R., J. A. McLelland. 1996. Aricidea (A Ilia) bryani, a new species of polychaete (Polychaeta:Paraonidae) fromthe northern Gulf of Mexico. Hartley, J.P. 1981. The family Paraonidae (Polychaeta) in British waters: A new species and new records with a key to species, J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. UK (61): 133-149. Hartman, O. 1969. Atlas of Sedentariate Polychaetous Annelids from California. AHF, Pg 55. Strelzov, V. 1973. Polychaete Worms of the Family Paraonidae Cerruti, 1909, (Polychaete, Sedentaria), Akad Nauk. USSR. Leningrad. 170 pages. Synonymy: Aricidea ramosa of Banse & Hobson 1968. AUia ramosa of SCAMIT Taxonomic List editions 1 & 2 Diagnostic Characters: 1. Median antennae short, not exceeding first setiger in length. 2. Median antennae with slightly bulbous basal trunk, terminating in three blunt "fingers' 1 (see Figure 1). 3. Modified setae with smooth shafted without fringe and terminating in long thin terminal spine by the 40-50th setiger (see Figure 2a-c). A specimen may have some setigers with worn setae and much shorter arista. Related Taxa and Differences: Aedicira ramosa of Hartman 1969: Median antennae with central stalk and filiform branches along its length and terminus. Aricidea (AUia) ramosa of Strelzov 1973: Median antennae with short (~ setiger 1) stalk divided into about six short branches, some of which are bifurcated. Aricidea (Allia) sp A SCAMIT 1996 SCAMITVol. 15 No. 5 Related Taxa and Differences(cont’d): Aricidea ramosa of Annenkova 1934: Median antennae with short central stalk palmately divided into several (5 illustrated) long filiform branches. Modified neurosetae with fringe along shaft. Aricidea (Allia) ramosa of Blake 1996: With median antennae as in Aricidea sp . A SCAMIT. Illustration (B) adapted from Strelzov; it is unclear if this form was collected during the MMS survey, or represents the overly broad literature concept of A. ramosa. Distribution: Puget Sound to San Diego, 30-100 M. Comments: Local workers have routinely used the name “Allia ramosa " to represent these specimens. This useage follows the generic elevation proposed by Fauchald (1977). This was chiefly proposed based upon modified neurosetae morphology. The local use of the genus "AUia” is reflected in the SCAMIT Taxonomic List editions 1 and 2. More recently, other authors (e.g. Blake, Gaston & McLelland, Hartley) have continued to use the earlier designation and concepts that uses the term “Allia” as a subgenus. It is anticipated that the SCAMIT Taxonomic List list will be emended in edition 3 to reflect the more current and uniform useage of “Allia " as a subgenus of Aricidea. Please see SCAMIT Newsletter Vol 14, No. 12 for the introductory comments on the antennae Aricidea sp. A SCAMIT 1996 SCAMITVol, 15 No. 5 Figure 2. (a): Strelzov; (b) &(c):From Banse & Hobson 1968. Rick Rowe (CSDMWWD) SCAM1T Newsletter vol. 15(5) Magelona sp SD 10 Character Summary Prostomium broad Frontal horns Setae of setiger 9 same as setiger 8 Hooded hooks tridentate (two small teeth above larger main fang) Dorsal and ventral median lobes present on setiger 9 Dorsal and ventral median lobes present after setiger 9 as pointed lobes (ventral are tiny or absent on setiger 10) Methyl green staining pattern from middle of setiger 1 (even with setal insertion) through midway between the insertion of the setae on the 4th and 5th setigers (Solid stain on the larger and speckled dots on the smaller specimens) Comments: This is near M berkeleyi except the stain pattern differs and a dorsal median lobe is present on setiger 9. The 9th setiger looks like Jones’ figures ofM longicornis except that the inferior interramal lamellae are not so elongate. The above information is based on specimens from the EMAP samples: PSDBE232 8/19/95 56 meters and PSDBE228 8/19/95 49 meters The following information includes observations on additional specimens. 1) City of San Diego ITP I-18 rep 2 12 July95 (small specimen) Specimen fits characters listed above except the dorsal median lobe is present on only one side on the 9th setiger. It is unclear if a ventral median lobe is present or not (too small). This worm does not stain except faintly on the ventrum of setigers 4 and 5. 2) Orange County Sanitation District OCSD 95112 st. 13 rep 3 59 meters Specimen does have the dorsal and ventral median lobes on the 9th setiger, but virtually no inferior (neuropodial lamellae) lobe on the 9th setiger. The stain pattern is similar to above described specimens..it begins anteriorly and extends through a point between the setae on the 4th and 5th setigers. 3) LA Co. Sanitation District 0795-2c and 0191-00 Specimens fit the above description. There is a small but obvious inferior lobe on the 9th setiger. There is no ventral lobe on the 9th or 10th setiger Additional specimens from 0795-3cl and PSCBE 03710 fit the description above, including stain and presence of short inferior interramal lamellae. October, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No.6 NEXT MEETING: MMS Taxonomic Adas Vol. VI - Part II, Cirratulidae and final discussion of entire volume GUEST SPEAKER: Tony Phillips (CLAEMD - Hyperion) discussion leader DATE: 19 November 1996 (TUESDAY - PLEASE NOTE) TIME: 9:30am - 3:30pm LOCATION: Worm Lab, Natural History Museum of L.A. County 900 Exposition Blvd., Los Angeles 19 NOVEMBER MEETING The meeting will essentially be a continuation of the September Meeting, and will continue discussion of the recently released Vol. 6 of the MMS Taxonomic Atlas series. Since the family Cirratulidae were not discussed during the last meeting, they will be the focus of the November meeting. As time permits topics from the discussions in September which require further discussion will be reopened. Tony Phillips will act as discussion leader this time. There will be facilities for examination of specimens available during the meeting, as well as for staining of specimens. Please come prepared with comment, literature and specimens. Aphelochaeta phillipsi from Blake 1996 FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED, IN PART, BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION, CHEVRON USA, AND TEXACO INC. SCAMIT Newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for formal taxonomic purposes. October, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol, 15, No. 6 NEW LITERATURE The latest issue of the Veliger (39#4) has been received. Only one article deals with taxonomy of local marine organisms, that by Gosliner and Behrens describing two new nudibranchs from the San Francisco area (Gosliner and Behrens 1996). The latest Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington also has little directly pertinent to taxonomy of local marine species. An article describing a new hemichordate from the Atlantic (Giray and King 1996) may be of assistance in efforts by local workers to begin interpretation of the local enteropneusts. Papers on topics more related to monitoring concerns than invertebrate taxonomy are those of Ferson et al (1996) on toxicity bioassay, and of Otway et al (1996) on community analysis of the fish community around a deep water sewage outfall. In the former the authors discuss the relationship between the results of laboratory bioassay and inferences of ecological risk for the community exposed to the material tested. They recommend the proper interpretation of risk is at the population level, and not at the level of the individual as is most human risk assessment. The paper by Otway et al is a continuation of a series of papers examining monitoring results around the deep-water outfall off Sydney, Australia. The present article addresses trophic structure of the fish community around the outfall both before and after it began discharge. Trophic strategies were established for several groups (based on Bray-Curtis dissimilarity of diet between fish species), and the distribution of these groups was then tested using assymetric ANOVA. Taxonomy of the crab genus Fabia (including two local species F subquadrata and F. conckarum ) was revised by Campos (1996). He redescribed both local species, illustrating male gonopods, and providing a new whole body illustration of the F. subquadrata female, but provided no key. McLaughlin and Jensen (1996) describe a third Eastern Pacific species of the hermit crab genus Parapagurodes . The species, previously known locally as Parapagurodes sp A, ranges from British Columbia to southern California. It was briefly discussed by McLaughlin and Haig (1973) who left it then at "an undescribed species of Pagurus". A key is provided to separate the new species ( Parapagurodes hartae) from F. laurentae and F. makarovi with which it occurs sympatrically in southern California waters. The classification and phylogeny of sacoglossan mollusks is reexamined by Jensen (1996) in the most comprehensive recent treatment of the group. Her analysis supports monophyly of the group as a whole, and of the shelled and non- shelled sacoglossan clades. The Cylindrobullidae were shown to be non-sacoglossan, and to be a sister group to the sacoglossans. Several of our local species are affected by high level taxonomic changes stemming from this analysis. A related article considers the phenomenon of poecilogony as a reproductive strategy. The authors (Chia et al 1996) suggest that the only valid examples of poecilogony occur in animals living on mud-flats. The nature of the habitat confers enough advantage to reproductive polymorphism for development and maintenance of poecilogony. They also suggest that though few cases can currently be authenticated, more are likely lurking undetected among the mudflat fauna. E-mail yielded a mention of a new book members who are interested in worldwide mollusks may want. Cachia, Mifsud, and Sammut (1996) covers 43 gastropod families (about 200 species) of mollusks from the Maltese Islands. It costs $59 U.S. - including registered mailing for the paperbound volume of 228 pages and 19 plates. Additional information on ordering can be obtained from naturama@mbox.vol.it For those of you who haven't been reading your e-mail from Annelida (or you unsubscribed or perhaps aren't even "connected" yet), Elin 2 October, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 6 Sigvaldadottir from the Swedish Museum of Natural History has made available her recently finished Ph.D thesis entitled, "Systematics of Spionidae and Prionospio". Her thesis consists of 5 papers, 2 of which have already been formally published, 2 others have been accepted for submission and 1 has yet to be submitted. The first two papers deal with estimations of phylogenetic relationships between spionid genera and within the Prionospio serisu lato generic complex based on parsimony analyses of morphological characters. In the third paper Sigvaldadottir redescribes the north-east Atlantic Prionospio species, P. steenstrupi, P. fallax , and P. dubia. These species have been confused, misinterpreted and synonymized in the literature. The fourth paper synonymizes Prionospio ockelmanni Pleijel with P. banyulensis Laubier. And lastly, she describes a new species of Prionospio from Hong Kong. Those polychaete workers interested in this thesis may contact Elin Sigvaldad6ttir at: Swedish Museum of Natural History Box 50007 104 05 Stockholm Sweden Phone +46 08 6664135 Fax +46 08 6664125 E-mail zt-elin@nrm.se Also, polychaete workers may be interested to know that the Proceedings of the 5th International Polychaete Conference that was held in China will be published in the Bulletin of Marine Science , March 1997, Volume 60, Number 2. One copy will be sent to all who attended the conference and paid the registration fee and first authors will also receive a copy from the Bulletin. Those of us that did not attend or would like additional copies they will be available from Dr. Reish after March 1997 (estimated cost $25.00 US). Ml YULE BE HEARING FROM US The 1996 SCAMIT Christmas Party is again scheduled for our traditional Open House at the Cabrillo Marine Aquarium. We will start at 6PM (setup starts earlier), and continue on into the night of Saturday 7 December. Santa, sadly, has a prior engagement, and will not be joining us. We will have a designated representative elf or other Clausite in attendance for children of all ages (remember Don Reish with Santa at a previous party?). Please do your best to set aside this date. We always have the most fun with the most participants. Hopefully, we will be able to continue the musical tradition of the last few parties, with both caroling and lovely instrumental renditions of seasonal favorites. As usual we will provide beverages and a main course. There is no theme, but it will help us in coordinating if you can alert either Cheryl or Don (@310-830-2400x403) of the number in your party, and what you would like to bring. We will make a concerted attempt to have the Gift Shop open for your Xmas shopping pleasure this year. Hope to see you all there... RESEARCH SEMINAR SERIES The fall 1996 Research Seminar Series of the Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County is well underway. A delightful item by Kirk Fitzhugh on cladistics has already been presented, but there are several still ahead. A schedule of seminars for this fall is attached. October, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 6 NUISANCE! We have mentioned the Aquatic Nuisance Species Digest put out by the Freshwater Foundation in the Newsletter previously. This interesting publication is apparently having a crisis of support. Initially it was funded through a grant from the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service; but that funding is at an end. Although their main sphere is freshwater, rather than marine environments, we share a common interest in the ecological impacts of introduced species. They are hoping to continue by going on a paid subscription basis. If you are interested in receiving this publication you can send your name, address, and a check to ANS Digest, Freshwater Foundation, Gray Freshwater Center, 2500 Shadywood Road, Navarre, MN, 55331. There are several membership levels (Friend @ 10-19$, Patron @ 20-49$, Sponsor @ $50 or more). As more invaders prove able (like Philine auriformis and now Trochammina hadai) to establish themselves in coastal marine waters I imagine the emphasis of the group will shift to include more marine cases. 21 OCTOBER MEETING MINUTES A number of subjects were discussed during the business meeting. We addressed several requests for assistance. The first was from a group of researchers at U.C. Santa Barbara for financial support of archival of their locally collected material. Consensus of those present was, although SCAMIT sees the value of archival of any invertebrate collections, our funds are dedicated to other purposes. A request was also received to post the SCAMIT Taxonomic List on the SCCWRP Bulletin Board. After some discussion it was agreed that the list is at present a benefit of membership, and is distributed only to members. It was also felt that all those who could potentially benefit from the list already have access to it either through membership directly, or through others in their organization. It was decided to deny this request, and to keep the Taxonomic Listing as a members only document. In a preliminary discussion of the changes detailed below the question of the validity of the changes came up, as it often does with regard to papers in this publication. It was suggested that given the nature of the peer review process in use at Amphipacifica, things published in it were not really published and available. This is not the case! This is a legitimate publication which fully qualifies as publication under the ICZN rules, and the names proposed in it are available names. We cannot just maintain "too many errors, can’t trust the names" and view the data and opinion expressed by the authors as suspect. UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE we should view all of the taxa proposed in the present, and other papers in the journal, as validly established, and use them accordingly. In Amphipacifica Vol. 2(2) Bousfield and Chevrier began what is apparently a series of revisionary treatments of the oedicerotids of the Northeast Pacific. In this first installment they addressed two large species complexes; that of Monoculodes s. 1. and that of Synchelidium s. 1 ., and created a number of new genera from within them (see attachment). Monoculodes was restricted, and it’s type species redescribed, since Monoculodes as defined by Barnard and Karaman 1991 (based on M, carinatus) does not accurately reflect the genus as described by Stimpson (1853) from the Bay of Fundy. Stimpson’s type material of Monoculodes demissus (type by monotypy) was lost in the Great Chicago Fire of 1871, and as the species has not definitively been taken since, Bousfield and Chevrier reviewed the 16 NW Atlantic species of Monoculodes s.l. and eliminated those which conflicted in detail with Stimpson’s original description. Two species remained, M. tatirrumus and M. packardi . These two species were used as basis for detail of the genus not given by Stimpson originally. 4 October, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 6 Having redefined the type of Monoculodes s.l. they were in a position to restrict the generic definition, and create several new genera to handle groups of species now outside Monoculodes s.s. Of the new genera erected, four occur in the Northeast Pacific: Rostroculodes , Hartmanodes , Deflexilodes , and Pacifoculodes. The first of these is restricted to the boreal region, with no representatives yet known south of Southeastern Alaska. The remaining three, however, have representatives in the Southern California Bight along with Monoculodes s.s. Characters which are important in separation of these generic taxa are in the eyes and rostrum of the head; the relative shape, size, and setation of the carpi and propodi of gnathopods 1 and 2; the relative sizes and setosity of the articles in pereopods 3 and 4; and the shape and setation of the basis of pereopod 7. Genera of the Monoculodes s. 1. group Bousfield and Chevrier prepared a key to allow separation of the genera in the cluster around Monoculodes s.L (1996, p. 80). The first couplet deals with character states of G1 and G2. It separates Monoculodes s. s., with gnathopods similar in size and shape, and with carpi relatively broad dorsally (anteriorly), and with short broad ventral lobes from the remainder of the genera. In all other genera either G1 and G2 are quite dissimilar in shape (with G2 propod elongate relative to Gl), or one or both have longer narrower carpal ventral lobes. This difference is difficult to express verbally, but is clearly set out in the illustrations in Figure 1 on page 79. The only genus near Monoculodes s. s. in similarity of gnathopodal propodi is Ameroculodes . In this genus, however, the carpal lobe of G2 is much more slender than in Monoculodes s. s .. Rostral shape and eye placement also differs in the two genera; with Ameroculodes species having a long, thin, slightly deflexed rostrum, and eye placement at the rostral base. In Monoculodes s . $. the eye occupies nearly all of the much shorter rostrum. The character states of the palmar defining spines as long and slender in Monoculodes s . s. and short in the remaining genera should be deleted. In at least Limnoculodes, Ameroculodes and Hartmanodes these spines, as illustrated in Figure 1 of Bousfield and Chevrier, are as long as they are in Monoculodes s. s.. Rather than critically examine characters used in this entire key, I have constructed an alternative key including only the four genera known to occur in the Eastern Pacific south of Alaska. The one genus which extends to Alaska, but not further south {Rostroculodes) is sufficiently distinctive that it need not be included in the key (see attached key). Status of several names currently on the SCAMIT Taxonomic Listing has been changed by actions taken by Bousfield and Chevrier in their revision. These are summarized below: Monoculodes hartmanae » Hartmanodes hartmanae (J. L. Barnard 1962) Monoculodes norvegicus *** Deflexilodes norvegicus (Boeck 1871) Other regional species not on the list which are affected are: Monoculodes murrius ** Hartmanodes murrius (J. L. Barnard 1962) Monoculodes spinipes ** Pacifoculodes spinipes (Mills 1962) Monoculodes spinipes of Barnard 1962 [records from Southern California (non Mills 1 962)]“*' Pacifoculodes bamardi Bousfield and Chevrier 1996 Monoculodes zemovi Pacifoculodes zemovi (Gurjanova 1938) Species currently assigned to Bathymedon, Oediceroides, Oediceropsis, Arrhis, Aceroides and Westwoodilla were not covered in this portion of the revision. The species which belonged to Synchelidium sM were treated, and were also divided into Synchelidium s.s . and several new genera. Only three of these genera occur in the northeast Pacific. Synchelidium s.s. does not occur here. The genus Finoculodes , which is 5 October, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 6 related to the Synchelidium sJ. group has been taken off Oregon and northern California, but not yet in the Southern California Bight. The second genus occurring in the area, Eochelidium Bousfield and Chevrier 1996, is introduced from the Northwest Pacific. The remaining species, including all those previously recorded as Synchelidium from this area, were placed in the new genus Americhelidium by Bousfield and Chevrier. The Synchelidium Revision We have recognized problems with speciation in the genus Synchelidium in the southern California Bight for some time. J. L, Barnard had prepared preliminary diagnoses of four new species of Synchelidium which had been in process at his death. He had distributed this to SCAMIT in the hopes that someone in our area would be willing to devote time to the problem as he was consumed with other more pressing projects. One of the four species had been separately described as Synchelidium micropleon (Barnard 1977), leaving three undescribed forms from our area. It was with the intent of relating these preliminary descriptions of Barnard to the new taxa introduced by Bousfield and Chevrier that I began to examine the revision. A problem immediately became apparent with the new genus Americhelidium . This genus, erected to contain all the existing described species of 1 Synchelidium" in the eastern north Pacific as well as several new species, was established with Synchelidium spinipes Mills, 1962 as type (pg. 122). Unfortunately there is no "Synchelidium spinipes Mills 1962"; Mills erected Monoculodes spinipes in his 1962 paper (Mills 1962 - pg. 12- 14, fig. 3). The characters of this species as established in the original description are widely divergent from those of the genus Synchelidium , and it has never before referred to in the binomen "Synchelidium spinipes". I assume this is an unfortunate lapsus, with Synchelidium shoemakeri Mills, 1962 as the intended type. This assumption is based on the statement in the abstract that A . shoemakeri is the type species. and the inclusion (evidently as an afterthought, as it is not italicized like the other included species) of S . shoemakeri as the last entry under Species for the new genus. Under the ICZN rules this designation would best be described as "misidentified type species" under Article 70b, This requires that the case be referred to the Commission for a decision as to which species should be designated as the type; that originally designated in error, or another species selected by the Commission in the best interests of stability in nomenclature. Dr. Bousfield (in litt.) disagrees, maintaining that the designation of spinipes is such a clear lapsus, that it can be discounted. In that case he suggests that the indication of 5. shoemakeri as type of Americhelidium in the abstract is sufficient to fix it, and that a correction to the designation is all that is needed. I will attempt to contact the Commission to determine if his position is the correct one. In the mean time the question of how to deal with this genus is simplified by the fact that "Synchelidium” spinipes Mills, 1962 was [correctly as Monoculodes spinipes Mills, 1962] designated as the type of another newly erected genus Pacifoculodes (Bousfield and Chevrier, 1996, pg. 102). This designation, with page priority, renders Americhelidium Bousfield and Chevrier, 1996, a junior objective synonym of Pacifoculodes Bousfield and Chevrier, 1996 (following ICZN Rule 67k). In the following discussion I will continue to use Synchelidium as the valid name for this group (pending Commission review). Although Eochelidium is a northwest Pacific endemic genus we have a species of it in southern California. We assume this species is an introduction, and not a relict, mainly because of it’s rapid appearance in a harbor environment in an area which had been monitored for years. A voucher sheet is in preparation for this species, Eochelidium sp A. 6 October, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol, 15, No, 6 According to Kathy Langan, the species of Synch el idium they find in San Francisco Bay is S . millsi. Seven of the nine species in the later genus potentially occur in southern California, although only S. micropleon (Barnard 1977) is listed as occurring here (Bousfield and Chevrier, 1996, Table III). Attempts to assign the three Barnard MS species of Synchelidium to the new species of Bousfield and Chevrier have not been successful. We potentially have seven species in our area: S. micropleon , S. sp A of Barnard MS, S. sp G of Barnard MS, S . sp E of Barnard MS, the new species mentioned below (to be SCAMIT sp A), S . shoemakeri as defined by Bousfield and Chevrier, and S. rectipalmum as defined by them. Recent samples at CSDLAC have yielded S. shoemakeri and S. rectipalmum (based on Bousfield and Chevrier characters) as well as a third species, which differs from all of the species mentioned above. It is characterized by a second pleonal epimeron with a posterioventral comer which bears a very small but sharp tooth, by a slightly oblique palm on Gl, by a G2 dactyl which is about 20% of the propod length, by lack of a posterior lobe on the basis of P7, and by an elongate propod of P3. A voucher sheet is in preparation, but is not yet completed. It is likely that southern California specimens identified in the past as S. rectipalmum would still be identified as such using the characters applied by Bousfield and Chevrier. In the case of S. shoemakeri , prior local identifications are suspect, and need confirmation using the suite of characters described and illustrated By Bousfield and Chevrier. It is likely that several species, including S. shoemakeri , have been lumped under that name in the past. The key to the genus provided by Bousfield and Chevrier (not just the north Pacific species as stated in the key caption) utilizes a number of characters, predominantly of the gnathopods and pereopods. The condition of the posterior distal margin of the second pleonal epimeron is also considered, as are a few mouthpart and uropod characters. There are two errors in the key which need correction: 1) the second half of couplet 2 should lead to couplet_4, not couplet and 2) in the first part of couplet 3 the final character deals with the 3rd mandibular palp segment, not the 2nd The first couplet provides characters to differentiate S. rectipalmum from the remaining species in the genus. Several of these seem problematical, and although perhaps valid for the authors, are not useful in my attempted application. The first statement serves as an example "Coxa 4 very broad, acutely produced behind" vs. "Coxa 4 regular, posterior angle little produced ( S . rectipalmumy . When illustrations of the species concerned are examined to interpret the key distinctions these become unclear, In most of the species there is a large roughly triangular projection on the posterio-distal corner of coxa 4, while that in S. rectipalmum is less prominent. There is, however, no dramatic difference, and a user of the key examining a single animal would be hard pressed to uniformly and accurately make this distinction. A further complication is the lack of an acute posterior expansion of the posterio-distal coxa 4 margin in S. latipalpum . The posterior margin of coxa 4 in this species is produced into a rounded lobe which differs from the triangular projection seen in the remaining taxa - including S. rectipalmum. The second character in this couplet "pereopod 6 antero-distal lobe deep, sharply rounded vs pereopod 6, antero-distal lobe shallowly rounded" is also problematic. Once again this is a coxal character, although the key reference is ambiguous as no location for the lobe is given. The distinction between deep and sharply rounded and shallowly rounded seems clear enough until one checks the condition, only to find that in S. shoemakeri the lobe is even smaller and shallower than in S. rectipalmum. This would lead to misclassification based on this character if used . 7 October, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter VoL 15, No. 6 There is no clear difference in this character between S . rectipalmum and either S . setosum or S. pectination based on the illustrated specimens while the character does seem to work for the remaining species. It seems inadvisable to use it at this point in the key, however, because of it's only partial applicability. The character of transverse vs oblique palm on gnathopod 1 is fairly straightforward, and seems to effectively separate S. rectipalmum from all the remaining species. The proportions of the dactyl and propod on gnathopod 2 also seem informative, with that of S . rectipalmum differing from all other species. In practice, however, the distinction between approximately 1/3 and about 1/4 can be difficult to apply, particularly with juvenile specimens. This character must be used in conjunction with others since there is little separation between the ratio in S, rectipalmum and that in some other species. The last character in the first couplet "maxilliped outer plate tall [reaching beyond l A palp segment 2] vs maxilliped outer plate short [not reaching beyond x h palp segment 2] is a very difficult criterion to apply if the illustrations of this condition provided are accurate. While the qualitative descriptors "tall" and 11 short 11 are well differentiated, in practice the difference often seems to be between 51% and 49% of the length of the palp - hardly a major or even a reliably perceived distinction. I would recommend that this character not be applied. In couplet 2 use of relative terms continues [these are, after all, nearly impossible to avoid] with a distinction between markedly oblique and slightly oblique propod palms. This character is actually the relative length of the front and hind margins of the propod. Where the hind margin is short relative to the anterior margin the palm is noticeably oblique. Where the hind margin is long the palm approaches transverse. This couplet attempts to continue the separation begun in the first couplet with the transverse palmed S. rectipalmum by separating those at the other end of the length spectrum [hind margin short] from the remaining species with a hind margin of intermediate length. Although a bit ambiguous, this character is probably applicable with a good degree of agreement by most observers. Reference to the illustrations provided for the species concerned should allow short vs. intermediate length margins to be reliably separated. The following character of the second epimeron is also qualitative but clear. "Hind comer acutely produced' 1 is well illustrated for die two species which show this character. The only ambiguity is with S . variabilum , where the description indicates the hind comer as acute and unproduced, and the illustration shows the second epimeron as slightly produced ventrally. This is very minor compared to the production of the posterioventral comer in S. millsi and S . shoemakeri , but reference to the illustration is necessary to avoid ambiguity. Despite its name, S. variabilum was not reported to vary in the condition of the second epimeron. The final character in couplet 2 is the relative setosity of the lower margin of the posterior lobe of coxa 5. While this seems to have potential as a discriminatory tool, it is ambiguous as applied in the key. The problem seems to be that there is a continuum of varying setosity, with "nearly bare" defining one end, and "variously setose" encompassing the remainder. Unfortunately "nearly bare" fits quite comfortably within "variously setose" which renders the character largely meaningless. The nature of the setation is represented on the figures, but in a way which is difficult to interpret. In all cases the anterior portion of the posterior lobe of coxa 5 is illustrated as overlain by the basis. The setae in this position on the coxa 5 lobe are delicately stippled in as "ghost" features underneath the basis. With careful inspection they can be located in the figures. In S. millsi and S. shoemakeri the "nearly bare " condition could be better rendered as "setae restricted to anterior portion of posterior lobe". In both species the ventral and posterior margins of the lobe lack setae, while the remaining species bear setae ventrally or in both 8 October, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 6 of these portions of the lobe. The alternate character states would then be "setae restricted to anterior portion of posterior lobe" and "posterior lobe with ventral setae throughout". Couplet 3 separates S. millsi from 5. shoemakeri based on three sets of characters: 1) length/height ratio of propod of G2; 2) setation of the anterior margin of the G1 basis; and 3) length of article 3 relative to article 2 of the mandibular palp. The first of these is, while tempting, probably not a character that can be reliably used by more than one observer. The difference between 6 to 1 and 7 to 1 may be useful with large suites of comparative material, but is useless with a single specimen - especially those as small as the typical synchelidiid. This translates to perception of 2- 3% difference in length vs. a constant width; an unrealistic expectation. I recommend that this criterion be dropped. Setation of the anterior margin of the G1 basis does, however, offer an unambiguous separation between these two species. I suggest modifying the wording of the key slightly to "basis with cluster of many anterior marginal setae" vs. "basis anterior margin with a few setae distally". The relative lengths of articles 2 and 3 of the mandibular palp is another case where the language used needs interpretation by reference to the illustrations. In the key the distinction is between article 3 more than or less than half the length of article 2. This suggests another 51-49% debacle but the two states are actually not that close as illustrated. In S . shoemakeri segment 3 is illustrated as just under x h the length of article 2, while in 5. millsi it is between 2/3 and 3/4 the length. This separation can easily and consistently be made by nearly all observers. I would suggest modifying the key to be more explicit here so that for 5. millsi "mandibular palp segment 3 long, nearly 3/4 the length of segment 2" and for S. shoemakeri "mandibular palp segment 3 half or less the length of segment 2". Interestingly, Bousfieid and Chevrier indicate that the condition applies to the female in the second half of the couplet without that restriction in the first half. While it is not usual for mouthparts to be sexually dimorphic, such dimorphism is indicated in the text for two of the species - S. rectipalmum and S. shoemakeri , and is listed as a character of the genus. In all Synchelidum article 3 is relatively longer in the male. We must then stipulate that this character applies only to the female, diminishing the usefulness of the distinction. Another character which might be added to the key was evident in the illustrations of the these two species; the spination of the outer rami of the third uropods. In S. millsi there are three spines laterally on the outer ramus, while the outer margin of the outer ramus of U3 is bare in 5. shoemakeri . This could be substituted for the invalid first character in the existing key. Couplet 4 begins with a character of the relative length of article 6 of P3, with the "long" state equal to twice as long as wide, and the "very short" state equal to 1.5 times as long as wide. While I might quarrel with the use of the term "very", this character is probably applicable without confusion. The second character set in the couplet is relative length of the propod of G2. Since the two states are overlapping (4-5 times width, and 5-6 times width) the character is of little use, and should be avoided, especially since 4-5x is termed "short" and 5-6x "relatively long". The relative lengths of articles 2 and 3 of the mandibular palp [in the female] discussed previously are used as the next set of states in couplet 4. They appear relatively simple to determine accurately. The last character used in this couplet, relative length of the outer plate of the maxilliped, is not of use in separating the species it purports to. Either the inner plate is intended, in which case the statement "...plate very short, barely reaching palp segment 2" in the second half of the couplet works; or it really is the outer plate and the statement "...plate medium; nearly reaching halfway point of palp segment 2" in the first half of the couplet works. The two are mutually exclusive. Examination of the available maxilliped illustrations shows that for all species 9 October, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 6 the inner plate either is shorter than or just barely reaches the base of palp article 2, and the outer plate reaches well beyond the base of article 2 - often beyond its midpoint. It is unclear both where the key error lies, and how any character states derived from these lengths could be used to separate these species. The first character of couplet 5 also is a repeat of an earlier usage in the key [in couplet 2]; shape of hind corner of epimeron 2. In this case it is not whether the corner is produced or not, but whether it is rounded or acute. This may prove difficult to see on the smallest specimens - requiring whole body mounting and examination under the compound microscope, but should be determinable with effort. The two states are sufficiently different that the distinction should be clear once a good view of the area is obtained. The second set of character states should be more easily determined. In S. micropleon U3 is short, not extending past midlength of the U2 rami. The other half of the couplet describes the more normal condition in which the U3 rami extend as far as the end of the U2 rami. The third set of character states also seems clear. Although telson broadly rounded vs sharply rounded do not sound that different, in practice the difference is clear. The last set of states is also clear; whether the blades of the mandibular raker row are slender or stout. A character of P7 begins couplet 6; the extent of the ventral lobe of article 2 of P7. The two states are well separated, and should pose no interpretive or cognitive problems. The second character set is also unequivocal, if harder to ascertain. Whether the spines at the distal end of the outer plate of maxilla 1 are pectinate or not should be clear, but will require careful examination under high power after removal of the maxilla. An additional character which might be substituted in lieu of mouthpart dissection is the setation of article 3 of the mandibular palp - which can be viewed in situ without dissection. In S, pectinatum article 3 is quite setose medially, while in 5. variabilum there are no medial setae on the segment, which bears only a terminal seta. Couplet 7 begins as did couplet 6, with the extent of the ventral lobe of the basis of P7. Again there should be no difficulty in application of this character. The second set of character states are of more potential difficulty. In the first half of the couplet species have the inner ramus of U3 with 1-2 marginal spines, while the alternate state is U3 inner ramus with 3-6 marginal spines. There is no apparent overlap in characters, but there is also no separation between the end of one state and the beginning of the next: a worrisome situation. Both species in couplet 8 are from outside our area, and so the couplet need not concern us. In couplet 9 the first character set seems easily applied; coxa 1 lower margin densely or "regularly" setose ventrally. The meaning of the terms densely and regularly is defined in terms of setal number, so they are not equivocal. The two states seem well separated, and the character easily and reliably determinable. The second character set reverts to consideration of uropod ramal spine count, in this case on U2. The difference in inner ramus spine count - 3 to 4 vs. 6 seems reasonably separable, but the invariate 6 may mean that there have not been enough observations of the species to properly define the expected range. The last character set seems quite clear: carpal lobe very narrow or relatively broad. Reference to the illustrations shows that it should be easily interpreted and useful. The above comments should not be construed as criticism of the contributions of Bousfield and Chevrier. The y successfully introduced several new characters, clarified the variability of others, and generally contributed to our knowledge of this difficult group, That the solutions are not entirely perfect should only spur us on to further refinement. Hopefully a revised key to local Synchelidium species (including the new provisional), and voucher sheets for both the new Synchelidium sp A of SCAMIT, and for Eochelidium sp A of SCAMIT (the former "Synchelidium sp A" mentioned in the Newsletter) will be ready for inclusion in the next 10 October, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 6 newsletter. Since my view of things is not the only possible view the editor would appreciate hearing from other members as to their further experiences in use of the Bousfieid and Chevrier revision. Findings contrary to those mentioned above should be made known to the membership, so please send them in! Polydora TABLE Attached to this newsletter is the new Polydora table(s). The original SCAMIT table, which appeared in volume 13 (7) of the newsletter and was based on work done by Leslie Harris, has been revised and separated due to Blake’s (1996) recent revision of the genus. Besides separating the species into two tables Polydora and Dipolydora, the species have been grouped by similar characteristics (rather than just alphabetically). Also, many blanks and question marks have now been filled in. This will, hopefully, make the table easier and quicker to use. Also, attached is a list of the bibliography that was used to revise the table. ISOPOD CONFERENCE First notice of the Second International Isopod Conference and Workshop has been sent out. The gathering is intended to honor the life and work of the late T. E. Bowman. It will be held next year 18-21 May, just before the Crustacean Society Summer Meeting in Mobile, Alabama. The Isopod Conference will be held at the Dauphin Island Sea Lab, Dauphin Island, Alabama. For additional information please see the attachment. BIBLIOGRAPHY BARNARD, J. LAURENS, Gordan S, Karaman, 1991. The Families and genera of marine gammaridean Amphipoda (except marine gammaroids). Part 2. Supplement 13: Records of the Australian Museum. BLAKE, JAMES A., Brigitte Hilbig, Paul H. (eds ). Scott. 1996. Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara Channel. Volume 6- The Annelida Part 3. Polychaeta: Orbiniidae to Cossuridae. 377pp. Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History: Santa Barbara, Ca. BOUSFIELD, EDWARD L., and Andrde Chevrier. 1996. The amphipod family Oedicerotidae on the Pacific coast of North America. Part 1. The Monoculodes and Synchelidium generic complexes: systematics and distributional ecology. Amphipacifica 2(2):75- 148. CACHIA, C., C. Mifsud, P. M. Sammut. 1996. The marine Mollusca of the Maltese Islands. Part 13: Neotaenioglossa. 228pp. Naturama: Italy. CAMPOS, E. 1996. Partial revision of the genus Fabia Dana, 1851 (Crustacea: Brachyura; Pinnotheridae. Journal of Natural History 30(8): 1157-1178. CHI A, FU-SHIANG, Glenys Gibson, and Pei-Yuan Qian. 1996. Poecilogony as a reproductive strategy of marine invertebrates. Oceanologica Acta 19(3^4):203-208. PERSON, S., L. R. Ginzburg, and R. A. Goldstein. 1996. Inferring ecological risk from toxicity bioassays. Water Air and Soil Pollution 90(l-2):71-82. GIRAY, CEM, and Gary M. King, 1996. Protogiossus graveolens . a new hemichordate (Hemichordata: Enteropneusta: Harrimanidae) from the northwest Atlantic. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 109(3);430-445. 11 October, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter VoL 15, No. 6 GOSLINER, TERRENCE M., and David W. Behrens. 1996. Two new species of nudibranch mollusks from the Gulf of the Farallones and Cordell Bank National Marine Sanctuaries, central California. Veliger 39(4): 348-3 53. JENSEN, KATHE R. 1996. Phylogenetic systematics and classification of the Sacoglossa (Mollusca, Gastropoda, Opisthobranchia). Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London Series B - Biological Sciences 351(1335):91-122. MCLAUGHLIN, PATSY A., and Janet Haig. 1973. On the status of Pa gurus mertensii Brandt, with descriptions of a new genus and two new species from California (Crustacea: Decapoda: Paguridae). Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences 72(3): 113-136. MCLAUGHLIN, PATSY A., and Gregory C. Jensen. 1996. A new species of hermit crab of the genus Parapagurodes (Decapoda: Anomura: Paguridae) from the Eastern Pacific, with a description of its first zoeal stage. Journal of Natural History 30(6):841-854. MILLS, ERIC L. 1962. Amphipod crustaceans of the Pacifc coast of Canada. II. Family Oedicerotidae. Natural History Papers, National Museum of Canada 15:1-21. OTWAY, N. M., D. J. Sullings, and N. W. Lenehan. 1996. Trophically-based assessment of the impacts of deepwater sewage disposal on a demersal fish community. Environmental Biology of Fishes 46(2): 167-183. SIGVALDADoTTIR, ELIN. 1995. Systematics of Spionidae and Prionosnio (Polychaeta). Stockholms Universitet: Stockholm, Sweden. 32pp. [+22pp., 4- 16pp., + 9pp., + lOpp., -4 24pp.J STIMPSON, WILLIAM. 1853. Synopsis of the marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan: or the region about the mouth of the Bay of Fundy, New Brunswick. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge 6(5): 1-66. SCAMIT OFFICERS: If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel free to contact any of the officers. fcmaiLafltass President Ron Velarde (619)692-4903 rgv@sddpc.sannet.gov Vice-President Don Cadien (310)830-2400 ext. 403 mbIcsdla@netcom.com Secretary Cheryl Brantley (310)830-2400 ext, 403 mblcsdla@netcom.com Treasurer ■ Ann Dalkey (310)648-5544 cam@san.ci.laca.us Back issues of the newsletter are available. Prices are as follows: Volumes 1-4 (compilation).$ 30.00 Volumes 5-7 (compilation).$ 15.00 Volumes 8-13 .$ 20.00/vol. Single back issues are also available at cost. 12 NATURAL HISTORY MUSEUM of Los Angeles County 900 Exposition Boulevard Los Angeles, California 90007 Research Seminar Series Fall 1996 Thursday 26 September 1996. The Abduction of Cladistics. Kirk Fitzhugh, LACM. Thursday 10 October 1996. Evolution of Biodiversity: Patterns from Butterfly-Ant Symbioses. Phil DeVries, University of Oregon. Thursday 24 October 1996. The Crustacean Biodiversity Survey: a Potential Model for Posting Biodiversity Information on the World Wide Web. Jody Martin, LACM. Thursday 14 November 1996. The Ordovician Radiation. Mary Droser, UC Riverside. Thursday 12 December 1996. The Los Angeles Feral Parrot Survey. Kimball Garrett, LACM. Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County, Times Mirror Room Seminars begin at 3:00PM, coffee and refreshments at 2:30PM For more information contact Dr. Brian Brown (213) 744-3363 All welcome! George C. Page Museum, Hancock Park, 580/ Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles, California 90036, (213) 857-637/ William S. Hart Museum, Hart Park , 24157 San Fernando RoadNewball, California 9 1327 , (£<75 J 254-4584 October, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 6 NORTHEAST-PACIFIC SPECIES IN THE OEDICEROTU) REVISION OF BOUSFIED & CHEVRIER 1996 Family Oedicerotidae Genus Monoculodes Stimpson 1853 (s.s.) latimanus (Goes 1866) - Sea of Japan to So. British Columbia, No. Atlantic emarginatus J. L. Barnard 1962 - Washington/Oregon to So./Baja California perditus J. L. Barnard 1966 - No.British Columbia to So./Baja California latissimanus Stephensen 1931- Washington/Oregon to So./B^ja California brevirostris Bousfleld & Chevrier 1996 - So. British Columbia diamesus Gurjanova 1936 - Sea of Okhotsk to So. British Columbia diversisexus J. L. Barnard 1967 - So./Baja California glyconicus J. L. Barnard 1962 - So./Baja California necopinus J, L. Barnard 1962 - So./Baja California recandesco J. L. Barnard 1967 - Washington/Oregon to So./Baja California sudor J. L. Barnard 1967 - So./Baja California Genus Rostroculodes Bousfield & Chevrier 1996 longirostris (Goes 1865) - [Bering Sea to SE Alaska] new record, Juneau - dbe Genus Hartmanodes Bousfield & Chevrier 1996 hartmanae (J. L. Barnard 1962) - So./Baja California murrius (J. L. Barnard 1962) - So./Baja California Genus Deflexilodes Bousfield & Chevrier 1996 norvegicus (Boeck 1871) - North Atlantic, So./Baja California tuberculatus (Boeck 1871) - SE Alaska, So./Baja California similis Bousfield & Chevrier 1996 - Bering Sea to So. British Columbia enigmaticus Bousfield & Chevrier 1996 - SE Alaska to So. British Columbia Genus Pacifoculodes Bousfield & Chevrier 1996 spinipes (Mills 1962) - No. British Columbia to ?No. California zernovi (Gurjanova 1938) - Sea of Japan to So. British Columbia levingsi Bousfield & Chevrier 1996 - No. British Columbia barnardi Bousfield & Chevrier 1996 - So./Baja California bruneli Bousfield & Chevrier 1996 - ?Bering Sea to SE Alaska Genus Eochelidium Bousfield & Chevrier 1996 sp A SCAMIT 1996 - introduced to Los Angeles-Long Beach Harbors [from Sea of Japan?] [Genus Americhelidium Bousfield & Chevrier 1996] - new name required rectipalmum (Mills 1962) - Bering Sea to No. California micropleon (J. L. Barnard 1977) - So./Baja California millsi Bousfield & Chevrier 1996 - So. British Columbia to Washington/Oregon pectinatum Bousfield & Chevrier 1996 - So. British Columbia to No. California variabilum Bousfield & Chevrier 1996 - No. British Columbia to Washington/Oregon setosum Bousfield & Chevrier 1996 - SE Alaska to No. British Columbia shoemakeri (Mills 1962) - Bering Sea to Washington/Oregon Genus Finoculodes J. L. Barnard 1971 omnifera J. L. Barnard 1971 - Washington/Oregon October, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 6 REGIONAL OEDICEROTID SPECIES NOT TREATED IN BOUSHED & CHEVRIER 1996 Genus Aceroides Sars 1895 callida J. L. Barnard 1967 - So./Baja California edax J. L. Barnard 1967 - So./ Baja California latipes (Sars 1882) - No. Atlantic, arctic and boreal Eastern Pacific sp A MBC, 1984§ - Santa Maria Basin, central California Genus Arrhis Stebbing 1906 luthkei Gurjanova 1936 - Boreal W. Pacific - SE Alaska Genus Bathymedon Sars 1895 caino J. L. Barnard 1967 - So./ Baja California candidus J. L. Barnard 1961 - So J Baja California, Macassar Straits covilhani J. L. Barnard 1961 - SE Alaska to Gulf of Panama flebilis J. L. Barnard 1967 - Oregon to So./Baja California kassites J. L. Barnard 1966 - So./ Baja California nepos J. L. Barnard 1967 - So./ Baja California pumilus J. L. Barnard 1962 - So./ Baja California roquedo J. L. Barnard 1962 - So./ Baja California sp A J. L. Barnard 1971 - Oregon to So./Baja California vulpeculus J. L. Barnard 1971 - Oregon to So./Baja California Genus Oediceroides Stebbing 1888 abyssorum (Shoemaker 1925) - So./ Baja California morosa (J. L, Barnard 1966) - So./ Baja California trepadora (J. L. Barnard 1961) - So./ Baja California to Gulf of Panama Genus Oediceropsis Liijeborg 1865 elsula J. L. Barnard 1966 - So./ Baja California Genus Westwoodilla Bate 1857 caecula (Bate 1857) - circumboreal, SE Alaska to So/Baja California October, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 6 KEY TO GENERA IN Monoculodes s. I FROM THE E. PACIFIC SOUTH OF ALASKA modified from that in Bousfield and Chevrier 1996 1. Gnathopod 1 carpus anterior (dorsal) margin not wider than posterior (ventral) lobe; rostrum strongly deflexed at or near a 90° angle . Hartmanodes Gnathopod 1 carpus anterior (dorsal) margin wider than posterior (ventral) lobe; rostrum either straight, slightly deflexed, or moderately deflexed (to no more than 45° angle) .... 2 2 Basis of pereopod 7 with posteroventral lobe extending beyond end of ischium; ventral (posterior) lobe of G1 carpus extending the length of propod hind margin . . Pacifoculodes Basis of pereopod 7 lacking posteroventral lobe; ventral (posterior) lobe of G1 carpus shorter than hind margin of propod.3 3- G1 propod posterior margin concave and distally deflexed; rostrum deflexed slightly to moderately; ventral (posterior) lobe of G2 carpus shorter than hind margin of propod . Deflexilodes G1 propod posterior margin convex or straight, and not distally deflexed; rostrum straight or nearly so; ventral (posterior) lobe of G2 carpus as long as hind margin of propod . . . ...’.Monoculodes s. s. SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15(6) TABLES OF DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS FOR Polydora AND Dipolydora OF CALIFORNIA The original Polydora table, that was created by Leslie Harris and later re-typed and printed in the SCAMIT Newsletter has been revised, based on Blake 1996, and split into two separate tables due to his generic revision. Also, other literature sources were consulted and some information missing from the original table has now been included. The list of species is now arranged or grouped based on similar characteristics, rather than alphabetically. This is very similar to the way Blake (1996) groups the species. A list of bibliography that was specifically consulted has been included with these tables. DIPOLYDORA OF CALIFORNIA (has^d on Blake 1996) October 1996 Species Prostomium shape Eyes Median antenna (+/■) Caruncle extends to Branchiae begin, end Pygidium shape Pigmentation Other Characters Habitat bifur cat a V7 0 - setiger 5 S 4 subequal lobes none Borer of coralline algae; (Blake 198)) with bacillary glands No. Calif 1 , intertidal giardi (Mcanil, t*9ti) 07 0 - anterior margin of 3 or mid of 4th (8-10) through 25lh absent from posterior constricted cottar (cEak) Small caff; Open none Coralline, zones; boring in calcareous growth; cardalia (Berkeley, 1927) m 4 - end of 5; anterior of 6 8(7-9) to near end variable; disk w/ notch, 3-lobcd 4-lobed dark brown, small transverse bands cm some anterior segments Itolopodiai po si fetal lamellae of setiger 1 Large, leaf-tike British Columbia; Western Pacific sodaUs (syn- neocardalia ) (Schnwda 1861) S7 4-6 sometimes absent 4-9 S-oearend (7-9 rare) flaring disk w/dorsal notch; may have shallow lateral notches or 1 dorsal lobes dorsal pigment spots. sometime] dark patches on pygidium, posterior of prostomium, anterior-body nolopodiai postsetal lame lb of setiger 1 cirriform Mud and silt. Lagoons intertidal - 400m bidentata (syn= cottvexa ) (Zachs, 1933) m 0-4 - posterior margin of 4 S through anterior 1/3 4-lobed, dorsal pair smaller than ventral occasionally darker on anterior Hermit crab shells; shells rock scrapping*; soft akaina Blake 1996 P7 0 - end of setter 4 7-20 4 subcqiul lobes tight tan Deep water rocky ouicrops; off central Calif-; 75 -16*m armata (Langcrhafl* 1880) m 0 - posterior margin of 2nd 7-12 narrow collar or cuff. incised rrud-doisatty white - light tan Intertidal coralline or calcareous growths caulleryi (syn^ brodtycephala ) (Meanil, 1*96) 0-4 - 3-4 7-15/20 from end 4 subequal fleshy lobe! none Intertidal m httoral iritis and clayey mud quadrilohata (Jacobi 1**3) n 4 In a line * anterior margin 3 7 through 2/3'a bod) 1 4-lobed none U-shaped tubes in mud, subtidsl commensalis small/ rounded 0-4 7 absent 6-fie.tr end constricted, surrounded none notosclae Hermit crab sheHa; mud (Andrew# 1*91) faintly bilobed by 4-14 short papillae very king on set t-4 flats elegantissima (Blake &\Voodwick, 1972) C7 0 - 3 ot 4; continuing as low nuchal ridge for 3 (MO add. se tigers S(7)-nesr end 4 nearly egual lobes tight tan; palps dark along margins of ventral groov es noto podia! postsetal lamellae well developed on se tigers 2-4 Hermit crab shells; 7Wa intertidal to 20 m Page I DIPOLYDOM OF CALIFORNIA (continued) October 1996 Species Spine type setae, set 5 Companion, selae (+/-) and type Superior / inferior setae (+/-) Neuropodia! hooks begin Posterior notopodial spine type bifurcata (Blake 1981) falcate w/ large loolh on curved edge and strut! spur on convex side + bristkd companion setae +/+ 7 3-4 thick curved 9 pints giardi fMdjia, 1896) falcate iv/ accessory tooth + +/+ 7 tidifie cardalia (Berkeley, 1927) 12+ falcate vf/ a. west rtibterrniiud boss + ?/+ 8<7) nccdlc-like capillaries SOCialh (syn- neocardalla ) (Schmard* 1861) 3-7 generally straight w/ lubleffliinal bow (falcate iff sutxliatal cavity) + +f+ T none biden tat a (syn= cornea) (Zacri*. 1933) falcate w i broad collar on convex side + +/+ 7 unideotate in posterior specialized pockets of fine needle* in notosetse akaina Stake 1996 simple wt slightly bent tips and shaJlosv notch; tips covered with fine bristles +fl- 7 6 spines in cone-shaped bundle armata (Laflftntmit 1880) 2-4 io a side, bidentate dotaHy curved bold tnuisvtree flange * +/+ 7 (1-16) post £-12 w/ con cl ike fascicle of adculaf tfpmcs CatiUeryi (syn* brachyecpiwla) (Mcmitt, 1896) 10-12 dislall y curved, brush-lopped 4- +/+ 7 Luge, straight formed Into a roseflo quadrilobata (Jacobi 1883) 5-7 [totally bifid w( bristly hifi in concavity - +/+ Dose, m2 n « * 3 7-nearend large, flaring disk, mid-dorsal gap none Porms mud tubes; surface fouling, may be commensal on oysters nucha (is Wood wick 1953 4 + posterior margin of 2 7-near end broadly flaring disk* wide open dorsal notch translucent yellow W dusky sheen lagoons; intertidal; may occur in dense assemblages species A may be cirrosa n * . incised behind raised area between eyes as a false caruncle setiger 3 7 - near end flaring disk open dorsally w/papillae adults: none; juvs.:black spots between neuro/noto lobes or paired dorsal-lateral spots between lobes, block papillae and pigment on pygidial rim Oceanside, Solaua Reach 7-16 n brevipatpa Z*As 1933 n 4 middle of set. 3/4 7 - long disc-like w/ dorsal notch pnlps with distinct block bands Common in calcareous habitats; intertidal linticola Annenkovs 1934 slight incision 4 - nuchal ridge to 2-4 1-1 disc-like w/ dorsal notch pale w/ black diffusions; palp! &, segments 2-4 w/ black bars lateral edges of prost. dark Intertidal irt Mytilus beds; forming large masses on rocks pygidial is Disks & Wood wick 1972 n 0-4 - posterior margin 2 1 through 2/3's of body broad terminal end, strongly scoop-shaped open dorsally light tan; anterior end slightly ditsky Hermit crub shells; piling material rickettst (Woodwick 1961) n 0 ' anterior margin to Slh 7 disklike w/dorsal notch brown along edges of prostomium and posterior body Spirobmnchtts lube; gastropod shells Cape San Lucas; Chile websteri 1 tinman 1943 n 4 - middle to end of 3rd 7 to posterior 15-16 segments flaring dist-like w/dorsat notch pulps w/ hi tick line along margins, ciliated grooves Burrows in dam A oyster shells; intertidal and in lagoons; common in central Calif. Sp, of 13take 1996 r\ 0 - setiger 4 w/ lateral cilia 7 black pigmented areas on palps; laterally on anterior setigers and border of caruncle calcareous structures 3G-60m Poire 1 POLYDORA OF CALIFORNIA (continued) Spine type Companion Superior / inferior Men ro pod ini Posterior setae,set 5 setae (+/-) and type setae (+/-) hooks begin notopodia! spine type cirrosa falcate w/ subdistal + 7 Rioja, 1943 concavity plumose (see Blake 1983) cornuta weakly falcate w/ + -/■ 7 Bote, mi small secondary tooth nuchalis 8-10 thick falcate + 7 Wood wick 1953 spine. bristled, plumose species A falcate, subdistal + 4- 7 nuybflrirmtt flange Or boss, flaring brevipatpa Vtf lateral llnnge + -/+ (En<)ii5hevsfc5'1993) '!/- (Imajinu & Sato 1984) 7 limicola thick fabate spines wi accessory tooth +/+ 7 pygidialis Blake & Wood wick 19 72 falcate w/ large lateral accessory tooth + pentioned +/+ 7 rickettsi (Woodwick 1961) falcate v/f sharply curved accessory tooth wflatcrdl flange, 5lh overlapping 6 & 7th + +/+ (see ‘Wcocwick 1963) (4-5) websteri Hartman 1943 falcate w/ lateral flange in subdistal concavity, 7-9 + +1+ (see Woodwick 1961) 7(8) Sp. ofDUko 1996 falcate v/f accessory tooth oc fhwgc + +/+ 7 Page 2 POLYDORA OF CALIFORNIA (based on Blake 1996) October 1996 Species Prostomium shape Eyes Median antenna (+/-) Caruncle extends to Branchiae begin, end Pygidium shape Pigmentation Other Characters Habitat bioccipitaUs Blake & Wood wick, t972 (V 4 2 posterior 7-near end margin of 2nd (set. 5-Blake 1996) thickened disk w/dorsal gap none Hermit crab shells heterochaeta Rioja 1939 entire 4 - end of 2 7-16 cuff-like w/ bacillary glands paired bars on dorsum of 3^1; midorsal tandem spots 7-11 Silty sand narlca Light, 1969 alight notch 0 - anterior of 5 7- 25t1i from end broad disk; middorsal notch pigment along either side of prostomial ridge; barred palpi w/dark bases; segs 1-4 barred Commensal w/ ampharetids; Monterey Bay only, 30-60 m spongicoJa Berkeley & Berkeley 19S0 A may be weakly incised 4 - 2-5 7-8 to 1 Oth from end narrow collar, slight middorsal notch none Commensal w/ sponges intertidal to slope depths tn mixed sediments attoporis Light, 1976 n "roll of tissue" 2 4/5 7-pygJdium widely flaring disc deep dorsal cleft many small post papillae, silver disc color median and post segments in AUopora California i Page 3 POLYDO/IA OF CALIFORNIA (eontmued) October Specie* Spine type setae, set 5 Companion, setae (+/-) and type Superior / inferior setae (+/-) Neuropodial hooks begin Posterior notopodial spine type bioccipilalis DiaVo & Woc^wiek, V972 falcate w/ 3 accessory structures (2 teeth and a curved fang) -/+? (tc* Blake and WoodwicV •'T2) 9(10-14) 0-9) - heterochaeia 3 types; gianf single falcate with groove, single pointed spine v/t sub terminal inflated portion, 2-3 falcate vr/ large access, tooth + +/+ 9(7?) ““ ttarica falcate w/ lateral accessory \s*Ah and Mange on con cave side + -H+ 7 - spongicofa B«iiclcy & Berkeley 1950 4 very thick falcate, w/ broad subtcmiitia] collar on concave side Slh overlapping 6&7tli +/+ (6-7) none attoporis 6-7(8) distally falcate. + -ty+ 7 light, mo subdistal concavity bordered by collar and flange laterally and ventrally lancellate to spitiey clubs (2-3) SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15 (6) BIBLIOGRAPHY LIST FOR Polydora AND Dipolydora TABLES BLAKE, JAMES A. 1971. Revision of the genus Polydora from the east coast of Northe America (Polychaeta, Spionidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 75:1-32. —. 1979. Revision of Some Polydorids (Polychaeta: Spionidae) Described and Recorded from British Columbia by Edith and Cyril Berkeley. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 92(3):606-617. —. 1981a. Polvdora and Boccardia species (Polychaeta: Spionidae) from western Mexico, chiefly from calcareous habitats. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 93(4):947- 962. —. 1981b. A new coralline boring species of Polydora (Polychaeta: Spionidae) from northern California. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences 80:32-35. —. 1983. Polychaetes of the family Spionidae from South America, Antarctica and adjacent seas and islands. Biology of Antarctic Seas XIV. Antarctic Research Series 39:205-288. —. 1996. Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara Channel. Volume 6- The Annelida Part 3. Polychaeta: Orbiniidae to Cossuridae. 377pp. BLAKE, JAMES A., and Keith H. Woodwick. 1972. New Species of Polvdora (Polychaeta: Spionidae) from the Coast of California. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences 70(2):72- 79. IMAJIMA, M. and W. SATO; 1984. A new species of Polydora (Polychaeta, Spionidae) collected from Abashiri Bay, Hokkaido. Bulletin of the National Science Museum, series A (Zoology), 10:57-62. LIGHT, WILLIAM J. 1969. Polydora narica . New Species, and Pseudopolvdora kempi californioa, New subspecies. Two New Spionids (Annelida: Polychaeta) from Central California. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences XXXVI(18):531- 550. —. 1978. Invertebrates of the San Francisco Bay Estuary System. Spionidae. (Polychaeta, Annelida). The Boxwood Press. Pacific Grove, California. 211pp. RAD ASHE VSKY, V. I. 1993. Revision of the genus Polydora and related genera from the northwest Pacific Polychaeta: Spionidae). Publications of the Seto Marine Biological Laboratory 36(1/2): 1-60. WOODWICK, KEITH H. 1961. Polydora rickettsi . a New Species of Spionid Polychaete from Lower California. Pacific Science 15:78-81. SECOND INTERNATIONAL ISOPOD CONFERENCE AND WORKSHOP Honoring the Life and Work of Thomas E. Bowman Organizers: Rick Brusca, Bob George, Brian Kensley FIRST NOTICE WHEN: 18-21 May 1997 Immediately preceding the Summer Meeting of the Crustacean Society in Mobile, Alabama WHERE: Dauphin Island Sea Lab, Dauphin Island, Alabama, USA REGISTRATION FEE: $190 {single room plus meals) $150 (double room plus meals) LODGING: Single or Double Dormitory-style rooms at Dauphin Island Lab. Participants may also arrange their own accomodations at any of the four modestly-priced motels on Dauphin Island: Gulf Breeze Motel: 1510 Cadillac Ave* (334) 861-7344 (334) 861-6616 Bayside Motel and Apartments: 510 Lemoyne Dr. (334) 861-4994 Harbor Lights Inn: 1506 Cadillac Ave. (334) 861-5534 Sand Castle Beach Front Condominiums: 50 Forney Johnston St. (334) 861-6691 MEALS: All meals and coffee-breaks are included in the Registra¬ tion Fee, and will be served at the lab. There are three cafes on the island, so dining out is possible. SCHEDULE: 18 May Participants arrive at Mobile airport. Shuttle van to Dauphin Is. Sea Lab. Evening reception at local restaurant. 19 May Morning and afternoon, papers and discussion. 20 May Morning and afternoon, papers and discussions. Evening banquet. 21 May Morning, papers and discussion. Afternoon, depart for Mobile. 21-24 May Summer Meeting of the Crustacean Society, Mobile, Alabama POSSIBLE TOPICS: Isopod Biodiversity and Biogeography. Isopod phylogeny. Isopod databases, keys. TRANSPORT: A shuttle bus will be provided to carry participants from the Mobile airport to Dauphin Island, a 45 minute drive. Plan your arrival in Mobile for no later than 5:00 p.m. on May 18th. Inform Brian Kensley of your flight and time of arrival, so that you can be met at the airport. 1 REGISTRATION FORM If you plan to attend the Second International Isopod Workshop and Conference at Dauphin Island, Alabama, please complete this form and return it to Brian Kensley, NHB-163, Smithsonian Insti¬ tution, Washington, D.C. 20560 {Phone (202) 357-4666, Fax (202) 357-3043, E-Mail MNHIV019@SIVM.SI.EDU 1. Name {as you wish it to appear on your lapel badge). Postal Address: Telephone No. Fax No. E-Mail Address: 2. I wish to reserve SINGLE DOUBLE accomodation at the Dauphin Island Sea Lab (circle one). or [] I will arrange my own accomodation on Dauphin Island. 3. Enclosed is a CHECK MONEY ORDER BANK ORDER for $190/$150 US, for the Registration Fee (circle one). 4. I plan to present a PAPER and/or a POSTER (circle one or both). 5. Title of my paper:_ (Send a one-page Abstract to Brian Kensley no later than 31 March 1997. The Abstract page should have a one-inch margin all round, for easy copying.) 6. One T-shirt is included in the registration fee; additional T- shirts will be sold at minimum cost. T-shirt size: SMALL MEDIUM LARGE X-LARGE (circle one or more). 2 November, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No.7 NEXT MEETING: Recent Developments in Phyllodocid Taxonomy GUEST SPEAKER: DATE: Dr. Fred Pleijel, Swedish Museum of Natural History, Stockholm Tuesday, 14 January 1997 TIME: 9:30am to 3:30pm LOCATION: Worm Lab, Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County, 900 Exposition Blvd., Los Angeles Thysanozoon californicum from Hyman 1953 JANUARY MEETING We are taking a Holiday this December, there will not be a regular meeting during the month. The Christmas Party will serve as our gathering for December. Our next meeting will take place in January, where Dr. Fred Pleijel of the Swedish Museum of Natural History will be our guest speaker. He will be presenting and discussing recent results of his work on Phyllodocidae. His visit is scheduled to coincide with sampling efforts of several local groups, and he may have some live worms for us to examine during the meeting. As usual, come prepared with both questions and specimens. FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED, IN PART, BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION, CHEVRON USA, AND TEXACO INC. SCAMIT Newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for formal taxonomic purposes . November, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 7 VISITING TAXONOMISTS Over the next few months several visiting taxonomists will be in the southern California area to meet with various SCAMIT members and use the collections at LACMNH. SCAMIT plans to try to arrange our meetings around their schedules to allow them to participate as guest speakers, November- Dr, Isao Hayashi will be visiting with SCAMIT members Larry Lovell and Leslie Harris and working on hesionids and paraonids. Unfortunately, his arrival is after the November meeting so Larry and Leslie will have to update us on his work at a future meeting. January- Dr. Fredrik Pleijel from the Swedish Museum on Natural History in Stockholm will be here. One of his aims during the visit is collection of living hesionid and phyllodocid polychaetes from our area. He will be updating members with his recent work on Phyllodocidae. February- Derek Ellis recently retired from the Biology department at the University of Victoria will be visiting southern Calif. The topic of discussion will be taxonomic intercalibration. NEW LITERATURE Andrew Mackie's dissertation on the taxonomy and phylogeny of spioniform polychaetes has been published. A copy of the abstract has been included with this newsletter. Several of the papers included as part of his thesis also appear in Elin Sigvaldaddttir’s thesis (they were co¬ authors) . Most of the papers have already been published in other journals so several members may have reprints. Dr. Geoff Read recently posted on Annelida a message from Dr. Wilfried Westheide regarding the second revised edition of Gesa Hartmann- Schroeder’s Annelida. Borstenwuermer, Polychaeta in Die Tierwelt Deutschlands und der angrenzenden Meeresteile. It is now available and includes a description of 558 species, including the archiannelids. New information on the ecology and biology of the German polychaete fauna has been added, along with new and improved illustrations. Because of the range extensions of these polychaetes beyond Germany's boundaries information concerning Arctic, North Atlantic, and North Pacific regions and other parts of the world has also been included. The price of the book is $298 DM, It may be ordered from: Gustav Fischer Verlag P.O.B. 100537 D-077705 Jena, Germany fax: ++49-3641-626500 The publisher accepts American Express, MasterCard/Eurocard, and Visa credit cards. Comments on species recognition in the isopod genus Synidotea were provided by Poore (1996). He is at odds with Chapman and Carlton (1994), finding their synonymies within the genus not in accordance with his interpretations. They felt that many previously described species from various parts of the world were really one wide ranging species introduced by man into much of the world ocean. Poore disagrees, finding morphological evidence of endemism and suggesting the removal of several species from synonymy. He provides a listing of the species in the genus worldwide at the end of his paper. A further shot in the ongoing war over the proper cladistic analysis of the isopods has been fired by Wilson (1996). The controversy began at the First International Crustacea Conference in Australia in 1990. At that event competing phylogenies were proposed by Wagele and Sieg, and by Brusca and Wilson (Brusca & Wilson, 1991) which diverged broadly in their basic premises. The two sides have hotly debated the main points (methodological approaches in particular) in the intervening years (Haszprunar 1992; Lorenzen 1993; Lorenzen and Sieg 1991; Meier and Whiting 1992; Pleijel et al 1992; 2 November, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter VoL 15, No. 7 Wagele 1994, 1995; Wagele and Stanjek 1995). It is highly probable that neither side will ever concede the field, so we can expect a continuation of disagreement in future publications. Since the issues raised are rather fundamental to cladistic analysis, this debate is pertinent for all of us. The most recent (November 1996) issue of the Journal of Crustacean Biology had a number of interesting articles, but only one dealt with animals which occur in the SCAMIT coverage area. Dumbauld et al (1996) reviewed the biology of two local thalassinid shrimp, Neotrypaea californiensis and Upogebia pugettensis, providing much new data on growth, reproduction, and general ecology. A "new" older literature item has just come in as well. Prudhoe (1985) gives a complete review and revision of the polyclad flatworms - only a year after the second paper by Faubel, who did the same thing. The two treatments seem to be entirely separate in that Prudhoe neither cites nor appears aware of Faubel’s papers (1983 and 1984) which completely revised the Acotylea and Cotylea, respectively. In consequence, we have a nomenclatural problem on our hands. Our local fauna, whose nomenclature in the SCAMIT list now reflects the revisions of Faubel, must be reexamined to determine the impact of Prudhoe’s book. In a test case examined (Koinostylochus burchami ) there was a definite difference between the two authors. Koinostylochus burchami following Faubel 1983; Discosolenia burchami following Prudhoe 1985 (from Hyman 1953) Don Cadien is reviewing the two revisions in an attempt to determine the size of the problem. We will have to meet again in 1997 to consider issues of flatworm taxonomy related to these nearly concurrent but non-overlapping treatments. MINUTES FROM NOVEMBER 19 MEETING Tony Phillips (CLAEMD) led the discussion of the Cirratulidae chapter of volume 6 of the MMS Taxonomic Atlas. Before the meeting Tony spent some time at the NHMLAC examining the type specimens described in this volume and comparing them to our locally reported cirratulid species. He also spent time staining the type specimens in methyl green and noted several differences not only between our local species stain patterns and those illustrated in the atlas, but also with the stain patterns he observed in the types and those illustrated by Blake. Tony passed around at the meeting color illustrations of these stain patterns. Several members present at the meeting are having color xeroxes made of these patterns for their personal use. If other members that work with cirratulids would like a copy of these stain patterns it can be provided by the SCAMIT secretary at cost. Currently color xeroxing runs $.50 to $1.00 per page. There are about 10-12 pages. Hopefiilly, in the future with the aid of a computer and color printer SCAMIT will be able to provide its members color illustrations free. The first group of cirratulids discussed belong to the genus Chaetozone. Several new species are described in the Atlas. Two of our common Chaetozone , C, armata and C. corona , have distinct enough characteristics with the placement and number of neuropodial acicular spines that stain patterns don’t need to be relied upon to help differentiate these animals. However, our local Chaetozone setosa has never been considered a true C. setosa and has been suspected of being a complex of several species. Tony, Rick Rowe (CSDMWWD) and Larry Lovell (Private Consultant) all compared their Chaetozone setosa 3 November, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter VoL 15, No. 7 stain patterns and found they had 3 different patterns, one of which matches that described for C. set os a. Chaetozone setosa has an intense stain on the prostomium, peristomium, ventrum and podial lobes with the dorsum remaining unstained. The other two stain patterns seen by Larry Lovell and Rick Rowe consist of a mostly unstained pattern and another pattern where the prostomium has a dark staining ring around the middle. Tony believes that the unstained "setosa" type animals may be C, commonalis, one of Blake’s new species from the continental shelf of central California. It is a very commonly occurring species in the Santa Maria Basin, Blake describes this species as having distinctly shaped acicular spines posteriorly. The tip of the spines are drawn out into a fine tip that curves back on itself to adhere to the shaft, thereby forming a simple hood. More comparisons need to be made, but members may want to begin staining their Chaetozone s (if not already doing so) and trying to separate out the different "setosa” types. Chaetozone bansei is a new species described from shallow water off San Francisco Bay in sandy sediments. It is very distinct with a dorsal ridge extending posteriorly from the prostomium to setigers 4-7. The placement of the dorsal tentacles is medially at the end of this ridge. This species also has a very intense and distinct methyl green stain pattern. C. bansei is closely related to C. acuta , a shallow water species from Puget Sound. Chaetozone Columbiana , is another new shallow water species from the Columbia River with a distinct stain pattern where only the tip of the prostomium is unstained anteriorly. Two other new closely related species are C. hedgpethi and C. senticosa . Both are described from shallow water embayments and have acicular spines first present from the middle of the body. However, each has a distinct methyl green stain pattern, different shaped prostomium and pygidium, Tony noticed on examination of C. senticosa a broad body with cinctures on the posterior that were not complete, very much as described and illustrated by Blake. Blake’s new species Chaetozone lunula , described from Half Moon Bay, is unusual in having bidentate and unidentate acicular spines. On pg. 298 Blake explains his reason for placing this species in the genus Chaetozone rather than Caulleriella . Tony examined the type specimen and was definitely able to see the bidentate spine as illustrated in figure 8.1 ID on pg, 297. Both Chaetozone gracilis and Chaetozone spinosa have been reported by SCAMIT members in their benthic monitoring programs in the past. However, both these species occur in deep water and it is unlikely that either of these species would be encountered in regional monitoring surveys. Chaetozone gracilis is known only from its original record off Catalina Island in 4016 m. Chaetozone spinosa is described as occurring off northern California in lower slope depths greater than 2600 m. While C. spinosa was dropped from SCAMIT’s species list C. gracilis is still listed, but will be deleted from the third edition. Caulleriella gracilis Hartman 1961 (as Chaetozone gracilis) has been given a new name by Blake, Chaetozone hartmanae. Blake places this species in the genus Chaetozone because while the acicular spines are not unidentate they are not truly bidentate either, as defined for Caulleriella . The spines are curved with fine serrations at their tip. The remarks on pg. 292 describe Blake’s reasoning in more depth. While several members agree with this they also believe that this species has enough distinct characters to perhaps warrant a new genus in the future. For the time being we will use the new name Chaetozone hartmanae. It should be noted that C. hartmanae is described from fine sand at a depth of 542 - 914m, however SCAMIT members report this species in fine to course sediments in 45 -110m. Tony remarked that he usually sees these worms with a mucous tube attached, an inflated thorax and an orange colored tint around their parapodia. 4 November, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 7 The next group of cirratulids discussed was Caulleriella. Our local Caulleriella hamata is distinguished from other species by the start of the neuropodial hooks from setiger 20-30, not from the first. Our other commonly reported Caulleriella species, C. alata is probably Caulleriella paciflca . In the remarks section on pg. 312 Blake discusses the differences between these two closely related species. Tony has reported this species from Marina del Rey in 6 - 12 m. He did notice that his animals had huge eyes compared with those illustrated for C. padfica , Caulleriella apicula is a new species described as having notopodial hooks that do not appear until setiger 80 or later. Also, it has a very pointed prostomium and no capillaries accompany the neuropodial hooks. It was found off the LA Harbor Light in shale at 24 m. While no SCAMIT member has reported any Caulleriella matching this description it is a likely possibility and members may want to keep their eyes open for it. Caulleriella cristata is a new species described from central California in rocky intertidal habitats, which we shouldn’t see locally in our benthic surveys. This species has a distinct elevated crest on its peristomium. Tony did notice an inconsistency in the figure 8.16 B of C. cristata . The dorsal tentacles are described in the text as arising from the posterior margin of setiger 1 and on the left side of the animal in the figure the dorsal tentacle is positioned on setiger 2. The first bundle of setae on the left should probably be deleted. Caulleriella lajolla is another new species, which is described from the intertidal at La Jolla, Ca. It is distinct in having dorsal tentacles positioned at setiger 2 instead of 1. It also has a methyl green stain pattern with the tip of the prostomium and podial lobes staining intensely. When Tony stained the ho I o type he also observed dorsal bands of stain beginning on setiger 4 thru setigers 12-15, which is not described by Blake. We did not spend any time discussing Tharyx species since no SCAMIT member has reported any cirratulids with the unusual knob tipped spines as described by Blake (1991) in So. Calif, material. Our local Monticellina dorsobranchialis, which has an elongated prostomium and posterior capillaries with distinct sawtooth edge, has been described by Blake as a new species, Monticellina cryptica . Blake compared California specimens with M, dorsobranchialis specimens from the U.S. Atlantic coast and noticed several differences that led him to reassess his earlier synonymy (19 91). M. cryptica d iffers from Atlantic species by having fewer and more widely spaced barbs on the cutting edge of its capillaries. The distribution described by Blake is continental shelf depths in 92-585 m. Tony and other SCAMIT members have reported this species as shallow as 30 m. The cirratulid that we have been referring to as Monticellina tesselata has also been described by Blake as a new species Monticellina siblina. Our local M. tesselata has a prostomium where the dorsal posterior edge forms a distinct v-shaped groove between the dorsal tentacles. This gives the prostomium a wedge shape or lopsided diamond shape. The denticulations of the neuropodial capillaries are numerous and spaced close together, like the teeth of a comb. This species is not only a common polychaete in the LA Harbor area as mentioned by Blake on pg. 328, but SCAMIT members report it at 30 m offshore. Tony has reported it from 6 m in LA Harbor and at 77 m in Santa Monica Bay. Also, members report seeing this species with a tesselated tube like that described for A/, tesselata on pg. 329 and illustrated on pg, 330. While M. tesselata is very similar to this species with regards to the denticulations on the neuropodial capillaries and the inflated posterior end, Blake has expanded M . tesselata "s original description to include a previously unreported diagnostic character. A middorsal ridge that is similar to a spionid caruncle is present from the posterior margin of the peristomium between the dorsal 5 November, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 7 tentacle bases down to about setiger 12. Several SCAMIT members have recently reported seeing animals that have this distinct ridge, which was probably overlooked during their original examination. Many of these animals were previously identified as M. tesselata . Based on Tony’s recent observations smaller specimens have a less distinct ridge and larger animals tend to have branchiae wrapped around their bodies. Tony has reported these animals from 60-81 m in Santa Monica Bay and Larry Lovell has reported them at 60 m off Orange County near the outfall. Blake also has 3 new combinations Mondcellina luticastella , Monticellina secunda , and Monticellina serratiseta. These were all transferred from the genera Tharyx and Aphelochaeta based on the denticulations present on their capillaries. It is unlikely that members would encounter M. luticastella in benthic surveys since it is known only from the San Diego Trough at 1200 m. However, it has a unique anterior end and is not likely to be mistaken for another Monticellina species. It can be easily distinguished from other species by its short, thickened, and bluntly bilobed prostomium. Also, the branchiae are limited to the first 9 setigers. M. secunda and M. serratiseta while described from Puget Sound may also occur in our area. Tony may have a worm that fits the description of M . serratiseta. This species has denticulated capillaries with slightly different looking serrated edges. The serration appears almost fibril like. Refer to Blake’s illustration on pg. 326 figure 8.25 D. The next group discussed was Aphelochaeta. The only Aphelochaeta species on our SCAMIT list that won’t change names is Aphelochaeta monilaris. Its slender body with uncrowded anterior segments and moniliform middle segments is distinct enough for easy recognition. Tony has examined material from Puget Sound and observed much larger sized A. monilaris compared with our own local animals. Blake describes several new species of Aphelochaeta in the Cirratulidae chapter. A. elongata , which is described from shallow water in Tomales Bay, has an elongated head region and a non-expanded posterior end. Tony has not seen any Aphelochaeta type worms fitting this description. Our common Aphelochaeta sp. C fits the description of Blake’s new species Aphelochaeta glandaria , with its crowded anterior segments and expanded thoracic region with its glandular area that is creamy or light golden in color. This species also has a non-descript methyl green stain pattern, unlike most of the other species of Aphelochaeta that we encounter locally. On pg. 342 Blake remarks that local specimens of A. phillipsi have been called by SCAMIT Aphelochaeta sp. C. This is incorrect. A. phillipsi is another new species of Aphelochaeta from southern California. It has a distinct methyl green stain pattern and the anterior and posterior ends are more elongate with the segments not as crowded. Tony stained the type specimens of A. phillipsi and observed a different pattern than that illustrated by Blake on pg. 342 figure 8.33 A. Aphelochaeta multifilis, which is described from the intertidal in San Diego, seems to be a sort of generic Aphelochaeta with nothing distinct about it and no stain pattern. Tony doesn’t think he has seen any material that matches up with the description. The description of Blake’s new species A. petersenae does match one of our local types. SCAMIT members had been referring to this species as A. multifilis Type II of Blake from a previous meeting where Dr. Blake was the guest speaker. At that meeting in June of 1993 Blake described the unusual methyl green stain pattern of this species. Its prostomium stains intensely except for a clear ocular area that resembles a pair of goggles or mask. There is no stain pattern on the dorsum posterior to the tentacles, but the anterior ventrum has transverse bands of stain. Another new species of Blake’s that has a distinct stain pattern is A. tigrina. It has bands of stain oil 6 November, 1996 SCAM1T Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 7 the ventrum of the thorax and encircling the posterior end. The prostomium and peristomium are unstained. Also, stain spots in the middle of each segment start about setiger 20 and continue posteriorly on the ventrum. SCAMIT has referred to this species as Aphelochaeta sp. 1. Unfortunately, the posterior ends of these animals needs to be present to confirm the identity since the anterior stain pattern resembles that of other species. The last of Blake’s new Aphelochaeta species A . williamsae most likely occurs locally, but neither Tony nor any other SCAMIT member has yet to see anything that matches this description. It has a distinct stain pattern consisting of tight banding across ventral thoracic segments and a very squared peristomium with a small triangular prostomium. Now that we all know what to look for, perhaps, this too, will shortly be added to our SCAMIT species list. We continued the meeting after lunch by discussing the genera of multitentaculate cirratulids. Cirratulus species are not very common in our benthic samples. Our common Cirratulus cirratus is not listed in Blake’s key. Tony compared our local animal to the key and came up with C. spectabilis. However, members should probably hold off using the name until more comparisons can be made. The only other Cirratulus species that we encounter locally is C. multioculatus . This species was originally in the genus Chaetozone , but Blake has transferred it to Cirratulus because of the presence of multitentacular filaments on setiger 1. Besides Cirriformia spirabrancha , which is one of our common local species, Blake describes a new Cirriformia species in the Atlas. Both Tony and Rick Rowe have several specimens that fit the distribution of this new species C. moorei , but not the description. In Tony’s specimens the tentacular filaments arise from setiger 2, rather than setiger 5 as described for C. spirabrancha , and the neuroacicular spines start at setiger 10 instead of setiger 40-45. Also, Tony has observed a methyl green stain pattern in his specimens. They have a bands of stain from the 1st setiger to the 70th continuing around from the dorsum to the ventrum. These provisional species seem to better fit the description of C. tentaculata, however, they can not be compared against the type specimens since they are missing. The genus Protocirrineris was resurrected and redefined by Petersen (1991). The main diagnostic feature of the genus is the presence of tentacular filaments in groups or patches following setiger 1. In the Atlas, Blake describes a new species from material collected from the rocky intertidal of central California and the entrance of San Francisco Bay. This new species Protocirrineris socialis has tentacular filaments arranged in two groups from setigers 7-9, with the tentacles arising on setigers 5-7 on smaller specimens. The placement of the tentacular filaments is farther back than our two SCAMIT provisional species. [Refer to voucher sheets from newsletter vol. 14(1), especially the "remarks" section.] The filament patches are on setigers 3- 4 in Protocirrineris sp. A and setigers 4-6 on Protocirrineris sp. B. P. sp. A occurs at 77-84 m in Santa Monica Bay and P. sp. B occurs at 60 m. So far Tony only has a few local specimens available and until more comparisons can be made we will not be using Blake’s new name. In the Cirratulidae chapter Blake redescribes the holotype of Cirratulus luxuriosa from San Diego, which was later referred to Cirriformia by Hartman (1959). Blake places this species in the genus Timarete. This genus is similar to Protocirrineris with tentacular filaments arranged in groups posterior to setiger 1, but species of the genus Timarete also have posterior acicular spines, in addition to capillary setae. The other two species described in the Atlas, T. perbranchiata and T. sp. A , are also intertidal species. T. perbranchiata is from northern and central California and T. sp . A is from La Jolla. 7 November, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 7 The last genus discussed in the chapter is Dodecaceria. There are two species described in the Atlas, D. concharum , whose name has been recently contested with electronic interchange thru the newsgroup Annelida , and D. fewkesi. They are easily distinguished from each other by their habitat structures and the shape of their anterior ends. D. concharum has elongated anterior segments and bores into shells and calcareous structures whereas, D. fewkesi has crowded, shorter anterior segments and constucts a rock¬ like structure around its tubes. D. concharum is the only species reported by SCAMIT. To conclude the meeting Tony had a few general remarks to make about the Cirratulidae chapter of the Atlas and the study of cirratulids in general. Overall Blake’s key, descriptions and illustrations should be very useful to SCAMIT members. Cirratulids as a group contain a great deal of variability with regards to size and methyl green stain patterns. Tony believes that the preservation techniques used during collection may have some effect on not only the condition of the animals, but also the general body forms and prostomial shapes. Members need to keep in mind that the relative sizes of the species described in the chapter may not reflect the sizes of the material encountered in southern California. Also, the term moderate-sized species is not used consistently throughout the chapter. The term is used to refer to both specimens 8 mm long and 0.6 mm wide and 55 mm long and 2,5 mm wide. A CORRECTION In the last issue of the Newsletter I reported that Synchelidium millsi was being taken in San Francisco Bay. This proved to be in error. The status of the oedicerotid fauna of the Bay is currently being examined by the local monitoring staffs, but they have yet to fully apply the Bousfield and Chevrier paper discussed in the last issue. I apologize for a premature report. -Ed. ADULT Philine auriformis DYING During the November trawl series off Palos Verdes, we found the big Philine auriformis are dying out. The number of large specimens has been reduced by at least one to two orders of magnitude. Over the past few surveys empty shells and loose gizzard plates of P. auriformis have been increasingly common in the trawls. It appears that the first generation of invaders that took the southern California Bight by storm starting in late 1994 is dying of old age. Continued examination of fish taken in the same trawl catches as the snails have failed to find any significant predation on them by any species of fish. None of the big invertebrate predators (notably Pleurobranchaea californica) have had any indication of consumption of the larger P. auriformis upon palpation. The size frequency shift in the snail population is very apparent; nearly all the animals taken are now small subadults. In the absence of evidence for predation on die animals their death can only be a result of starvation, disease, or senescence. The first two are highly unlikely since all the adults taken in the trawling have been robust and active (except a few damaged by the nets or skewered by urchin spines). If the assumption of death through senescence is correct, it appears that the life span of the species in our waters is about two years. Is the invasion over? Not just yet. Although the adult population is in severe decline, the juvenile population is well entrenched. Few are retained in the meshes of the trawl nets, but a dense population is evident in benthic samples from the same area as the trawls. In August benthic samples the species was found nearly everywhere on the shelf and upper slope off Palos Verdes, with density in some areas reaching 60/m 2 . Animal size differences suggest that at least three cohorts of P. auriformis are present in the area, and very tiny animals continue to appear. A tiny specimen from 30m in the Gulf of the Farallons was recently examined (courtesy of 8 November, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 7 Kathy Langan - CSDMWWD) which demonstrates that even in northern California the species occurs off-shore as well as in bays. NEW SPHAEROMATID ISOPOD While reexamining old collections for additional p males of Discerceis granulosa I came across another species of Paracerceis from our area. The specimens, including a mature male and females, were taken intertidally at La Jolla from washes of surf-grass rhizomes in 1979. They had been identified as P. sculpta at that time. When the mature male was reexamined it obviously differed from P. sculpta in detail of the urosome. Initially it was differentiated by the broadened base of the uropodal exopods. P. sculpta has exopods which are slightly broadened basally, then are much the same width for most of their length, tapering only terminally. The present species has exopods which are wider basally than the endopod, and taper rapidly to a terminus which is less than half the terminal width of the endopod. Further examination showed other differences in the including: 1. The terminal sinus had only two pair of teeth, the interior pair being long, flat on the side facing the sinus, and ending in sharp conical points. The smaller outer pair was nearly at the end of the pleotelson, and gave the pleotelson lobes a notched appearance. 2. The anteriodorsal margin of the uropodal exopod was finely dentate, 3. The dorsal ornament on the pleotelson was not a blunt mound at the end of the sinus, but was rather a tall acute spine. 4. The sinus broadened out basally into a round foramen overhung by a seta-bearded knob which bore the above acute spine on it’s dorsal surface, 5. Ventrally the pleotelson had two vesicles on either side of the median sinus. These were not open either to the top or bottom of the pleotelson, but were clearly thin-walled hollow bubbles within the pleotelson. A little searching turned up a reference to an undescribed species of the genus in Brusca (1980). He illustrated both the male and female of what he called Paracerceis sp . Based on shape of the sinus in the male and Brusca’s brief description, this is the same animal. His specimens were from either Ista San Esteban or Isla San Pedro in the central Gulf of California. My La Jolla specimens enlarge the range. For once females of the species are as easy to differentiate from congeners as are males. They can be separated on the basis of sharp teeth on the posterior medial margin of the uropodal exopods. Even small females have these teeth, which become larger and more distinct with age. Only one a male and a series of juvenile and adult females were present in the La Jolla collection. Since even Discerceis appears to have male polymorphism, it is likely that all Paracerceis will, like P. sculpta, prove to have several male morphs as well. More material is needed before the polymorphism question can be answered. A voucher sheet is in preparation. - Don Cadien FIELD ID OF Parapagurodes With the description of a new species of Parapagurodes from the Southern California Bight (McLaughlin and Jensen 1996) it is time for a field key to identify these animals while alive. Pattern on third legs in live a.) P. makarovi , b.) P, laurentae , and c.) P. hartae 9 November, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 7 Species in this genus tend to live in carcinoecia which only cover their abdomens. Their legs are fully exposed at all times, and the species can easily be separated when live by leg color pattern. A hand lens may be necessary for the smallest individuals, but large ones can be identified with the naked eye. Key to identification of live Parapagurodes 1. Carpi of walking legs with crimson bands separated by a clear area of the same width at midlength on the segment. P. laurentae Meri and carpi of walking legs striped in crimson, with or without violet patches.2 2. Meri and carpi of walking legs with 4-5 thin longitudinal crimson stripes. P. makarovi Meri and carpi of walking legs with two thin crimson stripes flanking a central violet patch on mesial and lateral faces. P. hartae A laboratory key to preserved specimens is provided by McLaughlin and Jensen, The key by Haig does not include the new species, but can be modified to incorporate it as follows: 16. Dorsal surface of palm of right chela unarmed proximally: scattered spinules or spinulose tubercles distally and on fixed finger . Parapagurodes makarovi McLaughlin & Haig 1973 Dorsal surface of palm of right chela armed proximally with one or more rows of widely spaced strong spines, these not extending onto fixed finger.16A 16A. Dactyls of right and left chelae with row of spines in dorsal midline. P. hartae McLaughlin & Jensen 1996 Dactyls of right and left chelae without row of spines in dorsal mid line. P. laurentae McLaughlin & Haig 1973 BIBLIOGRAPHY BLAKE, JAMES A. 1991. Revision of some genera and species of Cirratulidae (Polychaeta) from the western North Atlantic, Ophelia (Supplement 5): 17-30, BLAKE, JAMES A. 1996. Family Cirratulidae Ryckholdt, 1851. Pp.263-384. Chapter 8 IN: Blake, James A., Brigitte Hilbig, and Paul H. Scott (eds.), Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara Channel. Volume 6- The Annelida Part 3. Polychaeta: Orbiniidae to Cossuridae. 377pp. Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History: Santa Barbara, Ca. BRUSCA, RICHARD C. 1980. Common intertidal invertebrates of the Gulf of California (2nd ed.). University of Arizona Press: Tucson, Arizona. 513pp. BRUSCA, RICHARD C., and George D. F. Wilson. 1991. A phylogenetic analysis of the Isopoda with some classificatory recommendations. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 31:143-204. CHAPMAN, JOHN W,, and James T, Carlton. 1994. Predicted discoveries of the introduced isopod Svnidotea laevidorsalis (Miers, 1881). Journal of Crustacean Biology 14(4):700-714. DUMBAULD, BRETT R., David A. Armstrong, and Kristine L. Feldman. 1996. Life-history characteristics of two sympatric thalassinidean shrimps, Neotrvpaea californiensis and Upogebia pugettensis . with implications for oyster culture. Journal of Crustacean Biology 16(4):689-708. FAUBEL, ANNO. 1983. The Polycladida, Turbellaria proposal and establishment of a new system Part I. The Acotylea. Mittheilungen der Hamburgishes Zoologisches Museum und Institut 80:17-121. 10 November, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 7 —. 1984. The Polycladida, TUrbellaria proposal and establishment of a new system Part II. The Cotylea. Mittheilungen der Hamburgisches Zoologisches Museum und Institut 81:189-259. HARTMAN, OLGA, 1959. Catalogue of the Polychaetous Annelids of the World. Allan Hancock Foundation Occasional Papers 23:1-628. HARTMANN-SCHRODER, GESA. 1996. Annelida. Borstenwiirmer, Polychaeta IN: Die Tierwelt Deutschlands und der angrenzenden Meeresteile [2nd edition]. Gustav Fischer Verlag: Jena, Germany. HASZPRUNAR, GERHARD. 1992. How reliable are computer parsimony programs for systematics. Zeitschrift Fur Zoologische Systematik und Evolutionsforschung 30(3):244-248. HYMAN, LIBBIE HENRIETTA. 1953. The polyclad flatworms of the Pacific Coast of North America. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 100(2):269-391. LORENZEN, S. 1993. The role of parsimony, outgroup analysis, and theory of evolution in phylogenetic systematics. Zeitschrift Fur Zoologische Systematik und Evolutionsforschung 31(1): 1-20. LORENZEN, S,, and Jurgen Sieg. 1991. Phylip, Paup, and Hennig-86 - how reliable are computer parsimony programs used in systematics. Zeitschrift Fur Zoologische Systematik und Evolutionsforschung 29(5-6) :466-472. MACKIE, ANDREW S Y. 1996. Taxonomy and phylogeny of spioniform polychaetes (Annelida). Ph.D dissertation: Goteborg University: Goteborg, Sweden. 41pp [+25, 12, 12, 17, 7, 32, and 18pp], MCLAUGHLIN, PATSY A., and Janet Haig. 1973, On the status of Pagurus mertensii Brandt, with descriptions of a new genus and two new species from California (Crustacea: Decapoda: Paguridae). Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences 72(3): 113-136. MCLAUGHLIN, PATSY A., and Gregory C. Jensen, 1996. A new species of hermit crab of the genus Parapagurodes (Decapoda: Anomura: Paguridae) from the Eastern Pacific, with a description of its first zoeal stage. Journal of Natural History 30(6):841-854. MEIER, R., and M. F. Whiting. 1992. HENNIG86 and PAUP are reliable - reply. Zeitschrift Fur Zoologische Systematik und Evolutionsforschung 30(3):239-243. PETERSON, MARY E. 1991. A review of asexual reproduction in the Cirratulidae (Annelida: Polychaeta), with redescription of Cirratulus gavheadius (Hartman 1965), new combination, and emendation or reinstatement of some cirratulid genera. Bulletin of Marine Science 48(2):592 (abstract). PLEIJEL, FREDERICK, Per Sundberg, and L. Werdelin. 1992. The reliability of computer parsimony programs - comment. Zeitschrift Fur Zoologische Systematik und Evolutionsforschung 30(3): 234-238. POORE, GARY C. B. 1996. Species differentiation in Svnidotea (Isopoda: Idoteidae) and recognition of introduced marine species: A reply to Chapman and Carlton. Journal of Crustacean Biology 16(2): 384-394. PRUDHOE, STEPHEN. 1985. A monograph on Polyclad Turbellaria. British Museum (Natural History)/Oxford University Press: Oxford, England. 259pp. WAGELE, JOHANN WOLFGANG. 1994. Review of methodological problems of 'Computer Cladistics’ exemplified with a case study on isopod phylogeny (Crustacea, Isopoda). Zeitschrift Fur Zoologische Systematik und Evolutionsforschung 32(2):81-107. —. 1995. On the information content of characters in comparative morphology and molecular systematics (Review). Zeitschrift Fur Zoologische Systematik und Evolutionsforschung 33(l);42-47. 11 November, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 7 WAGELE, JOHANN WOLFGANG, and G. Stanjek. 1995. Arthropod phylogeny inferred from partial 12SrRNA revisited: monophyly of the Tracheata depends on sequence alignment. Zeitschrift Fur Zoologische Systematik und Evolutionsforschung 33:75-80. WILSON, GEORGE D. F. 1996. Of uropods and isopod crustacean trees: a comparison of "groundpattern 1 ' and cladistic methods. Vie et Milieu 46(6): 139-153. SCAMIT OFFICERS: If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel free to contact any of the officers. e-mail address President Ron Velarde (619)692-4903 rgv@sddpc.sannet.gov Vice-President Don Cadien (310)830-2400 ext. 403 mblcsdla@netcom. com Secretary Cheryl Brantley (310)830-2400 ext. 403 mblcsdla@netcom.com Treasurer Ann Dalkey (310)648-5544 cam@san. ci. la. ca .us Back issues of the newsletter are available. Prices are as follows: Volumes 1-4 (compilation).$ 30.00 Volumes 5 - 7 (compilation).$ 15.00 Volumes 8-14 .$ 20.00/vol. Single back issues are also available at cost. 12 Goteborg University Faculty of Natural Sciences Dissertation TAXONOMY AND PHYLOGENY OF SPIONIFORM POLYCHAETES (ANNELIDA) Andrew S.Y. Mackie Department of Zoology Goteborg University Medicinaregatan 18 S-413 PO Goteborg Sweden National Museum of Wales Cathays Park Cardiff CF1 3NP Wales, UX Avhandling f5r filosofie doktorsexamen i zoologi vid Goteborgs Universitet (examinator professor Theo van Veen), som enligt den biologiska sektions- styrelsens beslut kommer att forsvaras offentligt kl 10:00 mlndag den 3 juni 1996 i Zoologi ska Institutionens forelasningssab Macltie, Andrew S. Y. 1996. Taxonomy and phytogeny of spioniform poiychaetes (Annelida). Department of Zoology, Goteborg University r Medicinaregatan 18, 5-413 90 Goteborg, Sweden , Abstract: The systematic relationships of some spioniform poiychaetes are investigated through descriptions of new species, redescriptions and reassessments of established species, and clad is tic parsimony analyses. Trochochaeta diverapoda, from the Philippines, is redescribed from the syntypes and newly collected specimens fom Hong Kong. The species is redelineated and T. oiissae considered a possible junior synonym. Three new species of Poecilochaerus are described from Hong Kong and a standardized terminology presented for poeciiochaetid setae. Relationships within the genus are difficult to evaluate because of the incompleteness of about half the known taxa. Elicodasia is newly synonymized with Poecilochaetus . Within the Spionidae, about 25% of the known species belong to the Prionospio -complex of genera. The identities and zoogeographical distributions of seven species of Prionospio Malmgren (including the type species, P. steenstmpi) are reassessed; most having been variously misinterpreted and synonymised in the literature. Prionospio multibranchiatn and P. fallax are recognised as valid, and are respectively removed from synonymy with P. cirrifera and P, steenstrupi, Prionospio malmgreni is regarded as indeterminable, while P . mahngreni var. dubia Day is newly designated P. dubia Maciolek. Prionospio eblersi is redescribed and a closely related new species ( P. saccifera ) described from Hong Kong and the Red Sea, A new genus and species of spionid, Atherospio disticha , is described from Scottish waters. The distinctive form of the neurosetal hooded hooks suggest a close relationship with Polydora guillei and Pygospiopsis. The systematic position of the Aberrantidae is re-examined. Previously thought to be close to the Spionidae or Paraonidae, a revision of the only genus (Aberranta) instead suggests affinities with the Eunicida and the 'archiannelid' family Neriliidae. A new species is described from the Mediterranean and the generic diagnosis emended. The phylogenetic relationships of spionid genera are estimated from parsimony analyses of morphological characters, with the Trochochaetidae, Poecilochaetidae and Uncispionidae as outgroups. Initial analyses including all known variation proved inconclusive due to high levels intrageneric polymorphism. Further analyses restricted to the type species of 26 genera indicated a possible division of the family into four groups. A revised analysis involving all 32 currently recognised genera, and including a number of species of questionable generic allocation, revealed five main groups. The cladistic results are discussed in relation to the present state of spionid taxonomy and to earlier literature classifications within the family. Key words: Polychaeca, Spionidae, Trochochaetidae, Poecilochaetidae, Aberrantidae, taxonomy, phytogeny, parsimony analysis. ISBN 91-628-2087-7 December, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Voi. 15 , No.8 NEXT MEETING: Application of the Computer Taxonomy Program Linnaeus to Polychaeta GUEST SPEAKER: Dr. Pleijel, Swedish Museum of Natural History DATE: Tuesday, January 14, 1997 TIME: 9:30am - 3:30pm LOCATION: Worm Lab, Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County, 900 Exposition Blvd., Los Angeles JANUARY 14 MEETING Dr. Fredrik Pleijel of the Swedish Museum of Natural History will be the guest speaker. He will be discussing the computer taxonomy program Linnaeus and his experiences in its application to polychaetes. Also, he is planning on field sampling with several local groups while he is in our area before the meeting. He is hoping to collect live polychaetes and may have some at the meeting for examination. Pterocirnis nidarosiensis -> (from Pleijel 1993) FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED, IN PART, BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION, CHEVRON USA, AND TEXACO INC. SCAMIT Newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for formal taxonomic purposes. December, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 8 CHRISTMAS PARTY SCAMIT held its annual Christmas Party on Saturday, December 7th at the Cabrillo Marine Aquarium. It was very well attended and everyone, especially the children had a great time. Of course, the food was superb. All the cooks outdid themselves. We even had a new polychaete species, Phyllodoce xmasi , illustrated on one of Leslie Harris' famous cakes. It had a very unusual red and green pigment pattern. Much to the children's delight (and the grown up children too) Santa John was able to attend complete with his bag of goodies. Many of us worked up an appetite Christmas shopping at the aquarium gift shop. We are grateful they stayed open late for us. The only thing missing was half of the SCAMIT orchestra. However, Ann Dalkey and Larry Lovell did their best to inspire us in song, and we thank them for their efforts, but most of us seem to have lost our voices for some reason. (Probably too much good food in our tummies.) For those of you who weren’t able to attend we hope you can make it next year. We send a great big thank you to Cabrillo Marine Aquarium for the use of its facility. Being able to view the aquaria and the displays in a less crowded atmosphere is always a highlight. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEETING On December 20th the four SCAMIT officers met at the County Sanitation District for an executive committee meeting. It being the end of the year seemed an appropriate time to discuss the future of SCAMIT. Several topics were discussed: 1) Meetings - (day-of- the-week, location, and frequency) The subject was brought up to see if monthly meetings are still appropriate for SCAMIT’s activities. The officers felt that they are, but if no guest speaker is available SCAMIT may skip a meeting. As for the day-of-the-week it was decided that the second Monday of the month was still fine with rescheduling appropriate for various holidays. SCAMIT will still try to schedule meetings in various locations to allow more members to attend meetings. However, the Natural History Museum is a good location due to the availability of the collections there. We will try to have at least one meeting in Santa Barbara and one meeting at Cabrillo Marine Aquarium this coming year. 2) SCAMIT Species List- The officers decided to wait until February 1998 to produce a third edition. The reason being that the MMS Atlas volumes should all be out by then and we would be able to incorporate all the changes/additions produced by these last volumes into the list. Since this edition will also include synonymies the extra time will help with this process. 3) Reimbursement of expenses for guest speakers- The officers decided that guidelines need to be written for SCAMIT to follow with regards to “per diem allowances” for out-of-the-area guest speakers. These will include a set dollar amount per day which speakers may use to cover expenses (travel, hotel, meals, etc.) however they choose. The guidelines will also state who will be eligible for these “allowances”. These will be published in an upcoming newsletter. 4) Life Memberships- SCAMIT at this time does not have a life membership that may be purchased. This is held as a honorarium. So far SCAMIT has only awarded this to Dr. J. Barnard. 5) Southern California Academy of Science Meeting- Next years (1997) meeting will be held May 2-3 at Fullerton College. SCAMIT officers are planning on setting up a display table with information, brochures, mugs, etc. at the 2 December, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 8 meeting. Volunteers for manning the table will be solicited at a future meeting. For the 1998 SCAS meeting SCAMIT will try to arrange a symposium on a pertinent topic, like the SCBPP. 6 ) Copyright laws - With the advent of more stringent copyright laws SCAMIT has become sensitive to the use of published illustrations in its newsletter. The officers will be investigating this issue as soon as possible so as to not cause any violations. 7) Electronic newsletter and website- Most of the executive meeting was spent discussing this topic. SCCWRP has made SCAMIT a very generous offer of a website thru their agency. This would include the setup and weekly maintenance by a SCCWRP employee, all at no cost to SCAMIT. The advantages and disadvantages of an electronic newsletter and a website were discussed by the officers and a recommendation will be made by them to the membership in the very near future. Officers still need to meet with SCCWRP to discuss in depth the details. MMS TAXONOMIC ATLAS A recent conversation with Paul Scott (Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History), editor of the Atlas, provided an update on the status of the remaining volumes. Six of the 14 volumes are yet to appear including the cnidarian volume (Vol. 3); the final volume of Polychaeta (Vol. 7); a mollusk volume dealing with bivalves, scaphopods, chitons, aplacophores, and cephalopods (Vol. 8); an arthropod volume covering decapods, pycnogonids, and mysids (Vol. 10); a second arthropod volume covering isopods, tanaids, and cumaceans (Vol. 11); and the final volume of the series which will contain echinoderms, urochordates, enteropneusts, echiuroids etc. (Vol. 14). The last of these will be the next to appear. It was being printed in early December, and should be in the hands of subscribers prior to this newsletter. It should be followed by Vol. 11, which currently has an expected release date of late January 1997. Volume 3 may appear in February 1997, with the release dates of the remaining three volumes still uncertain. AMPHIPACIFICA PUBLICATION An announcement from Dr. E. L. Bousfield included in recent correspondence indicated the journal Amphipacifica will adopt a looser publication schedule. Since Dr, Bousfield is sole or co-author of nearly all of the journal’s contributions, as well as it’s editor, dropping scheduled quarterly publication is a necessity. Subscribers will have their annual subscriptions stretched to follow the expanded schedule. Thus subscriptions are now per volume of four issues, rather than per annum. I, for one, still eagerly await the next issue - whenever it may arrive. - Don Cadien SCAMIT TAXONOMIC LIST ED. 3 We will be working on Edition 3 of the SCAMIT Taxonomic Listing of Benthic Invertebrates in 1997. It is time for members (or other interested parties) to submit corrections, additions, etc. for inclusion in the new edition. Many errors have already been detected and corrected, and many changes made in response to literature received in the past year. The new edition will also begin the process of including synonymies with the primary entries. Addition and documentation of synonymies is a long-term project, and will greatly benefit from wide participation. We anticipate a release of Edition 3, including synonymies, in early 1998. NEW LITERATURE The Eastern Pacific species of the sea-fan genus Muricea were reviewed by Hardee and Wicksten (1996) in the most recent issue of the Bulletin of 3 December, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 8 the Southern California Academy of Sciences. They based their review of the genus locally on a combination of field experience, freshly collected specimens observed in situ, and the types (where they could be located). One of the main items of interest for local field-id of these species is that M. califomica can have polyps of either yellow- orange or white color. The field distinction between M. californica and M. fruticosa based on polyp color is not accurate, and must be dropped. Photographs of colony morphology are provided, as is a table summarizing the distinctions between the three valid species from our area. As mentioned above Volume 14 of the Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara Channel has been released. It contains sections on the Brachiopoda, the Sipuncula, the Eehiura, the Echinodermata (Classes Crinoidea, Asteroidea, Ophiuroidea, Echinoidea, and Holothuroidea), the Enteropneusta, and the Urochordata. Several taxonomic innovations are presented, and we will need to hold at least one meeting (if not more) to consider the impact of the volume on SCAMIT usage. SCAMIT is represented by a number of present or past members including Dr. Mary Bergen, Dr. Gretchen Lambert, Dr. Gordon Hendlcr, Dr. Eric Hochberg, and Dr. Andy Lissner. As befits a volume with a number of different contributors, the coverage is a bit uneven, and only one of the chapters is a comprehensive view of the regional fauna. When you see this volume, it may look a bit familiar - the cover illustration is the same as on Volume 1; bringing us, I assume, full circle from the beginning to the end of the series. Several of the individual chapters have been done for some time, often years, so the most recent taxonomic publications may not be included. This was the case, for instance, with the Sipuncula. The recent comprehensive review of the phylum by Cutler (1994) became available after the completion of the chapter. REQUEST FOR SPECIMENS In a recent letter to SCAMIT Dr. Mary Wicksten indicated she is forging ahead on description of one of the remaining undescribed pagurids from our coast, Pagurus sp. 2. This has been known by this name since the original keys produced by Dr. Janet Haig and Mary to preserved and living pagurids of our waters under the auspices of the SCCWRP Taxonomic Standardization Program. The species has recently been illustrated with a good color photograph in Jensen (1995 pg 67). Mary describes it as having "a peculiarly shaped, operculum-like major chela, often colored white and contrasting with the red-specked body/' Specimens can be sent to her at: Department of Biology Texas A & M University, College Station, Texas 77843-3258 You can reach her by telephone - 409)845-3388, by FAX at 409) 862-1977 or by e-mail at W icksten@bio. tamu. edu NOMENCL ATURAL NICETIES Tim Stebbins (CSDMWWD) recently sent me a copy of an E-mail exchange he had with Les Watling (Uni. Maine) concerning the ending of our local cumacean Hemilamprops califomicus. Since I have been working on the new edition of the SCAMIT list I found their exchange most interesting. Tim had found both Watling T s upcoming MMS Taxonomic Atlas section and the World List of Cumaceans he maintains on the World Wide Web had a different ending for the species than Ed. 2 of the SCAMIT list. He inquired of Les for clarification, and received the succinct answer H. califomicus is right. Never one for succinct explanations (or succinct anything for that matter)! decided to examine the question myself. 4 December, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 8 Zimmer (1936) originally described this as Hemilamprops (?) californica, but that doesn’t make his ending necessarily correct. The generic name Hemilamprops is a modification of Lamprops, which I believe is a compound of the Greek Lampros and Ops - "Shining eye" (or "Bright eyed 1 ’ to Stebbing 1893 p. 308). According to Brown (1956, pg. 313) ops and opos are feminine forms and ophthalmos the male form of "eye" in Greek. Consequently, since the gender of the compound name is determined by it’s ending, the generic name is feminine, and the specific epithet should end in -a. This has indeed been the practice in the genus Lamprops , where most species have been described as ending in -a. Cyclops , on the other hand, is not derived directly from eye, but from the name of the a one-eyed giant. It is masculine, as befits the name of a male character, and in consequence specific epithets associated with compound genera such as Hemicyclops should properly adopt the masculine ending -us (thus Hemicyclops thysanotus). I was quite happy with the above explanation, since I thought I had discovered Les in an error (and vindicated existing SCAMIT usage). I also contacted George Davis (Crustacea, Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County) and asked him to check the current ne plus ultra of cumacean nomenclature, the Crustaceorum Catalogus. In the Crustaceorum Catalogus section on Cumacea Baces£u (1988 pp. 13-14) indicates the gender of Lamprops as masculine without giving the basis of such statement. Any compound name based on Lamprops ( Hemilamprops , Paralamprops , etc.) would thus also be masculine. If Sars stipulated the gender in his 1863 establishment of Lamprops, then it would stand regardless of my etymological exegesis. If he did not, then the etymology would prevail, and the ending would properly be feminine, or so I thought. My house of cards promptly collapsed when I decided to check the ICZN code provisions on stipulation of gender by authors, and instead found Article 30{a)ii. This gem, which I had previously overlooked, reads as follows... "A genus-group name ending in -ops is to be treated as masculine, regardless of its derivation or of its treatment by its author," What had been an interesting question of the etymology of a name, and its treatment by Sars nearly 150 years ago now became the drab (if final) imposition of authority by ICZN. There must have been a number of cases where this ending lead to nomenclatural wrangling for the Commission to single it out for separate treatment. All is not lost, however, since the effort provides a basis for all of us to learn why our current usage is incorrect, not just that our current usage is incorrect. If we are ever to stop see-sawing back and forth on these questions we need to understand the whys of proper usage. Case in point is the correct spelling of the ophiuroid Amphiura arcystata Clark 1911. This has gone back and forth from A, arcystata to A. acrystata over the years, following the latest publication with no understanding of the rationale for either choice. In Ed. 2 of the SCAMIT listing I thought we had finally gotten it correct by rejecting Maluf’s use of A. arcystata (Maluf 1988, pg. 133). She indicated in a footnote that Downey (1969) maintained Clark’s original spelling was correct [so if we go back to Clark and look, we will find the correct usage 1], Clark (1911 pg. 145) used Amphiura acrystata at the top of his original description. Just to double check, a look at usage in the Table of Contents, and List of Illustrations also yielded A . acrystata in each case. No typos here, and it’s hard to argue with an original description. So in Ed. 2 we adopted what was believed to be the correct usage (at last!) of A . acrystata . The recent arrival of Gordon Hendler’s ophiuroid section of the MMS Taxonomic Atlas (Vol. 14, Chapter 7) has again stirred the pot. He indicates (Hendler 1996, pg. 145) the correct spelling as Amphiura arcystata. In his synonymy he lists Clark’s original usage of acrystata as a lapsus for arcystata. How can this be? The answer lies in Clark’s etymological 5 December, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 8 footnote, where he indicates the meaning of the specific epithet is fl surrounded with nets , in reference to the appearance of the radial shields”. Dorsal views of A. arcystata from Clark 1911 Referring to our etymological sourcebook (Brown 1956, pg. 556) we find net in Greek is arkys-yos , feminine. It appears that the lapsus resides in Clark’s having mixed up the spelling of die Greek stem during formulation of the name. What tangled arkys we taxonomists weave! The above explanation is intended to provide a paper trail for the why of the correct usage, so that we can stop oscillating back and forth in at least this case. If some of the proposed modifications of the Code of Zoological Nomenclature are enacted in the new Code, we may be able to dispense with much of this nomenclatural uncertainty. It has been proposed that the original name given by the author of a taxon in the original description be conserved regardless of etymological correctness, regardless of gender match, regardless of later transfer to a genus of differing gender,., regardless of nearly anything! How simple it might be. Once established, a name remains immutable. WOW! What a concept! Still, the above sort of sleuthing can be entertaining for taxonomists and list makers with nothing better to do, or those like myself who abhor the succinct. - ed. UNDERSTANDING APPEARANCES “A blot in thy scutechon to all futurity " -,Don Quixote u a stain on one's escutcheonidiom In the last newsletter the holotvoe specimen of Aphelochaeta phillipsi (and possibly other type specimens of recently described taxa) was restained. A different pattern was reported than the diagnostic stain provided in the original description. No explanation was provided for the discrepancy. This raises the concern that some stain pattern results are not reproducible. Distinctive stain patterns may provide an illusion of diagnosis. As no measurement of stain variability has been constructed, there is the danger of using the sometimes extraordinary appearance of stains as a magical solution for polychaete identifications. Clearly one method of avoiding being tricked is to stain and describe the patterns of holotype and paratype specimens. Careful work must avoid using stain patterns as diagnostic characters until (at least) the results can be reproduced by other workers. Differences in staining results demonstrate either unacceptable variation within the stain method or that a pattern is not diagnostic of the species under inspection. -Tom Parker ISOPOD CONFERENCE First notice has been received of the Second International Isopod Conference and Workshop to be held at the Dauphin Island Marine Lab, Dauphin Island, Alabama just prior to the summer meeting of the Crustacean Society in Mobile, Alabama. The meeting is to be held in honor of the life and work of T. E. Bowman. The meeting will be held 18-21 May [the Crustacean Society meeting is 21-24 May], The announcement and registration form are attached. 6 December, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 8 1997 SCAS MEETING The call for papers for the 1997 Southern California Academy of Sciences Annual Meeting has been sent out. The meeting will be held on May 2-3 at Fullerton College. Details on submission of papers will be sent to members, and will be available at SCAMIT meetings. Abstract/Information forms on papers must be submitted by 1 March 1997. VOUCHER SHEET ADDITION In the SCAMIT newsletter vol. 15 (5) the voucher sheet on Aricidea (Allia) sp. A of SCAMIT 1996 is missing some information from one of its synonymies. Allia ramosa of SCAMIT was originally referenced in the SCAMIT voucher sheet from newsletter vol. 3 (2). Allia ramosa of SCAMIT will now appear as Aricidea (Allia) sp. A of SCAMIT in the upcoming edition 3 of the Taxonomic List. VOUCHER SHEETS Voucher sheets for the oedicerotid amphipod Eochelidium sp A [see NL 15(6)] and the isopod Paracerceis sp A [see NL 15(7)] are included with this issue. BIBLIOGRAPHY BACESCU, MIHAI. 1988. Crustaceorum Catalogus, Pars 8, Cumacea I. SPB Academic Publishing, 1-174. BROWN, ROLAND WILBUR, 1956. Composition of Scientific Words. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington D. C., 882pp. CLARK, HUBERT LYMAN. 1911. North Pacific ophiurans in the collection of the United States National Museum. United States National Museum Bulletin 75, 302pp. CUTLER, EDWARD B. 1994. The Sipuncula, their systematics, biology, and evolution. Comstock Publishing Associates, Cornell University Press, Ithaca, New York. 453pp. DOWNEY, MAUREEN E. 1969. Catalogue of recent ophiuroid type specimens in major collections in the United States. United States National Museum Bulletin 293: 239pp. HARDEE, MICHELLE, and Mary K. Wicksten. 1996. Redescription and taxonomic comparison of three eastern Pacific species of Muricea (Cnidaria: Anthozoa). Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences 95(3): 127-140. HENDLER, GORDON. 1996. Class Ophiuroidea. Chapter 7, pp. 113-179 IN: Blake, James A., Paul H. Scott and Andrew Lissner, eds. Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and the Western Santa Barbara Channel, Volume 14 - Miscellaneous Taxa. Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History, Santa Barbara, California. 305pp. JENSEN, GREGORY C. 1995. Pacific coast crabs and shrimps. Sea Challengers, Monterey, California. 87pp. MALUF, L. YVONNE. 1988. Composition and distribution of the Central Eastern Pacific echinoderms. Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County, Technical Report 2: 242pp. PLEIJEL, FREDRIK, 1993. Polychaeta Phyllodocidae. Marine Invertebrates of Scandinavia No. 8, Scandinavian University Press, Norway, 159pp. 7 December, 1996 SCAMIT Newsletter VoL 15, No. 8 STEBBING, THOMAS R. R., 1893. A History of Crustacea - Recent Malacostraca. The International Scientific Series Vo. 71. D. Appleton and Co., New York, 466pp. ZIMMER, CARL, 1936. California Crustacea of the order Cumacea, Proceedings of the United States National Museum 83(2992): 423^139, Sigsbeia lineata on a hydrocoral (from Liitken and Mortensen, 1899. Albatross Report XXV - The Ophiuridae. Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard 23(2):97-208) SCAMIT OFFICERS: If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel free to contact any of the officers, e-mail address President Ron Velarde (619)692-4903 rgv@sddpc.sannet.gov Vice-President DonCadien (310)830-2400 ext. 403 mblcsdla@netcom.com Secretary Cheryl Brantley (310)830-2400 ext. 403 mbtcsdla@netcom.com Treasurer Ann Dalkey (310)648-5544 cam@san.ci.la.ca.us Back issues of the newsletter are available. Prices are as follows: Volumes 1 - 4 (compilation).$ 30.00 Volumes 5-7 (compilation).$ 15.00 Volumes 8 - 14.$ 20.00/vol. Single back issues are also available at cost. 8 SECOND INTERNATIONAL ISOPOD CONFERENCE AND WORKSHOP Honoring the Life and Work of Thomas E. Bowman Organizers: Rick Brusca, Bob George, Brian Kensley FIRST NOTICE WHEN: 18-21 May 1997 Immediately preceding the Summer Meeting of the Crustacean Society in Mobile, Alabama WHERE: Dauphin Island Sea Lab, Dauphin Island, Alabama, USA REGISTRATION FEE: $190 (single room plus meals) $150 (double room plus meals) LODGING: Single or Double Dormitory-style rooms at Dauphin Island Lab. Participants may also arrange their own accomodations at any of the four modestly-priced motels on Dauphin Island: Gulf Breeze Motel: 1510 Cadillac Ave. (334) 861-7344 (334) 861-6616 Bayside Motel and Apartments: 510 Lemoyne Dr. (334) 861-4994 Harbor Lights Inn: 1506 Cadillac Ave. (334) 861-5534 Sand Castle Beach Front Condominiums: 50 Forney Johnston St. (334) 861-6691 MEALS: All meals and coffee-breaks are included in the Registra¬ tion Fee, and will be served at the lab. There are three cafes on the island, so dining out is possible. SCHEDULE: 18 May Participants arrive at Mobile airport. Shuttle van to Dauphin Is. Sea Lab. Evening reception at local restaurant. 19 May Morning and afternoon, papers and discussion. 20 May Morning and afternoon, papers and discussions. Evening banquet. 21 May Morning, papers and discussion. Afternoon, depart for Mobile. 21-24 May Summer Meeting of the Crustacean Society, Mobile, Alabama POSSIBLE TOPICS: Isopod Biodiversity and Biogeography. Isopod phyiogeny. Isopod databases, keys. TRANSPORT: A shuttle bus will be provided to carry participants from the Mobile airport to Dauphin Island, a 45 minute drive. Plan your arrival in Mobile for no later than 5:00 p.m. on May 18th. Inform Brian Kensley of your flight and time of arrival, so that you can be met at the airport. 1 REGISTRATION FORM If you plan to attend the Second International Isopod Workshop and Conference at Dauphin Island, Alabama, please complete this form and return it to Brian Kensley, NHB-163, Smithsonian Insti¬ tution, Washington, D.C. 20560 (Phone (202) 357-4666, Fax (202) 3 57-3043, E-Mail MNHIV019@SIVM.SI.EDU 1. Name (as you wish it to appear on your lapel badge). Postal Address: Telephone No. Fax No. E-Mail Address: 2. I wish to reserve SINGLE DOUBLE accomodation at the Dauphin Island Sea Lab (circle one). or [] I will arrange my own accomodation on Dauphin Island. 3. Enclosed is a CHECK MONEY ORDER BANK ORDER for $190/$150 US, for the Registration Fee (circle one). 4. I plan to present a PAPER and/or a POSTER (circle one or both). 5. Title of my paper:_ (Send a one-page Abstract to Brian Kensley no later than 31 March 1997. The Abstract page should have a one-inch margin all round, for easy copying.) 6. One T-shirt is included in the registration fee; additional T- shirts will be sold at minimum cost. T-shirt size: SMALL MEDIUM LARGE X-LARGE (circle one or more). 2 EocheMium spA SCAMIT 1996 Group: Amphipoda Family Oedicerotidae SCAMIT Vol, 15, No.8 SC AMIT CODE: None Date Examined: 19 August 1996 Voucher By: Carol Paquette & Don Cadien SYNONYMY: Synchelidium sp A of MBC [see SCAMIT NL 12(5)] LITERATURE: Bousfield & Chevrier 1996; Hirayama 1987; Hirayama 1992; Imbach 1967; Jo 1990 DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS: 1. Head with a pronounced change in slope just beyond the eye; rostrum not exceeding article 1 of antenna 1 peduncle, strongly deflexed, ventrally keeled 2. Pereopods 3 and 4: dactyl long, subequal to the propodal length; carpus also subequal to propod length; hind margin of both carpus and propod proximally setose; basis expanded distally, especially on pereopod 3 3. Gnathopod 1: palm nearly transverse, defined by a spine and a sharp change in angle, equal in length to posterior margin 4. Gnathopod 2: propod elongate; dactyl relatively short, about 1/4 propod length 5. Coxa 3 with postero-ventral margin beveled; coxa 5 as long as wide 6. Pleonal epimeron 2 with posteroventral corner obtuse 7. Uropods 1 and 2: outer rami slightly shorter than inner; mesial margin of inner rami spined (two spines on Ul, one on U2) 8. Telson truncate distally, bearing one pair of small curved setae 9. Strongly pigmented (retained in alcohol) with brown blotches in a pattern similar to that shown in Fig. 1 RELATED SPECIES AND CHARACTER DIFFERENCES: 1. Differs from E. carinorostrum in having a more deflexed, shorter rostrum which does not exceed article 1 of the antenna 1 peduncle; and in having a truncate not emarginate telson 2. Differs from E. miraculum in having articles 1 and 2 of the antenna 1 peduncle subequal, not article 2 50% longer; in having the posterior margin of coxa 3 beveled, not evenly rounded; in having the basis of pereopod 3 distally expanded; in bearing spines on the mesial margins of uropods 1 and 2; in having the telson truncate, not slightly emarginate; and in having a pair of curved setae dorsally on the telson 3. Differs from E . nonrostrum in lacking pleon ridging or carination dorsally 4. Differs from E, bulytschevae in having the carpus of pereopods 3 and 4 posteriorly setose 5. Differs from E. nonmiraculum in having the rami of uropods 1 and 2 unequal 6. Differs from E. lenorostralum in the hind corner of pleonal epimeron 2 being obtuse, not acute 7. Differs from E . rostriospiculum in having the propod of gnathopod 2 not slender, and in lacking spines posteriorly on the propod of pereopods 3 and 4 DEPTH RANGE: 7- 20 m DISTRIBUTION: all specimens known to date have been taken in Long Beach Harbor, either in the inner portion of the Main Channel, in the Consolidated Slip, or in Queens way Bay in the outer harbor. It is assumed that the species is introduced from the Northwest Pacific, but no collections of it are known (to us) from that region. REMARKS: As outlined by Bousfield and Chevrier (1996), both the genus Eochelidium and the closely related Chitotnandibulum occur only in the Western Pacific. The current species is then almost certainly introduced from either Japanese or Korean waters, presumably in ships’ ballast water. The species is most closely related to E . carinorostrum (Jo 1990 - to which it would key out in Bousfield and Chevrier*s key) and E . miraculum from the South China Sea (Imbach 1967). It can be separated from all the local species of Synchelidium in being heavily pigmented rather than pure white, and in numerous fine details. The specimens taken by MBC were from 1993 and 1994 samples, and the species may not still be extant in the harbor. Although in nearly all respects it falls within the definition of die genus Eochelidium , it differs from other members of that genus in having the carpus and propod of pereopods 3 and 4 equally long. Figure 1. Color pattern of Eochelidium sp A (based on preserved specimen from Long Beach Harbor) Paracerceis sp A SCAMIT 1996 Group: Isopoda: Family Sphaeromatidae SCAMIT Vol. 15, No.8 SCAMIT CODE: None Date Examined: 19 December 1996 Voucher By: Don Cadien SYNONYMY: Paracerceis sp of Brusca 1980 LITERATURE: Brusca 1980; Richardson 1905 DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS: 1. In the male the terminal sinus bears two pair of teeth; the anterior pair long, flat medially, ending in sharp conical points; the posterior pair short, placed near the distal end of the sinus so the pleotelson appears notched 2. In the male the uropodal exopod is wider basalty than the endopod, and its anteriodorsal margin is finely dentate 3. In the male the basal knob on the pleotelson bears a tall acute spine 4-5x its diameter in length 4. In the male the sinus broadens out basally into a round foramen which the basal knob overhangs 5. In the male the pleotelson bears two clear vesicles flanking the base of the median sinus 6. In the female the posterior medial margin of the uropodal exopods bears a series of sharp teeth RELATED SPECIES AND CHARACTER DIFFERENCES: 1. Differs from the male of P . sculpta in having a tall acute spine on the basal knob of the pleotelson rather than a short acute spine (not much longer than its diameter); from the male of P. cordata in lacking ventrolateral spines on the uropodal exopod; and from P. sculpta , P. cordata , and P. gilliana males in having the base of the median sinus expanded into a round foramen; in having the median sinus narrowed distally; and in having the uropodal exopods wider basally than the endopods 2. Differs from the females of P. sculpta , P. cordata , and P. gilliana in having the posterior medial margin of the uropodal exopods sharply toothed DEPTH RANGE: intertidal - ? DISTRIBUTION: islands of the central Gulf of California to La Jolla, California Adult male of a) Paracerceis sculpta and b) Paracerceis sp A (from Brusca, 1980. Common Intertidal Invertebrates of the Gulf of California, 2nd Ed) Adult female of c) Paracerceis sculpta and d) Paracerceis sp A (from Brusca, 1980. Common Intertidal Invertebrates of the Gulf of California, 2nd Ed) January, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No.9 NEXT MEETING: Biology 430, 1975-1996 GUEST SPEAKER: Derek Ellis, University of Victoria, British Columbia Tuesday, February 18, 1997 9:30 am - 3:30 pm DATE: TIME: LOCATION: Times Mirror Room, Natural History Museum 900 Exposition Blvd, Los Angeles Moigula napiformis (from Lambert 1996) FEBRUARY 18TH MEETING The talk by Derek Ellis, subtitled ...from "Identification and Taxonomy " to "Taxonomy and Biodiversity" will cover over 20 years of Dr. Ellis’ experiences teaching one of the few explicitly taxonomic courses in the world. His presence in our area is connected with the transfer of a very large and long term collection of marine invertebrates associated with environmental monitoring at the Island Copper Mine in British Columbia. He will discuss this in a presentation at the Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County on 13 February entitled 'The Island Copper Mine/DHP Marine Benthos Collection from British Columbia - 1970-1998”. Those of us involved in long-term monitoring programs will find this subject of considerable interest as well. FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED, IN PART, BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION, CHEVRON USA, AND TEXACO INC. SCAMIT Newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for formal taxonomic purposes . January, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 9 NEW LITERATURE Dr. Nancy Maciolek’s 1983 thesis on spionid polychaetes is available for purchase. Her thesis is titled, "Systematics of Atlantic Spionidae (Annelida: Polychaeta) with Special Reference to Deep-Water Species". It is available from: UMI Dissertation Services 300 N. Zeeb Road Ann Arbor, Michigan 48106 1 (800) 521-0600 It’s approximate cost is $38 and UMI does take a credit card. As mentioned in the last newsletter, Vol. 14 of the Taxonomic Atlas series has been released. It was passed around at the meeting to allow any members present who had not yet received a copy a brief examination. Mention was made of the taxonomic changes introduced by Hendler (1996a) in ophiuroids, and Winchell (1996) in sipunculids. No changes from existing SCAMIT practice were found in the chapters on brachiopods (Hochberg 1996), echiurans (Pilger 1996), crinoids (Hendler 1996b), asteroids (Lissner and Hart 1996a), echinoids (Lissner and Hart 1996b), holothuroids (Bergen 1996), or urochordates (Lambert 1996). Initial examination of the enteropneust chapter (Woodwick 1996) indicates we may be able to begin identification of our local species, at least to the generic level. While transverse section for examination of muscle arrangements may be necessary, Tony Phillips at Hyperion has tried it and found it workable with the aid of Woodwick’s text and illustrations. At the structural level a recent paper on dactylar morphology in phronimid amphipods (Zelickman and Por 1996) was circulated. The authors suggest some novel function for these structures, putting forward the hypothesis that the amphipods engage in external digestion and nutrient absorption of host tissues through their dactyls. Phronimids live as parasitoids on gelatinous zooplankters, and might be expected to have some novel adaptations as a result of this life style. At the organism level Brown and Olivares (1996) describe a new member of the planar eastern Pacific Crepidula group (gastropod mollusks) from Chile. Three species within this group occur in California; the native C. nummaria , C. perforans, and the introduced C. nivea. These are all discussed in the paper, and characters separating them from the new species are listed. The remaining papers examined at the meeting dealt with either aut- or synecology of marine organisms. The potential impacts of burying behavior in benthic cephalopods are discussed by Boletzky (1996). Most of the bioturbative activities of benthic squids are shallow and temporary, serving only for the concealment of the animal. Some Octopus , however, construct either temporary or permanent burrows as habitations, excavating up to 10cm deep into the sediments. Results of an experimental study of amphipod species turnover were discussed by Costello and Myers (1996). They found that species composition stabilized after about 4 months of exposure of colonization pads, except for a continuing stream of transient species. These transients, which represented about one third of the species total on average, appeared to be visitors from other adjacent habitats in which they were resident. Inclusion of such non-resident aliens tends to inflate biodiversity values for a habitat. Failure to recognize the distinction between resident and non-resident can skew perception of the habitat, and complicate evaluation of community health and stability. In a related examination of non-resident species Carlton (1996) provides an overview of the process of biological invasion searching for patterns that will allow development of predictive models of the process. While some patterns are relatively clear, in most cases we still do not 2 January, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 9 know why one species successfully invades new habitats, while others fail. We cannot yet look at lists of species from potential donor regions and pick out those species likely to become invaders. This paper is one of several derived from a symposium on invasion biology held at University of California, Davis in 1994. Interested parties may want to look up the entire issue of Biological Conservation in which this paper appears to examine other related articles resulting from the 1994 symposium. Power et a! (1996) reexamine another concept central to conservation biology and biodiversity evaluation - the keystone species. They point out that there are many subtly differing definitions of "keystone" and attempt to redefine the concept explicitly. It is increasingly apparent that organisms may only be keystone within a certain context, Under other circumstances they may not function in a keystone role. Thus Paines classic nomination of Pis as ter ochraceus as a keystone species in wave exposed intertidal area does not hold true in protected areas, where sand accumulation inundates starfish prey populations. This and other aspects of the keystone concept are well presented in this overview paper - a group statement resulting from a Keystone Species Workshop held in Hawaii in 1995. In a paper mentioned, but not discussed, at the meeting Child (1996) finishes his review of the species of pycnogonids described by William Hilton. Child's first commentary on Hilton’s species (1975) dealt only with the family Phoxichilidiidae, Subsequently individual species have been redescribed or discussed as parts of other papers. Species which have not been discussed in the intervening 20 years were addressed in the present paper. INTRODUCTIONS ON THE NET A Sea Grant Nonindigenous Species Site has been created on the world wide web to serve as an information transfer focus for introduced species. Information on access is provided on the attached sheet. BALLOTS Once again it is time to elect new officers for SCAMIT’s 1997-98 year, which officially begins in April. At the January meeting nominations were taken with all current officers being re¬ nominated. Ballots and biographies of the candidates are included in this newsletter. The ballots are due by the end of March. There is still time for write-in nominations. While the rewards of officership may seem small the experience itself more than makes up for this. Participating as an officer is a great place to get your feet wet in the wonderful world of invertebrate taxonomy. So, if anyone is remotely considering running for office please don't hesitate to speak up. MMS ATLAS CORRECTION In volume 6 of the MMS Atlas on page 98 there is a mistake in the Scolelepis key. Scolelepis occidentalism which keys out at line 3B, following line 2B which states "notosetae absent on setiger 1" is incorrect. S. occidentalis does have notosetae present on the first setiger based on Hartman’s (1961) original description and Maciolek’s (1987) table. The rest of couplet 2B is correct for S. occidentalis . Branchiae and dorsal notopodial lamellae are fused for most of their length, but free at the tips and hooded hooks have 1-2 apical teeth. To correct this the key will need to be restructured not just appended. Until that time members may want to use SCAMIT’s 1994 spionid key (newsletter vol. 13 no.8). MINUTES FROM JANUARY 14 MEETING This meeting was held at the Worm Lab of the Natural History Museum. Our guest speaker was Dr. Fredrik Pleijel from the Swedish Museum of 3 January, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter VoL 15, No. 9 Natural History in Stockholm. He is currently on a year-long sabatical collecting polychaetes, especially hesionids, from various locations in the U.S., such as so. Calif., Puget Sound and Florida. These collections will form the nucleus of a large-scale revision of the Hesionidae currently in progress. Where possible literature descriptions are being checked by examination of newly collected material, live examination, and ultimately SEM examination. He is being supported in this both by his home institution, and by a Visiting Investigator grant from the Smithsonian. The week before the meeting Dr. Pleijel was out benthic sampling with the City of Los Angeles and brought to the meeting some of the live polychaetes he had collected. We opened the meeting examining these by dissecting microscope. Also available for examination were lots of syllids from a kelp holdfast off San Diego. We also examined some live specimens that Don Cadien had brought back with him from his recent collecting trip to Mexico. Don had managed to keep alive an especially nice large Eunice from El Anclote, which is northwest of Puerto Vallarto, It had a very striking brown pigment pattern and it seemed to fit the description of Eunice sonorae , which is originally described from Puerto Penasco, Sonora, Mexico by Fauchald (1970). The specimen was so large that it was easy to observe the branchiae and parapods in motion. Since most of our time as taxonomists is spent examining dead specimens it is always a treat to be able to view live material, especially to observe the beautiful color patterns, which fade so quickly in alcohol, Dr. Pleijel spoke to our group about one of his current studies on Ophiodromus. He and a graduate student have discovered two groups of the hesionid, Ophiodromus flexuosus which Dr. Pleijel believes may represent two different species. These two groups occur in very different locations and habitats and exhibit different lifestyles. One group is found in shallow water in Northern Norway free living in muddy sediments. The other group comes from the Mediterranean in shallow water and occurs as a commensal on large Astropecten , where the worms attain greater size than their northern free- living counterparts. This large sea star does not occur in Norway, but other smaller Astropecten do. Dr. Pleijel conducted some preliminary tests to see if fish would eat these hesionids. The fish spit out the hesionids and found them distasteful or unattractive on several attempts. It is unclear exactly what the fish find unpleasant about the worms. Ophiodromus flexuosus was originally described from the Mediterranean and seems to fit both of these groups of hesionids in several characters. First, the hesionids fit the genus Ophiodromus due to their brown coloration, palpostyles that are similar in shape to the median antenna, and a proboscis that lacks a ring of terminal papilae in the adult. Juveniles will have approximately 10 papillae at the terminal end of the proboscis. The process by which these papillae disappear with growth is unclear. However, this character may help the taxonomist distinguish between a juvenile Ophiodromus and a sexually mature adult, something that has been a problem for some authors that have described juveniles by mistake. O. flexuosus has characteristic white stripes crossing the dorsum on segments 9,13,18,22,26...., which define it at the species level. Both the Mediterranean and Norwegian groups have these white stripes. One of the curious aspects of this particular case is that the stripes seem to function as aposematic coloration, advertising the distasteful nature of the animal to potential predators. The retention of such aposematic coloration in an organism which lives as a commensal is rather unusual. Dr. Pleijel is using cladistics to determine if these two groups are different enough to actually be two species (or two separate "things"- see last paragraph) based on morphometric features, electrophoresis, and DNA sequencing. At the meeting Dr. Pleijel showed us slides of various 4 January, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 9 cladograms to illustrate where Ophiodromus flexuosus fits in relation to other groups. As a hesionid it is closely related to the Pilargidae, Nereididae, and Chrysopetalidae. Dr. Pleijel believes that Ophiodromus flexuosus Fits under a new taxon (at the level of tribe), currently undescribed but to be called ,, Ophiodrommi fl , based on the anterior insertion of the median antenna (for now, and probably other characters later). Dr. Pleijel recognizes that some experimental manipulations of the two groups of O. flexuosus would help clarify their position. For instance, reciprocal transplants should be performed, with the Norwegian group brought to the Mediterranean and put on Astropecten, and Mediterranean animals should be placed in northern waters as free-living worms. The above Ophiodromus case was used as an illustrative example of the difficulty of relating cladistic analytical "tree-thinking" to more traditional Linnean heirarchical taxonomy. During his talk Dr. Pleijel introduced an interesting viewpoint on the concept of species. The term species is generally defined as a group of animals that are able to interbreed with one another or have a distinct separate lineage and share a common ancestor (are monophyletic). However, species which are not most closely related as postioned in a cladogram may be able to interbreed. An example of this phenomenon based on work with fishes by another researcher was presented at the meeting. In that case several of the most closely related species level taxa were unable to interbreed, while two somewhat more distant forms (based on cladogram position) could. The apparent explanation of this was that the autapomorphies which defined the non¬ interbreeding species prevented interbreeding, while the autapomorphies defining the interbreeding taxa did not concern reproduction. Because of complicated situations like this Dr. Pleijel would like to see the term "species" defined without using reproduction or the process of breeding in the definition, preferring to anchor the concept in membership in a single lineage. Instead of referring to these groups as "species" he currently refers to them as "things" or taxa. PURSUIT OF POLYCHAETES After the SCAMIT meeting Fred Pleijel stayed with Don Cadien for a few days while he came out on the Ocean Sentinel with the CSDLAC staff for benthic sampling. As he had with the Hyperion crew the previous week, Fred sought hesionids with single minded devotion to duty. He is currently involved in a reassessment of the family, and is attempting to locate representatives of all the described genera (and as many of the species as possible) in the tribe containing Podarke and Ophiodromus. Since collection of material was for detailed investigation with SEM, and since hesionids have the unfortunate habit of casting off delicate body parts during handling and preservation, Fred went after them alive. His method was to take benthic samples, suspend them in seawater and then gently screen them. If he saw anything interesting on the screen he transferred the retained material to a clean jar of seawater for later microscope examination. Since going through such materials is very time consuming he restricted himself to only 4-6 samples per day, In the evening he busied himself at Don’s microscope, finding (and showing him) specimens of numerous hesionids including Podarke pugettensis, several undescribed species of Gyptis, Gyptis brunnea , Amphidurous pacificus, Podarkeopsis glabrus, and an undescribed Podarkeopsis. Even a non-worm person like Don found these animals quite attractive, agile, and engaging. Fred had quite good luck with the benthic samples, but working on them was much harder than the collecting we did at the Cabrillo Marine Aquarium after the January SCAMIT meeting. With the assistance of Chief Aquarist 5 January, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 9 Jeff Landesman we collected many specimens of Podarke pugettemis from a tank full of Asterina miniata at the Aquarium. Not only did we collect many fme specimens nearly effortlessly, we also got to consider whether the starfish felt better or worse as their commensals were removed. Collected specimens were selectively examined to determine which were best for SEM. Once the cream of the crop were picked out they were relaxed in magnesium chloride solution, carefully cleaned, and osmium fixed. The remaining specimens were formalin fixed as comparative material. The actual SEM examinations will take place back at the Smithsonian, where Fred will spend several months later this year. Prior to a return to the east coast, however, there is more field work here in the west. On the 24th of January Fred headed to Vancouver to meet with Andrew Mackie and continue his quest for hesionids in Puget Sound. Leslie Harris is going along too, so we should get a full report from her on their activities in the Pacific Northwest. SOUTHERN EXPOSURES Don Cadien and his son Jeff, in the company of nudibranch maven Jim Lance, recently returned from a trip to western mainland Mexico. This was the fourth trip to the area for Don, probably the 20th for Jim, and a first for Jeff. The main purpose was intertidal collection of and macrophotography of nudibranch mo Husks. In past trips the animals have been maintained in sea-water and returned back to the U.S. for photography here. In the process some more delicate specimens have been lost, and all have grown less vigorous with separation from food substrates and local conditions. It also continued a series of collections in the rocky intertidal area just north of Puerto Vallarta, Jalisco. The area in question is along the north shore of Bahia Banderas, at Sayulita about 20km further north, and at several rocky sites along the shores of Matenchen Bay near San Bias, all in the state of Nayarit. Over the past two decades coastal development of resorts to attract both local and foreign tourism has diminished the available rock reef habitat in which nudibranchs thrive. On a trip in the spring of 1995 we found that one cherished area in northern Matenchen Bay, type locality for several unique new mollusk species, was completely gone. All the rocky substrate had been removed to build foundations and walls of developments. At another site, Aticama in central Matenchen Bay, we found ourselves in the midst of this process, with burly workmen removing intertidal rocks by hand while we peered under others. This time we discovered another casualty, Punta de Mita. Located at the tip of the peninsula which defines the northern shore of Bahia Banderas, Punta de Mita was a unique environment of coral reef, reef flat and lagoon which hosted numerous indigenous rarities. It also served as a landing site for teleplanic larvae of Indo-Pacific species, providing a coral reef for reef associated organisms making landfall in the Americas. On a previous trip, for instance, we found the aeolid nudibranch Spurilla alba at Punta de Mita, a species originally described from the reefs of New Caledonia, and known widely in the tropical Indo-Pacific. Peracarid crustaceans, and most crustaceans in general are not so widely dispersed, so loss of these habitats is more critical to their continued existence. In consequence I have been making collections of alga-associated peracarids from the sparse algal cover of the tropic intertidal zone. Many new species (read "much undocumented diversity") are evident in just a cursory examination. In theory, Punta de Mita, while closed to public access during the period we were in the area, will reopen within 2-3 years sporting a new golf course and recreational center to encourage tourism and the further development of the adjacent coastal area. Fortunately some collections already exist from which the fauna of Punta de Mita can be described. Case in point is the paper by Alvarez et al (1996) in the last issue 6 January, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vo!. 15, No. 9 of the Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. They describe a new species of shrimp, Prionalpheus nayaritae, whose type locality is Punta de Mita based on collections made there in 1992-1993. These collections are now housed in the Coleccion Nacional de Crustaceos, and hopefully document the diversity so evident in the field at Punta de Mita. Ideally both development and maintenance of intertidal communities can be sustained along the mainland coast of Mexico, since the people in the area might benefit from well managed coastal development. Removal of rocky intertidal substrate is a habitat loss as final as the cutting of old growth forest, however, and must be curtailed. Aside from our frustration over continued habitat destruction we had a wonderful time, and a successful trip, about 45 species of opisthobranch mo Husks were observed, and about 20 of these photographed. Incidental collections were made of polychaete worms and a few other things, including a lm+ specimen of Baseodiscus mexicanus , a strikingly colored large nemertean well-illustrated in Coe (1940). Knowing the fragile nature of nemerteans I did not want to preserve it in the field, so I brought it back alive,out of water, in a small baggie. The animal survived with little evidence of stress for over four days completely out of water. It was finally refrigerated, then frozen, and so far has shown no evidence of fragmentation. Three species of polychaete worms were also returned alive for examination during the January SCAMIT meeting. One was a large specimen of the amphinomid Eurythoe complanata , a second was tentatively identified as the polynoid Lepidonotus spicuius, and the third seemed to be a large specimen of Eunice sonorae . If the two latter identifications hold, both are southern range extensions; from southern California for the Lepidonotus and from the state of Sinaloa for the Eunice. Because of this long-scheduled trip we were not able to attend the meeting in La Paz, but several SCAMIT members were in attendance, and we should have reports by the next Newsletter of activities there. CHAETOZONE VOUCHER SHEETS Included with this newsletter are voucher sheets from Rick Rowe (CSDMWWD) on the two commonly occurring Chaetozone "setosa" types from so. California. Also included is a table of Chaetozone characters that Rick has put together based on Blake's Cirratulidae chapter from the MMS Atlas (1996). He has also constructed a blank table for taxonomists to write in their own findings. BIBLIOGRAPHY ALVAREZ, FERNANDO, Maria Elena Camacho, and Jose Luis Villalobos. 1996. The first species of Prionalpheus from the eastern Pacific, and new records of caridean shrimp (Crustacea: Decapoda: Caridea) from the western coast of Mexico. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 109(4):715-724. BERGEN, MARY. 1996. Class Holothuroidea. Pp. 195-250. Chapter 9 f pp. 195-250 IN:: Blake, James A., Paul H. Scott, and Andrew Lissner (eds.), Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and The Western Santa Barbara Channel. 305pp. Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History: Santa Barbara, California, U.S.A. 7 January, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 9 BLAKE, JAMES A, 1996. Family Cirratulidae Ryckholdt, 1851. Pp.263-384. Chapter 8IN:: Blake, James A., Brigitte Hilbig, and Paul H. Scott (eds.), Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara Channel. Volume 6- The Annelida Part 3. Polychaeta: Orbiniidae to Cossuridae. 377pp, Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History: Santa Barbara, Ca. —. 1996. Family Spionidae Grube, 1850. IN:: Blake, James A., Brigitte Hilbig, and Paul H. Scott (eds.), Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara Channel. Volume 6- The Annelida Part 3. Polychaeta: Orbiniidae to Cossuridae. 377pp. Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History: Santa Barbara, Ca. BOLETZKY, SIGURD VON. 1996. Cephalopods burying in soft substrata: agents of bioturbation? Marine Ecology - Pubblicazioni Della Stazione Zoologica di Napoli I 17(1-3):77-86. BROWN, D. I., and C, A. Olivares. 1996. A new species of Crepidula (Mollusca: Mesogastropoda: Calyptraeidae) from Chile: additional characters for the identification of eastern Pacific planar Crepidula group. Journal of Natural History 30(10): 1443- 1458. CARLTON, JAMES T. 1996. Pattern, process, and prediction in marine invasion ecology. Biological Conservation 78(L2):97-106. CHILD, C. ALLAN. 1975. The Pycnogonida types of William A. Hilton. I. Phoxichilidiidae. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 88(19): 189-210. —. 1996. The Pycnogonida types of William A. Hilton. II. The remaining undescribed species. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 109(4):677-686. COE, WESLEY R. 1940. Revision of the Nemertean Fauna of the Pacific Coasts of North, Central, and Northern South America. Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions 2(13):247-322, COSTELLO, MARK J., and Alan A. Myers. 1996. Turnover of transient species as a contributor to the richness of a stable amphipod (Crustacea) fauna in a sea inlet. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 202(1):49-62. FAUCHALD, KRISTIAN. 1970. Polychaetous Annelids of the Families Eunicidae, Lumbrineridae, Iphitimidae, Arabellidae, Lysaretidae and Dorvilleidae from Western Mexico. Allan Hancock Monographs in Marine Biology 5:1-335. HARTMAN, OLGA. 1961. Polychaetous Annelids from California. Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions 25:1-224. HENDLER, GORDON. 1996. Class Crinoidea. Pp.85-95. Chapter 5 , pp. 85-95 IN:: Blake, James A., Paul H. Scott, and Andrew Lissner (eds ), Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and The Western Santa Barbara Channel. Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History: Santa Barbara, California, U.S.A. 305pp. ---. 1996. Class Ophiuroidea. Pp. 113-179. Chapter 7, pp . 113-179 IN:: Blake, James A., Paul H. Scott, and Andrew Lissner (eds.), Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and The Western Santa Barbara Channel. Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History: Santa Barbara, California, U.S.A. 305pp. HOCHBERG, FREDRICK G. 1996. The Brachiopoda. Pp.1-47. Chapter 7, pp. 1-47IN:: Blake, James A., Paul H. Scott, and Andrew Lissner (eds.). Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and The Western Santa Barbara Channel. 305pp. Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History: Santa Barbara, California, U.S.A. LAMBERT, GRETCHEN. 1996. Phylum Chordata: Subphylum Urochordata, Class Ascidiacea. Pp.261-293. Chapter 11 , pp. 261-293 IN:: Blake, James A., Paul H. Scott, and Andrew Lissner (eds.). Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and The Western Santa Barbara Channel. 305pp. Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History: Santa Barbara, California, U.S.A. January, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 9 LISSNER, ANDREW, and Debra Hart. 1996. Class Asteroidea. Pp.97-112. Chapter 6, pp. 97-112 IN:: Blake, James A., Paul H. Scott, and Andrew Lissner (eds.), Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and The Western Santa Barbara Channel. 305pp. Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History: Santa Barbara, California, U.S. A. —. 1996. Class Echinoidea. Pp. 181-194. Chapter 8 f pp . 181-194 IN:: Blake, James A., Paul H. Scott, and Andrew Lissner (eds.), Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and The Western Santa Barbara Channel. 305pp. Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History: Santa Barbara, California, U S A. MACIOLEK, NANCY J. 1987. New species and records of Scolelepis (Polychaeta: Spionidae) from the east coast of North America, with a review of the subgenera. Bulletin of the Biological Society of Washington 7:16-40. PILGER, JOHN F. 1996. Echiura. Pp.67-79. Chapter 3, pp . 67-79 IN:: Blake, James A., Paul H. Scott, and Andrew Lissner (eds.), Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and The Western Santa Barbara Channel. 305pp. Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History: Santa Barbara, California, U.S.A. POWER, MARY E., David Tilman, James A. Estes, Bruce A. Menge, William J. Bond, L. Scott Mills, Gretchen Daily, Juan Carlos Castilla, Jane Lubchenco, and Robert T. Paine. 1996. Challenges in the quest for keystones. Bioscience 46(8):609-620. WINCHELL, PAULA S. 1996. Phylum Sipuncula. Pp.49-65. Chapter 2, pp . 49-65 IN:: Blake, James A., Paul H. Scott, and Andrew Lissner (eds.), Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and The Western Santa Barbara Channel. 305pp. Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History: Santa Barbara, California, U.S. A. WOODWICK, KEITH H. 1996. Hemichordata: Enteropneusta. Pp.251-259. Chapter 10, pp . 251-259 IN:: Blake, James A., Paul H. Scott, and Andrew Lissner (eds ), Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and The Western Santa Barbara Channel. 305pp. Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History: Santa Barbara, California, U.S. A. ZELICKMAN, E. A., and F. D. Por. 1996. Ultrastructure of the pereopodal dactyls in the family Phronimidae Dana, 1852 (Crustacea: Amphipoda: Hyperiidea). Journal of Natural History 30(8): 1193-1213. SCAMIT OFFICERS: If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel free to contact any of the officers. e-mail addtess rgv@sddpc. sannet. gov mblcsdla@netcom. com mbIcsdla@nelcom. com cam@san.ci.la.ca.us President Vice-President Secretary Treasurer Ron Velarde Don Cadien Cheryl Brantley Ann Dalkey (619)692-4903 (310)830-2400 ext. 403 (310)830-2400 ext. 403 (310)648-5544 Back issues of the newsletter are available. Prices are as follows: Volumes 1-4 (compilation).$ 30.00 Volumes 5 - 7 (compilation).$ 15.00 Volumes 8-14 .$ 20.00/vol. Single back issues are also available at cost. 9 CANDIDATE BIOGRAPHIES PRESIDENT Ron Velarde Ron is the current President of SCAMIT and a past Vice- President; he has been a Marine Biologist with the City of San Diego since 1983 and currently is the supervisor of Benthic Taxonomy for the Ocean Monitoring Program. His taxonomic interests include most groups, especially polychaetes and nudibranch mollusks. He earned his B.S. degree in Marine Biology from California State University, Long Beach, in 1976, and did post-graduate research on the systematics and ecology of autolytid polychaetes. VICE-PRESIDENT Don Cadien Charter member of SCAMIT, Studied invertebrate taxonomy and biology at California State University, Long Beach, under Dr. D. J. Reish. Worked at Cabrillo Marine Museum, then at the L.A. County Museum of Natural History under Dr. J. H. McLean in Malacology. Spent 15 years at M.B.C. Applied Environmental Sciences as a taxonomist and later also Project Manager, leaving in 1989 as a Senior Marine Biologist to join the L.A. County Sanitation Districts' Marine Biology Lab. Specialties in taxonomy and biology of mollusks (particularly nudibranchs) and peracarid crustaceans. Currently a Research Associate in the Crustacea Section of the L.A. County Museum of Natural History. SECRETARY Cheryl Brantley Cheryl is the current Secretary of SCAMIT and a marine biologist for the County Sanitation Districts of Los Angeles County. She has worked for the Districts since graduation with her B. A. degree in Aquatic Biology from the University of California, Santa Barbara in 1985. As a taxonomist in the Districts' Marine Biology Laboratory, Cheryl has specialized in polychaetes with emphasis on the Spionida, Eunicida and the Aphroditiformia. TREASURER Ann Dalkey Ann is presently the Treasurer for SCAMIT and has held this position since SCAMIT was founded. Ann is a member of the water biology staff at the Hyperion Treatment Plant where she specializes in the identification of polychaetes and amphipod crustaceans. Prior to working at Hyperion, Ann was a member of the laboratory staff at the County Sanitation Districts of Orange County. She worked there for nearly 10 years, reaching a position of senior laboratory and research analyst. She received her B.S. from California State University Long Beach in Marine Biology in 1974 and her M.S. from the same university in 1982. Her thesis research pertained to polychaete bioassay. BALLOT FOR SCAMIT OFFICERS 1997-98 Vote for one (1) nominee for each office. Please mail or return completed ballot to Don Cadien by March 31, 1997. You may return it to the Secretary or other attending officer at the March meeting. The address to mail it to is: Don Cadien Marine Biology Laboratory County Sanitation Districts of Los Angeles County 24501 S. Figueroa Street Carson, CA 90745 President - The president presides at all meetings and represents SCAMIT in external business affairs. _ Ron Velarde _ Write-in:_ Vice-President - The Vice-President chairs ad hoc committees, supervises the specimen exchange, tabulates election ballots, edits the newsletter, and fills in for the President as necessary. _ Don Cadien __ Write-in:_ Secretary - The Secretary keeps minutes of the meetings, is responsible for the newsletter, and preparation of the ballots. Cheryl Brantley _ Write-in:___ Treasurer - The Treasurer collects dues, makes disbursements, keeps financial records, and makes an annual statement of the financial status of SCAMIT. _ Ann Dalkey _ Write-in:_ 1996-97 SCAMIT Meeting Topics - Please suggest any topics you deem worthy of a SCAMIT meeting. JiAwordpcrlVchaciinciub R.Rowc 26Nov96 Chaetozone Malmgren, 1867 (Tabular summary of Blake, 1996) Diagnosis: Prostomium with a conical, blunt or acute anterior margin. Peristomium elongate to short. Dorsal tentacles from peristome or anterior setiger. Body segmentation short, broad, crowded to longer than wide, or moniliform. Unidentate adcular spines present in neuropodia and usually in notopodia. Bidentate spines present with unidentaic spines in some juveniles or far posterior setigers of some adults. (Diagnosis modified slightly from Blake, 1996) SPECIES Neuro¬ podia 1 spines start on se tiger U {Nolo- podial spines} Arrange¬ ment of spines of posterior segments (see** bottom page 1) Structure of posterior spines max. ft of acicular spines per side (posterior neuro+ noto- Fasciclts) Dorsal tentacle insertion ' Branchiae insertion (first pair of branchiae) Eyes Pygidial structure Prostomium structure & slain pattern (methyl green) Peristome structure' & stain pattern (methyl green) Thoracic stain (methyl green) Abdominal stain (methyl green) Distribution station data C acuta Bjuik & Uobjon, mt (55-60} (b) with lateral gap blunt with sheath on convex side 7-12, less posteriorly with caps. last peristomial annotation postlaicral to dorsal tentacles pres. may fade simple lobe ventral lip long, conical nonstaining 1 large+1 small simulations/ stains pale diffuse pale diffuse pale Puget Sound 15-35 m. C armata Jlirtuim, 1963 1 {716-25} (a) one nolo- & one neurospine curved 2 with 0-2 capillaries nr. middorsal midperistm. jusipost. 10 dorsal tentacles pres. 1 pair simple blunt lobe long, with blunt ii ns tamed tip/ rest stains 2 annulatious/ stains ant. parapodia + interseg. furrows stain dark diffuse pale S. Calif. 27-180 m. C. b onset Blik*. 1996 28-29 1-80} 0>) no lateral gap blunt slight curve 7-9 ahem ate with caps. dorsomedian immed.post. of prolonged prostomium (setiger 4*7) far ant. Lo dorsal Lent. on last peristomial annulation absent simple ring with ventral lobe long, tapering to ant. point- extends post, as ridge to set. 4-7/ tip of prost. intense stain, rest unstained intense stain on both simulations onto following setigers long, V-shaped area of stain on dorsum for 5-6 setigers encircling bands on each segment (first 1/3 of body) none reported off San Francisco, 10-33 m. subtidal, sandy sediments C coiumbiatta BUkt, 1996 105-120 (120-135} (b) with Lateral gaps & wide dorsal & ventral gaps blunt, curved, slight constrict, at base/ ventral & dorsalmost with pointed tip 11-12 alternate with caps. middorsal at post, of peristomium lateral to dorsal tentacles absent short lobe with short terminal filament long, acutely pointed tip unstained, rest intense stain 3+ annul at ions intense stain 10-15 ant. podial lobes with intense stain/ dorsum of first 25-30 setigers light speckled bands, setigers 35-40 bands encircle body none reported Oregon/ Washington shallow subtidal c commonafis BUk«, 1996 38-40 {43-47} (c) narrow lateral and dorsal gaps broad ventral gap long, pointed bent-over tip 21-23 alternate with caps. dorsomedian middle of Last peristomial annulation postlaterai to dorsal tentacles on first se tiger absent fiat, saucer! ike Ipbe conical, pointed, tip directed dorsally/ no stain thickened, 3 distinct an nidations retaining liulc stain retaining little slain none reported Central Calif, shell' **{a) Not in obvious cinctures or inconspicuous among capillaries (b) In partial cinctures with obvious dorsal and ventral gaps (c) In complete cinctures with no or only narrow gaps h:\wordperftchae tzne .tab R.. R.o we 2 6N o v96 SPECIES Neuro- podia 1 spines start on sc tiger # {Noto- poiiiat spines} Arrange¬ ment of spines of posterior segments {see** bottom page 1) Structure of posterior spines man, # of acicular spines per side (posterior neuro+ noto- fascicles) Dorsal tentacle insertion Branchiae insertion (first pair of branchiae) Eyes Pygidisl structure Proslomium structure & stain pattern (methyl green) Peristome structure & stain pattern (methyl green) Thoracic stain (methyl green) Abdominal stain (methyl grcc It) Distribution station da la C. corona Btrkrtey &. Berkeley. I»41 1 {8-9} {to with lateral gaps blunt, slight cnive 11-13 with 17-20 caps. in furrow between set. 1 & peris tom ium postmedian to dorsal tentacles pres. blunt lobe long, narrow, blunt lip unstained/ rest stains intense doisally inflated/ large ant. annulation + 2 short post, annul at ions/ stains intense none reported none reported S. Calif. W. Mexico Gulf of Calif. 24-119 m. C gracilis ) narrow : lateral, broad dorsal and ventral gaps blunt, slightly curved/last few setigers with terminally hooked setae 10-12 alternate with capillaries last art mil at ion of peristome lateral to dorsal tentacles absent rounded, scoop- shaped ventral lobe pointed, elongate triangular/ stains intensely except anterior tip three weak and one distinct annulations/ no stain setal fascicle region and midvcnlral funrough with pale slain uo stain ITP 1-2 rep.2 1-3 rep 1 1-16 rep. T July 1996 85-108 It S. Cali 17 No. Mexico **(a) Mot in obvious cinctures or inconspicuous among capillaries (b) In partial cinctures with obvious dorsal and ventral gaps (c) In complete cinctures with no or only narrow gaps Chaetozone Malmgren, 1867 h:\wordpcrf\chact7n2.lab IT Rowe 26Dec.96 Diagnosis: Prostomium with a conical, blunt or acute anterior margin. Peristomium elongate to short. Dorsal tentacles from peristome or anterior setiger. Body segmentation short, broad, crowded to longer than wide, or moniliform. Unidentate acicular spines present in neuropodia and usually in notopodia. Bidentate spines present with unidentate spines in some juveniles or far posterior setigers of some adults. (Diagnosis modified slightly from Blake, 1996) SPECIES Neuro- podial spines start on setiger U {Noto- podial spines) Arrange¬ ment of spines of posterior segments (see ** below) Structure of posterior spines max, U of acicular spines per side (posterior neuro+ noto- fascides) Dorsal tentacle insertion Branchiae insertion (first pair of branchiae) Eyes Pygidial structure Prostomium structure & stain pattern (methyl green) Peristome structure & stain pattern (methyl green) Thoracic stain (melhyi green) Abdominal stain (methyl green) Distribution station data **(a) Mot in obvious cinctures or inconspicuous among capillaries (b) In partial cinctures with obvious dorsal and ventral gaps (c) In complete cinctures with no or only narrow gaps Sea Grant Noni ndigenous Zebra Mussel and 0 ic Nuisance Species http://www.ansc.purdue.edu/sgnis/ The Sea Grant Nonindigenous Species Site is a peer-reviewed national information center that contains a comprehensive, searchable, collection of research publications and education materials produced by the National Sea Grant College Program. — Accessing the Sea Grant Nonindigenous Species site via TELNET and MODEM — t. TELNET: www.ansc.purdue.edu 2. MODEM: 317-496-1440 Login: lynx User: lynx Password: iynx Enter: r login www.ansc.purdue.edu Password: iynx A Great Lakes Sea Grant Network Project ! r February, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 10 NEXT MEETING: Discussion of Taxonomic Atlas Vol. 14 GUEST SPEAKER: None - Megan Lilly (CSDMWWD) leader DATE: 10 March 1997 TIME: 9:30 am - 3:30pm LOCATION: Marine Biology Laboratory, City of San Diego Suite 201 (upstairs), 4918 N. Harbor Drive (see attached map) The March meeting will be held at the City of San Diego Marine Biology Laboratory. As in previous meetings to discuss volumes of the MMS Taxonomic Atlas series, please come equipped with your copy, and any notes, corrections, comments, or annotations. This meeting will be followed at a later date by a second meeting with several of the authors, to pass on our comments, and hear their replies. A map to the lab is attached to this Newsletter. The April meeting is a Thursday/Friday (10 and 11 April) workshop on cnidarians at Dancing Coyote Ranch in the mountains behind Vista. Plan ahead to attend. The meeting announcement is attached. Since accommodations may be tight please notify John Ljubenkov if you do plan to be there. FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED, IN PART, BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION, CHEVRON USA, AND TEXACO INC, SCAMIT Newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for formal taxonotnic purposes . February, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 10 NEW LITERATURE None of the papers circulated at the meeting directly pertain to the taxonomy of invertebrates, although one paper on fish (Schultz et al 1996) presents an exciting chemotaxonomic tool we might also use for invertebrates. The authors produced a polyclonal antiserum, whose reactions with extracts of eggs and juveniles of several fish (snappers - Lutjanidae) showed a diversity of reaction patterns providing insight into both their identity, and their presumptive evolutionary relationships. The authors’ intent in this investigation was to allow identification of normally unidentifiable early life history stages. We have equivalent problems with closely related species complexes in many local invertebrates. Perhaps in the future..but not yet. This technique relies on proteins, which are denatured during the preservation process. Fish also form the basis of a paper on long-term population variability (MacCall 1996). Switching between warm and cool temperature regimes at periods of 50-70 years seems to be the underlying physical structuring factor which is reflected in radical fluctuation of population density in some pelagic fishes (anchovy and sardine in our area). Lack of recognition of cycling with these long periods leads to major problems in monospecies fisheries, causing major social and economic dislocations during the switch from one species to another. Similar long-term cycling in invertebrate populations is not yet demonstrated, but probably occurs. Shorter term analyses such as those of Stull and Tang (1996) are more common than the longer view above, and document variability on an intermediate temporal scale. In the present paper the 21 years of data analyzed covers a period of major change in impact around a domestic waste discharge into the Southern California Bight. Long term monitoring of this nature is becoming increasingly available as programs associated with discharge permits continue to accumulate data. Discharge data of a different sort is addressed in Stull et al (1996) which examines both sediment contamination and infaunal biota around the same discharge as the last paper. This paper is the first in a series, and presents methods used to evaluate the relationship between infaunal bioturbation and mobilization of historic pollutant deposits. The anthropogenic disturbance of species introduction is considered in two other recent papers (Lafferty and Kuris 1996, and Moyle and Light 1996). In the first case the authors discuss application of the concept of biological control (as developed in terrestrial systems) to introductions of exotic species into marine waters. They conclude that it is possible to attempt control of marine introductions biologically, but that existing strategies are inadequate to the task. A more basic look at the nature of biological invasions (either natural or anthropogenic) is taken by Moyle and Light. They present a series of empirical rules controlling invasions into fresh water systems. These may or may not apply equally well to more open marine systems, but merit our consideration. Their structured examination of the problem is informative. Vetter (1996) comments on an apparent disconnect between species morphology and life history. We all make inferences of function from form since experimental information is lacking for most infaunal species. The wide functional differences shown by the leptostracans studied by Vetter point out that such inferences are not always accurate. If we fail to remember the underlying assumptions of such inferences, and indices derived from them, we run the risk of overstating our results. Vetter’s interesting cautionary tale about ’'best-guess" inference should be required reading for us all. A flyer was received which announced a new publication of interest to west coast crustacean workers. Forest & Holthuis (1997) have produced an annotated facsimile of Milne- Edwards 1883 "Recueil de Figures de Crustacea 2 February, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 10 nouveaux ou peu connus 1 ', an extremely rare volume which contains illustrations of animals described but not previously figured by him. Although not cheap ($83.20), this new release offers something very few workers have had, a chance to see the original illustrations of species they may routinely encounter. These are provided on 44 facsimile plates, and, combined with the authors’ comments and annotations, form a valuable tool for crustacean folk. The publisher indicates the edition is limited, but if they sell out you can bet they Ml print again. It can be ordered from Backhuys Publishers, P.O. Box 321, 2300 AH, Leiden, The Netherlands, or via E-mail at backhuys@euronet.nl MMS ATLAS CORRECTION In volume 4 of the MMS Atlas on page 247 there is a mistake in the Hesionidae key. Couplet 12B describes notosetae present ‘'at least from setiger 4". This is incorrect and does not match the text description for the corresponding species. The couplet should read “at least from setiger 5". Tom Parker - CSDLAC WSN 97 MEETING 77 th Annual Meeting of the Western Society of Naturalists Sponsored by Universidad Auto’noma de Baja California Sur (UABCS) La Paz, Baja California Sur, Mexico January 8, 9, & 10, 1997 As evidenced by the crowd of approximately three hundred students of the natural sciences, the subtropical climes of La Paz were the perfect choice for this midwinter’s meeting of the Western Society of Naturalists. The long list of registrants necessitated holding the morning symposia in the conference center at the host Hotel Araiza Inn Palmira and the afternoon four concurrent contributed paper sessions at the University (UABCS). Steven Webster of the Monterey Bay Aquarium opened Symposium I: The Ecology of the Gulf of California with a historical perspective on the relationship of Ricketts and Steinbeck and their original research in the Sea of Cortez in 1940. The remaining presentations covered biological- physical interactions, distribution and dynamics of seaweed assemblages, corals, and human uses of the islands of the Gulf of California. The final presentation by Alejandro Robles-Gonzalez of Conservation International Mexico, described the challenges and preservation opportunities provided for by the establishment of the Northern Gulf Biosphere Reserve, Symposium II: Desert Ecology began with a presentation by Paul Dayton of Scripps Institute of Oceanography. He has returned for many years to the same desert location just north of the Gulf of California. And what better way would a marine biologist spend his vacation than observing and dissecting the interactions of desert plants and animals. The final Symposium III: The Marine Fishes of Baja California concentrated on those uninteresting creatures of the sea that possess bony skeletons and eat many invertebrates. Over one hundred presentations filled the afternoon Contributed Paper Sessions. Sessions concentrated mainly on marine research and covered larval, invertebrate, molecular and neurobiology; corals, birds, mammals, algae, sea grasses, fish, subtidal, pelagic and intertidal ecology; and marine pollution, biogeography, introduced species and marine habitat restoration. Of special interest to SCAMIT were presentations by John Ljubenkov of MEC Analytical Systems describing a new species of stinging anemone from southern California and the Gulf of California and Mary Wicksten of Texas A & M University summarizing some of her work on cleaning commensalism in moray eels and shrimp. 3 February, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 10 The Gulf of California and Baja contain unique and stunningly beautiful environs. Poorly regulated fishing practices and increasing numbers of visitors have negatively impacted many species and varied habitats. Most importantly, the Western Society of Naturalists meetings introduced these problems to many attendees and provided a forum for discussion of research on possible solutions. Rick Rowe - CSDMWWD SCAMIT ELECTION It is with pleasure that I report a chink has appeared in the proverbial armor, and that our election procedure does leave room for individual actionf Last year reelection of the current slate of officers was unanimous, an "iron curtain'' type of democratic result, since no other candidates were put forth for the offices. This year, with only the incumbents running again (by default, since no other alternatives were offered), I feared a repetition of last year’s exercise. Rejoice!!! We actually have write-in candidates this year!! With 18 ballots received, we appear on the way to a repeat of last year’s result. There is still plenty of time for someone to pursue a dark horse write-in candidacy, voting continues until the end of March. More later. Thanks to those members who have taken the time to exercise their mandate, although they are still in the minority. COLLECTIONS MANAGEMENT We recently received an advertisement for a new collections management software package called ''Biota". Anyone with direct experience using the product is encouraged to share it with other members. The package looks to be a very comprehensive relational database specifically designed to handle the complex tasks of biological collections management. Since all of us keep collections to one extent or another, we may find this dedicated product more convenient than doing the programming required to produce data entry templates for an existing commercial relational database. A Macintosh version is described in the announcement, with a MSDOS version due in spring 1997, Price is currently $125, including manual. The package is a product of Sinauer Associates. You can receive information on it from them at: Tel: 413)519-4300, or Fax: 413)549-1118, via E-mail: orders @sinauer.com or on the web at http: f/w ww. sinauer. com KEEPING CURRENT One challenge all taxonomists face is keeping their knowledge of nomenclature current. For those with a somewhat northern affinity, please intemet-up to the annelid resources web page and copy off the 1996 version of Orensanz’ "Benthic Polychaetes of British Columbia and Washington". This list includes synonymies, authority, and any possible questionable name status for over 500 species. Tom Parker - CSDLAC AAZN NEWS The latest newsletter from the American Association for Zoological Nomenclature provides an update on the status of the proposed revisions to the ICZN code which have been under review for more than a year [see SCAMIT NL 14(2)]. These revisions will become provisions of the 4th Edition of the Code if and when accepted. Comments on the circulated Discussion Draft of the new edition were received from many members of the taxonomic community, and changes to the Draft have resulted. Unless modified again, these will be incorporated into the new code. Among the most interesting are the inversion of precedence with regard to what are effectively nomina oblita\ a proposal to abandon the concept of the gender of generic names, and fix the ending of the specific epithet as that originally proposed; and a proposal to require the diagnoses of new nominal taxa in the Latin alphabet. Further information on the progress of the Commission towards the next Code can be had in the AAZN Newsletter. It can 4 February, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No, 10 be obtained by joining the AAZN (an act which also supports the activities of both the AAZN and the ICZN). Dues are $20.00/year. Contact: Dr. Allen L. Norrbom, Treasurer National Museum of Natural History MRC-168 Smithsonian Institution, Washington DC, 20560 18 FEBRUARY MEETING Because of scheduling difficulties the meeting was canceled at the last minute. Efforts in the days leading up to the 18th to get the word of the cancellation out seemed effective, since no one showed up at the Museum for the meeting. We replaced the meeting unofficially with a workshop session held at SCCWRP in Fountain Valley on the 20th of February. Dr. Ellis spoke over the course of the day on topics related to long-term monitoring programs, adding on materials from the talk on his class experiences (the subject of the 18th meeting) at days end. We did not totally miss out, in fact those that were able to switch their participation from the 18th to the 20th got more than they would have on the 18th. SCAMIT members were present in plenty among the full-house crowd in the SCCWRP conference room. The days topics were 1) At What Point recovery?; 2) Permitting and Biological Collections; and 3) Staffing Strategy for Monitoring. The first of these three formed the basis of the morning session, and provoked considerable discussion in the audience. Dr. Ellis based much of this talk on his experience of over 25 years monitoring the impacts of coastal mining at the Island Copper Mine (ICM) on Vancouver Island in British Columbia. Although there is some difference from the type of monitoring performed by most members of the audience (continuous vs. fixed term disposal for instance), the cases are basically comparable. This morning session attempted to answer the question "when has a damaged ecosystem recovered sufficiently that monitoring it can be stopped or curtailed". In the ICM case this question is one of considerable importance to the industry, as monitoring draws on a dwindling or non-existent revenue stream after mine closure. Under the permit in force, responsibility for environmental monitoring reverts to the state once a "normar community is in place. A sizable ($M) bond is posted against undetected damages. In the case of California dischargers, if damage declines to the point of being very minor or non-detectable the frequency or intensity of monitoring may be scaled back, but it does not end until a discharge permit is no longer necessary. Many individual points of interest were covered during the discussion of the subject, but the meat was reached at the end, when Dr. Ellis showed us his proposed model for the recovery process. Although it was not explicitly stated during the meeting, it was understood that the same model could be applied to an ongoing, but changed discharge. The basic premise of this model is that the successional sequence leading from an early colonizing r-type community which characterizes the site during the height of impact to a fully recovered benthic community has two distinct break points. The first of these is at the point when the successional sequence is fully engaged, and becomes irreversible succession. The second is at the point when the succession reaches the broad and variable "climax community" which is indistinguishable from normal unimpacted areas. It is possible that this is equivalent to the "balanced indigenous population or BIP" with which anyone who has participated in a 301(h) application or program is familiar in the US, but I doubt it. Such a "variable climax" community seems less exacting than the BIP concept, which has only limited ability to recognize the inherent variability of natural populations. As such it would appear that the Canadian standard as implemented by Dr. Ellis is more realistic, and a more reasonable standard than the one demanded in the US. 5 February, 1997 SCAM1T Newsletter VoL 15, No. 10 During the morning discussion we also considered biomass measures. That used in the ICM case differs radically from that used by monitoring programs in California. At ICM biomass was measured on live material retained on a 2mm screen as the boat returned to the dock. Organisms passing through the screen were not considered to be meaningful biomass contributors. This course was followed for two reasons: analysis of preliminary data indicated that the larger individuals were the only ones contributing significant biomass; and reanalysis of preserved samples indicated a loss of weight (or sometimes weight gain) over time. This variation in preserved weight was seen as an impediment to comparison both within and between surveys. It has been reported in the literature repeatedly (see Ellis 1987 for a summary of previous reports) and no satisfactory method of determining the direction and magnitude of change in weight has been found other than repeated weighing. Dr. Ellis did not comment on questions of the relative merits of wet-weight biomass techniques which grew out of the SCBPP experience. He suggested we contact Brenda Byrd at the University of Victoria, who now is handling the biomass analysis for the ICM project. The second topic was taken up after a lunch break. The relationship of biological collections from monitoring programs to archival institutions which Dr. Ellis presented is one of considerable interest locally. Permit requirements for archival are always lacking in detail (or just plain lacking). During the SCBPP we initially proposed that archival be included in the design and budgeting of the program. This was not done, and the collection now is struggling to find a home which will fully accommodate the needs of both the archival institution, and SCBPP participants. It is not unusual for archival arrangements to be over¬ looked in program design and budgetting. Dr. Ellis sheepishly informed us that he himself had forgotten to include the subject in a draft of a handbook for mine monitoring programs he and his wife Katherine are presently preparing. Dr. Ellis proposed a cooperative arrangement in which the archival institution also serves a quality assurance or quality control function. The question of cost was raised by several in the audience. Leslie Harris, the only representative of an archival institution present, attempted to address the cost issue. It was clear that the multipurpose involvement Dr. Ellis proposed would have several layers of cost associated with it. Costs for archival of voucher collections form the first level. A second level is required for the less onerous, but less desirable (from the archivalists viewpoint) maintenance of the bulk collections. A third effort, and an additional source of cost, is verification of identifications on the part of the taxonomists at the archival institution. An hour of time for these outside experts will usually run several times the cost of the original identifier, a cost which requires budgetary attention. The subject of staffing was visited last. The general conclusion from his point of view was that during the initial phase of a project outside expertise and experience should be utilized. Then, once the design is finalized, and the first few monitoring efforts have been performed (and the design modified where necessary), staffing should be shifted towards in-house. The benefits of maintaining an on-site staff revolved around economy, response speed, and ability to effectively deal with the unpredictability of weather and other logistic factors. He also viewed stability as more characteristic of staff rather than consultants. This was challenged from the audience, with experience that consultant staff members may also have low turnover. We must remember that this is based on the finite term discharge of the mining industry, and not the indeterminate term monitoring of municipal waste dischargers. The difference became apparent when Dr, Ellis responded to questions about staff at the end of the project by indicating that some had been moved to similar projects in other areas, while others had been terminated as their 6 February, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 10 positions became no longer needed. Even so, the life of many mine projects may roughly equate to the active working life of potential staff members. At the end of the day Dr. Ellis briefly reprised the presentation he had intended to give to SCAMIT on the 18th about his taxonomy class at the University of Victoria. Since his retirement the class has been dropped from their program, but one of his former students has taken it up at another university. Much of the information Dr. Ellis presented to us was derived from an article he presented in Marine Pollution Bulletin earlier (Ellis 1988). Those members who could not be present should consult this for information on his training program. Taxonomy is seldom taught as the primary subject of a credited course. Dr, Ellis’ class treated the subject of taxonomy, not the taxonomy of any given group. It is evident from the number of his students who have gone on to graduate study on taxonomic projects, and then to work in applied taxonomy that his own enthusiasm for the subject was contagious. He stressed in his presentation the importance of the training function, without which we who are current practitioners are the ”last dinosaurs". Our replacements will not appear out of thin air, they must be trained. After some discussion of the sad status of support for taxonomy world-wide, we concluded with a resolve to find the appropriate ears. Most discussions on the state of taxonomy appear in specialist journals, in museum cafeterias, or in limited distribution sources such as the SCAMIT NL. The policy makers who have some chance of actually increasing the support for taxonomy are not exposed to any of this. Until we can find the appropriate forum, all our discussions will remain "preaching to the converted", and will yield no additional support for what we perceive as an essential basis for nearly every other aspect of organism or evolutionary biology. It was a very interesting day, and a chance for us to interact directly with Derek Ellis, a long-time member and supporter of SCAMIT. We hope that next time he is in the area he can join us again. Octopus veligero OBSERVED Megan Lilly (CSDMWWD) reports a specimen of Octopus veligero taken off Pt. Loma during their winter trawl sampling. The animal was an apparently mature male, and was not damaged in collection. It was returned to the lab and maintained there for observation and photography. She indicated that she was not able to get this specimen to display his typical lateral brown spots in the field. Only in the laboratory, and after recovering from capture disturbance did the animal display. Hopefully Megan will give us a full report on her observations of this captive specimen in future. RARE NUDIBRANCH TAKEN During the CSDLAC February trawls we were fortunate in catching two specimens of the rare deep-water dorid nudibranch Platydoris macfarlctndi . This species is illustrated by Behrens (1991. pg. 70) who describes the color range as pink through deep red. Both of the specimens taken by us were a pale tan color, without any pink or red tone. Both had the thin marginal border of white mentioned by him as present in some specimens. They are easily recognized when alive, regardless of color, by the extreme stiffness of both the foot and notum. No host sponge was evident in the trawl, and there was little to indicate that a reef had been encountered. The two specimens came up together from a trawl at 137m depth along the south flank of the Redondo Submarine Canyon. One went to the Cabrillo Marine Aquarium for display, and the other was deposited in the Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County collections. 7 February, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 10 NEWS FROM THE NORTH Member Gary Gillingham of Kiimetics Labs in central California sent down several E-mail missives recently. One responds to the voucher sheet for the oedicerotid amphipod Eochelidium sp A which appeared in the December newsletter. Gary indicates that the animal was taken in 1993 samples from the Alameda Naval Air Station in San Francisco Bay, and reported as Eochelidium cf. miraculum . With the voucher sheets arrival he now recognizes his animal as the one we also took down here in 1993 and 1994. As an added note Don Cadien just encountered the species in samples from Seattle taken in January 1997. Gary also sent down a copy of his exchange about the following resource, TRITON Those of you who have searched, laboriously, through volumes of the Zoological Record for information on a particular animal or group will be very interested in the proposed Triton system. It is intended to make information from the Record available on the World Wide Web. It will have both free and subscription based information resources when completed. The free part, which should be available now, is the Name Index. It will provide an index to all animal names reported in the Zoological Record from 1979 to the present (hopefully it will be extended backwards in the future). Each entry will have author and date (if it did so in the Record), and will be linked through a taxonomic hierarchy. The subscription part will provide full index entry and bibliographic details for all new and changed nomenclature associated with an animal name. Information on costs, availability, and the system in general are available from Judith Howcroft, Special Projects Manager, Biosis UK, Garforth House, 54 Micklegate, York, England, YOl ILF; via phone at +44 (0)1904 642816 or Fax at +44 (0)1904 612793, by e-mail at jhowcroft@york. biosis.org or http://www.york.biosis.org/ ELECTRONIC SCAMIT We moved a number of steps closer to being boot-strapped into the information age this last month. SCAMIT now has a website, still getting it's bugs ironed out at this time, but we have a site. A big thank you to SCCWRP for providing us the opportunity to be on-line (they are hosting us), and to Larry Cooper of that organization for all his efforts in creating and maintaining the site. I should add that if you don't like what you see, blame the SCAMIT officers as Larry is patiently doing our bidding, If you do like what you see, then thank Larry for interpreting our desires for us. We are not yet available by search. You must input the address directly for the time being (http//www.sccwrp.org/scamit/). Within a short period we should be fully linked, and available to browsers. We are learning that production of an on-line Newsletter is not the same as the production of a paper copy, but a separate and not necessarily overlapping process. We would appreciate member s’comments on the utility of our website to them, the value of having the Newsletter on-line for review or downloading, and the likelihood that an on-line Newsletter will satisfy their needs (so that a paper copy is not needed). SCAMITs goals in transitioning from paper to electronic newsletter format are 1) an increase in availability (broadening of audience), 2) a facilitation of information exchange (more feedback from users), and 3) a reduction in production costs. We expect (once linked) to attract some attention from other outside interests who are not SCAMIT members, and have no intention of becoming members. We welcome them, and hope that they will find what we do of interest, and worthy of information exchange. We are even more interested in our current members, however, and 8 February, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 10 worry that you may cease being dues-paying members if all you value of SCAMIT is freely available on the net. Let us know how you feel, please; it's important to us. THE EDITOR THANKS... Several of the items in the present Newsletter are attributed to members other than myself (at least I think my membership is current...). I thank these individuals sincerely, both for lessening my own load, and for broadening the base of comment and opinion represented. I solicit and welcome all contributions of any nature (except the truly scurrilous or extremely obscene) pertinent to the broader interests of SCAMIT folk, With expanded representation of the membership in the Newsletter we all benefit. Or, if you can’t find the time to prepare an article or note, drop me a line or e-mail with information I can pass on (as Gary Gillingham did herein). BIBLIOGRAPHY BEHRENS, DAVID W. 1991. Pacific Coast Nudibranchs. A Guide to the Opistobranchs Alaska to Baja California. Sea Challengers: Monterey, California. BLAKE, JAMES A, Paul H Scott, and Andrew Lissner. (eds.). 1996. Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and The Western Santa Barbara Channel. Volume 14 - Miscellaneous Taxa. Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History: Santa Barbara, California, U.S.A. 305pp. ELLIS, DEREK V. 1987. Biomass loss in wet-preserved Reference Collections. Collection Forum 3(l/2):6-8. —. 1988. Quality Control of Biological Surveys. Marine Pollution Bulletin 19(10):506-512. FISCHER, PAUL. 1887. Manuel De Conchyliologie et De Paleontogie Conchyliologique. Masson et Companie, Paris. 1369pp. FOREST, JACQUES, Lipke B. Holthuis. 1997. A. Milne-Edwards 1 Recueil de Figures de Crustaces nouveaux ou peu connus, 1883. Novelle edition en fac simile avec des commentaires et annotations. 128pp. Backhuys Publishers: Leiden, The Netherlands. LAFFERTY, KEVIN D., and Armand M. Kuris. 1996. Biological control of marine pests. Ecology 77(7): 1989-2000. MACCALL, ALEC D. 1996. Patterns of low-frequency variability in fish populations of the California current. California Cooperative Oceanic Fisheries Investigations Reports 37:100-110. MOYLE, PETER B., and Theo Light. 1996. Biological invasions of fresh water: Empirical rules and assembly theory. Biological Conservation 78(1-2): 149-161. SCHULTZ, DUANE R., Patricia I. Arnold, Thomas R. Capo, Claire B. Paris-Limouzy, Joseph E. Serafy, and William J. Richards. 1996. Immunologic methods for species identification of early life stages of lutjanid fishes from the western central Atlantic . 1. Characterization of an interspecies protein. Fishery Bulletin 94(4):734-742. STIMPSON, WILLIAM. 1907. Report on the Crustacea (Brachyura and Anomura) collected by the North Pacific Exploring Expedition, 1853-1856. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections 44(1717): 1-240. STULL, JANET K., Donald J. P. Swift, and Alan W. Niedoroda. 1996. Contaminant dispersal on the Palos Verdes continental margin .1. Sediments and biota near a major California wastewater discharge. Science of the Total Environment 179(1-3):73-90. 9 February, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No, 10 STULL, JANET K., and Chi-Li Tang. 1996. Demersal fish trawls off Palos Verdes, southern California, 1973-1993. California Cooperative Oceanic Fisheries Investigations Reports 37:211-240, VETTER, ERIC W. 1996. Life-history patterns of two Southern California Nebalia species (Crustacea:Leptostraca): The failure of form to predict function. Marine Biology 127(1): 131-141. Haliotis tuberculatus in life (from Fischer 1887) SCAMIT OFFICERS: If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel free to contact any of the officers, e-mail address President Ron Velarde (619)692-4903 rgv@sddpc.sannet.gov Vice-President Don Cadien (310)830-2400 ext. 403 mblcsdla@netcom.com Secretary Cheryl Brantley (310)830-2400 ext. 403 mblcsdla@netcom.com Treasurer Ann Dalkey (310)648-5544 cam@san.ci.la.ca.us Back issues of the newsletter are available. Prices are as follows: Volumes 1-4 (compilation).$ 30.00 Volumes 5 - 7 (compilation).$ 15.00 Volumes 8-14 .$ 20.00/vol. Single back issues are also available at cost. 10 CITY OF SAN DIEGO'S MARINE BIOLOGY LABORATORY DLO Southern California Association of Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists PRESENTS a two day Workshop on THE TAXONOMY OF BENTHIC CNIDARIA emphasizing the fauna of So. California and adjacent Regions Sessions on: Hydrozoa (including Polyorchis, Corymorphine Hydroids and their medusae, genus Plumularia , and Anthozoa (including burrowing anemones, gorgonians, sea pens and other octocorals). Participants are urged to bring specimens of problematical onidaria which in combination with our collection will provide the basis of specimens for examination. APRIL 10 and 11, 1997 held from 9 am to 4 pm each day at DANCING COYOTE RANCH 20355 HWY 76, Pauma Valley, CA. If you would like to attend please contact: John Ljubenkov at P.O. Box 781, Pauma Valley, CA 90261, phone 619-742-2238 or fax: J, Ljubenkov @ MEC Analytical Systems, 619-931-1580. If you are coming from a distance and need somewhere to stay there are motels and campgrounds, or camping for free on the Ranch, but please make contact for more information. March, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter voi. 15, no . 11 NEXT MEETING: Workshop - The Taxonomy of Benthic Cnidaria GEEST SPEAKER: Moderator - John Ljubenkov DATE: 10-11 April 1997 TIME: 9am - 4pm each day LOCATION: Dancing Coyote Ranch, 20355 Hwy 76, Pauma Valley, California Polyorchis (from Hyman, 1940. The Invertebrates, Volume 1 - Protozoa-Ctenophora) APRIL 10-11 WORKSHOP Our April meeting has been replaced with a two day workshop titled Taxonomy of Benthic Cnidaria emphasizing the fauna of So. California and adjacent regions. Sessions on Hydrozoa and Anthozoa are planned, with particular attention to Polyorchis , corymorphine hydroids and their medusae, Plumularia, burrowing anemones, gorgonians, sea pens and other octocorals. Bring problem specimens, of which there should be no lack. Please contact John @ 619)742-2238 for directions, information, to indicate attendance, or for help arranging accommodations for overnighting. FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED, IN PART, BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION, CHEVRON USA, AND TEXACO INC. SCAMIT Newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for formal taxonomic purposes . March, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 11 NEW LITERATURE A variety of new papers were distributed at the meeting for member examination. Two dealt with echinoderms, which form the backbone of Taxonomic Atlas Volume 14, our discussion topic for the meeting. Both concerned holothuroids, with Rodgers & Bingham (1996) addressing the subtidal zonation of the eastern Pacific Cucumaria lubrica , and Foster & Hodgson (1996) examining the relationships between gut morphology, tentacle morphology, and feeding in five South African cucumbers. The population of C. lubrica used as the basis of the first paper was from Anacortes, Washington. Responses of the species in southern California waters are probably quite similar. The authors found the population distributed within fairly distinct depth bands, apparently based largely on the responses of the animals to light. The South African species examined in the second paper had three different tentacle morphologies; dendritic, modified dendritic, and peltate. The authors found these morphological differences to reflect differences in food substrate used. Species which had a high proportion of plant matter in their diet also showed elongation of the gut to provide additional time for digestion of cellulose in the food. Sudo & Azeta (1996) report on life history and secondary production of the Japanese amphipod Byblis japonicus. This species does not occur in the Eastern Pacific, but is not too different from the local B . veleronis. The authors review all previous life history information on ampeliscid amphipods; a useful reference. The extent to which a single fish population can affect a benthic crustacean one was detailed by Berghahn (1996). He reports on an invasion of juvenile whiting in 1990, which caused localized near extinction of a shrimp (Crangon crangon) in the Wadden Sea. Although isolated, such severe depredations are not unique events. They appear to be a recurrent feature involving several gadoid fishes, with records from 1959, 1970, 1983, and 19th century European waters. Happily the shrimp population recovered within one year in the most recent episode. Krueger & Cavanaugh (1997) discuss a closer relationship between two disparate populations; that of species in the clam genus Solemya and their bacterial symbionts. Given the closeness of their relationship one would assume them to have co-evolved from one seminal symbiotic event. Comparisons of 16S rRNA genes in a series of symbiont species indicate this is not so. The relationship with Solemya seems to have been independently established on a number of occasions. Some of the bacterial symbionts are, for instance, much more closely related genetically to symbionts of lucinid bivalves than to species symbiotic with other Solemya species. The role of gastropod egg eapsules in shielding the developing young of intertidal species from harmful exposure to ultraviolet light is discussed by Rawlings (1996). He found that in Nucella emarginata the capsule decreased UV-A by 45 % and UV-B by 95 %, protecting the contained embryos. Removal of capsules resulted in higher embryo mortality. Although this type of capsule is not a response to ozone-hole developments, species which invested in heavier, more UV protective egg capsules are now reaping an increased benefit from the recent increases in UV exposure intensity. Taxonomic difficulties in the conid gastropod genera Oenopota and Propebela were investigated by Lundberg et al (1996) using cladistic methods. Although the group of species they considered were from the north Atlantic, much the same problems would be encountered with the north Pacific and Arctic members of these genera (rampant homoplasy for one). Using the 23 north Atlantic species, their analysis indicated that Propebela was a monophyletic clade, while Oenopota was paraphyletic. Their data matrix included 26 morphological characters derived 2 March, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 11 from die shells, radulae, and operculi of the animals. No anatomical characters were used, since they are, in most cases, unknown. A much stronger and more definitive analysis involving anatomical characters remains to be performed by someone with a considerable amount of time to do dissections and anatomical evaluations of the many species. Such an analysis would provide a much broader spectrum of characters for analysis, perhaps allowing some of the more homoplasious to be eliminated. The paper by Bavestrello et al (1996) provided observations on the relationships between the colonial hydroid Eudendrium glomeratum and its associated epifauna. While this hydroid is from the Mediterranean, we have a local species 0 Eudendrium rameum ) which probably has very similar types of relationships with it’s associates. The most interesting observations were of a clepto-commensal relationship with a caprellid. The caprellid would allow the hydroid hydranths to catch prey, and then steal them for it’s own consumptionf Perhaps human behavior isn’t so different after all (sounds a lot like some advisor/ grad student situations to me). Relationships with predatory aeolid nudibranchs and pycnogonids were also discussed. DEAR VICE-PRESIDENT GORE.,* We also circulated at the meeting a letter sent down via E-mail by member Gary Gillingham (KLI) who thought we might be interested either individually or as an organization. It was to be sent to Vice-President Gore to call his attention to the intensifying crisis caused by alien species invasions of North American ecosystems. It was authored by a group of scientists from various disciplines. They solicited further signitors who felt that the problem they described required higher national priority. Several of the members present expressed interest. The deadline for submission was 14 March, so if you did not find out about this prior to this Newsletter, your chance of signing has passed. Sorry to not have provided a heads-up earlier. MINUTES OF THE 10 MARCH MEETING After our business meeting and circulation of the literature items mentioned above we proceeded to our discussion. Leader Megan Lilly usually kept us to our path, but a few digressions occurred. We began our examination of Volume 14 of the Taxonomic Atlas Series (Blake et al 1996) with the echinodemis. In general we were all pleased with the volume, and considered it a valuable edition to the series. Most of the comments received had to do with minor errors and discrepancies in the texts. Chapter 4. Phylum Echinodennata provoked no comment. Chapter 5, Class Crinoidea was singled out as a fine discussion of the one included species, something which can serve as a model to strive for in future. There was an omission in the first literature citation on Pg. 93, where the year of publication of Bernard and Ziesenhenne’s paper (1961) was left out. Chapter 6. Class Asteroidea seemed to have some problems with literature citation, ♦ The citation of "Lambert, 1945” onpg. 102 and subsequently throughout the chapter should read "Lambert, 1981”. ♦ Citation of "Morris et al, 1980” on pg, 109 should read "Feder, 1980". ♦ References to "Lissner, 1980” and "Lawrence, 1987” throughout the chapter are not supported by inclusion of these references in the Literature Cited. They are included in the bibliography at the end of this newsletter so you can add them to your copy. ♦ A more serious problem was the misattribution of authorship for the taxon Astropecten verrilli (pg. 101 and 104). According to Maluf (1988) the author of this species is de Loriol, and date of publication is 1899; there should not be parentheses around the author/date. 3 March, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 11 ♦ We also disagree with the statement that A. verrilli is the only Astropecten occurring north of San Pedro, California (pg, 105). Astropecten armatus are taken well to the north in the Santa Barbara Channel, and possibly north of Pt. Conception. Channel occurrences are documented by voucher specimens collected during the SCBPP in 1994, Astropecten omatissimus is still known from too few specimens for it’s distribution to be accurately determined. Although no specimens are yet known from north of San Pedro, it may have been reported in the past as A . verrilli , masking a more northern distribution. ♦ On page 105 the name Verrill is misspelled (as Verill) in the authorship of Hippasteria spinosa . ♦ On page 106 Pteraster tesselatus is misspelled (as P . tessalatus ) in a parenthetical entry under "Biology". ♦ On pg 110, in the second sentence in the Description section - the word "longer" in regards to arm/disc ratio, should be replaced with "larger". The word "are" should be inserted after the word "ratio" at the beginning of the third sentence. These are for the most part quite trivial errors, but since these volumes are likely to receive use for some time as sources, we should do our best to catch and correct even the trivial errors so they are not inadvertently perpetuated under the guise of authority. Chapter 7. Class Ophiuroidea. Generally we found this chapter to be very well done, and, except for the complete lack of a key, easy to use. ♦ Spencer and Wright (1966), mentioned several times on pg. 115 is omitted from the literature cited list. ♦ On pg. 137, in the third paragraph of the Description section, the author states "Generally 5 oral papillae." We feel this is a typo and should read "Generally 4 oral papillae", as we can only count 4 oral papillae in the formula presented. ♦ On pg. 148 under Remarks we felt the statement "distinctions between nominal Amphiura and Amphioplus species with 4 pairs of oral papillae can be baseless." could use some further amplification. Perhaps Dr. Hendler can be persuaded to provide some at a future meeting. ♦ On pg. 150 the synonymy of Amphioplus hexacanthus with Dougaloplus amphacanthus will have to be discussed with Dr. Hendler. While it is clear from his type examination that the two species are synonyms, we have been applying the name A, hexacanthus to an entity which differs markedly from D. amphacanthus in disk morphology. What should it be referred to? Certainly not to D. amphacanthusl ♦ On pg. 160 the final paragraph indicates that preserved specimens of Ophiuroconis bispinosa "retain considerable pigmentation". This has not been observed by those members present, except for possibly one instance. Does handling of our preserved material differ from that of the museum? Chapter 8. Class Echinoidea. Once again some difficulty with the literature citations. ♦ Lambert and Thiery, 1924 (pg. 189) were not included in the literature citations. ♦ In the discussion under Biology of Allocentrotus fragilis the statement "Their feeding is characterized as predator-scavenger, * was not consistent with the experience of the members present. All of us who have seen these animals broken open have found sediment filled guts, hardly the hallmark of a predator or scavenger. It is suggested that the common appearance of these animals around food falls (Lissner, pers. obs.) is an opportunistic behavior which differs from the norm for this animal. It may be that our observations around wastewater discharges are also atypical for the species as a whole, and that 4 March, 1997 SCAM1T Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 11 they are opportunistically feeding as sediment swallowing surface deposit feeders in areas of high sediment organic content. Discussions with the authors would be valuable. ♦ The side-by-side illustrations of peripetalous fascioles (Figure 8.7) and subanal fascioles (Figure 8.9) of Brissopsis pacifica and Brisaster latifrons were very useful. They should help dispel any lingering difficulties in separating these animals during field sampling. ♦ The literature citation for Nichols et al (pg. 194) is incorrect. It should read Estuarine Coastal Shelf Science 29: 171-182, ♦ Thompson, Tsudada. Laughlin and Moylen. 1987a (pg. 194) should read Thompson, Tsukada, Laughlin and Moylen. 1987. Chapter 9. Class Holothuroidea. Unfortunately the near-shore high-energy sand bottom species Paracaudina chilensis (J. Muller 1850) was inadvertently left out of this otherwise comprehensive treatment of the California fauna. This animal is described in some detail in Hozawa (1928), and discussed by Clark (1907) and Ohshima (1929). Dr. Bergen has seen and identified specimens from the area, but neglected to include them. Aside from this lack most comments were laudatory. The general consensus was "aaaah, at last it’s out.” ♦ In the key on pg. 203, couplet 6 will require modification to include Paracaudina chilensis. A suggested fix is being worked on, but will require location and reexamination of specimens of this infrequently encountered species. At issue is the nature of the tentacles. Dr. Bergen suspects that they will be interpreted as more like those of molpadiids, and would key that way. An additional couplet to distinguish Molpadia from Paracaudina on the basis of ossicle form, and lack of phosphatic bodies would be added. ♦ Later in the key, on pg. 206, couplet 30A should read - "Spire of supporting tables bifurcate"; while couplet 30B should read - "Spire of supporting tables multifurcate". ♦ On pg 229 in the last sentence of the first paragraph, the first "P, lubricus" should read f ‘P. astigmatus ". Chapter 10. Hemichordata: Enteropneusta. Dean Pasko has been applying this chapter to the material from San Diego, and has found two of the genera, Schizocardium and Stereobalanus . He showed us examples of the two. His method of separating them involves a simple cut across the proboscis so that it’s internal structure can be clearly seen. As shown in Figure 10.2, the four genera which occur in the area have distinctly differing proboscis cross-sections. This is a step in the right direction, allowing us to get far beyond our previous limits in identifying the animals. While we may have several species in some of these genera, we must content ourselves with unambiguous placement within genera for the time being. ♦ In Key I. on pg 255, couplet 3 is internally contradictory as regards the length of the proboscides of the two choices. In 3B Schizocardium is characterized as having "Proboscis not elongate, generally ovate" while later on in the same line the proboscis is described as "3x length, 5x width of Saccoglossus ! \ Since Saccoglossus was characterized as having "Elongate cylindroid proboscis" in 3A, one is left to ponder the definition of the term elongate. Chapter 11. Phylum Chordata: Subphylum Urochordata, Class Ascidiacea. Although Gretchen Lambert could not join us for the meeting she sent us greetings through John Ljubenkov. She also provided us with information on contacting her. The telephone system at Cal State Fullerton is being revamped, and her number is changing. She can be reached at 714)773-3481 (or FAX @714] 773-3426) until March 26. After that date her number will become 714)278-3481 (or FAX 714] 278-3426). Her E-mail address is glambert@fullerton.edu. 5 March, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 11 We had no comments on her chapter except a general pleasure in having it available. As of yet none of us have tried to apply the key. Chapter 1. The Brachiopoda. This chapter held few surprises for us because of the presentation that Dr. Hochberg gave SCAMIT in 1993 on the same subject. ♦ We noted that the attribution of the species Laqueus californianus to "Koch, 1848" in the SCAMIT list is incorrect according to the usage on pg. 9, It is correctly used with parentheses as on pg. 9 and will be changed in Ed. 3 of the SCAMIT list. ♦ In couplet 4 of the Key (pg. 10) we disagree with the wording of 4B. All of the Terebratulina crossei taken during the SCBPP were translucent, and would not key properly here. We have no suggested fix, and will hope for some replacement from Dr. Hochberg. ♦ On pg 16 under the Diagnosis section of Frieleia the author states "both valves may be somewhat sulcate". This is at variance with the statements in the key circulated during the 1993 SCAMIT meeting, and perhaps also with the illustration of Frieleia halli (Figure 1.6), which is essentially non-sulcate. We assume that the reference is to the vanishingly small median indentation in the anterior margin which gives the slightly bi-lobed appearance noted for F. halli. We need clarification from Dr. Hochberg. ♦ On pg 19 under Biology the statement "appears to be solitary" is at variance with our experience in the SCBPP. In several shelf-break coarse sediment trawl samples from that program we found the species both in monospecific clusters of numerous individuals, and in mixed clusters with Laqueus californianus. ♦ On pg 20 near the bottom of the page Terebratulina unquicula should be T, unguicula. ♦ On pg 23 near the bottom of the second paragraph oxygen is given a rather innovative spelling. That we can only find such trivial errors to comment on is a tribute to the quality of this chapter. By the way, the plates are remarkably clear and detailed, displaying the subtle differences in surface structure and sculpture which are important in species differentiation. Chapter 2. Phylum Sipuncula. Unfortunately the author was not able to make full use of the recent monograph on the sipunculids by Cutler (1994) which arrived too late for much inclusion. ♦ On pg 57 we have some conceptual difficulty with the distributions listed for Nephasoma diapkanes diaphanes and Nephasoma diaphanes corrugatum. We fail to see, for one thing, how a cosmopolitan animal can be subdivided into subspecies based on morphological rather than distributional grounds. If they are not separable at specific level, then their overlapping distributions become incompatible with any concept of population isolation (especially in broadcast spawning animals such as these). Until some information is made available to suggest a method of reproductive isolation (ie. differences in spawning timing, sperm-egg chemical incompatibility, etc.) these two should be viewed as either separate species or ecophenotypic variants rather than as subspecies. We suspect that N. diaphanes is a complex of closely related sibling species and not a single cosmopolitan taxon. Cutler suggests this as a possibility for all sipunculid "cosmopolitan" species in his discussion of zoogeography (1994 pg. 320). Under the circumstances, the author’s choice not to differentiate the subspecific taxa is the appropriate one, and one that SCAMIT will also follow. ♦ Much the same zoogeographic concerns prompted us to reject (for the moment) the synonymy of what we had previously called Onchnesoma sp A with Phascolion Intense on pg. 57. We accept the transfer to Phascolion , but believe that a synonymy with P . lutense is 6 March* 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter VoL 15, No. 11 premature. SCAMIT will treat this as Phascolion sp A * believing it very unlikely that it is the same taxon whose type-locality is at 53 °S in 3658m! It remains a possibility that the two may be the same, but the case is not yet proven to our satisfaction. One additional point: San Diego specimens of Onchnesonta sp A were submitted to Cutler* who found them probably identifiable with Phascolion hupferi , in a different subgenus than P. Intense . Inclusion of Figure 2.3E (pg 58) is regrettable, as it is far below the standard in evidence elsewhere throughout the volume, and adds nothing to the description of the animal. Chapter 3. Echiura. We have needed an update of Fisher for sometime, not because it was inadequate, but to assure us that we were not missing recent changes. ♦ The key (pg. 71) is unfortunately not parallel* making it harder to use than it need be. ♦ Members asked about the visibility of the "inconspicuous longitudinal muscle bands" of Listriolobns hexamyotus (pg. 72) and were reassured that they are visible through the skin on most specimens, and could be clearly seen on dissection. This species is usually too deep to occur in the sampling programs of SCAMIT agencies, but may occur in shallower water near the heads of submarine canyons. It has been taken in the past in Orange County near the head of the Newport Submarine Canyon in less than 30m. ♦ On pg. 75 members might add at the end of the Description of Arhynchite californicus that in life the animal is a very deep forest green, a pigment that comes off on one's hands and will stain them if not promptly removed. Where the tissue is thinnest the green is very bright; almost flourescent. ♦ On pg. 77 members might add at the end of the Description of Nellobia eusoma that in life the animal is forest green like Arhynchite californicus but is less densely pigmented than that species. It has been taken from burrows in compacted clay from emergent clay reefs on offshore bottoms by CSDLAC. The burrows were probably constructed by co-occurring sipunculids* and invaded by the Nellobia when vacant* as they do not appear to have a tough enough exterior to burrow for themselves. ♦ On pg. 79 the reference to Thompson (1979) should be in the Proceedings of the Taxonomic Standardization Program. The members who participated were well satisfied with Volume 14, and with the work of the authors who contributed to it. We also feel that the editors did an excellent job of pulling together contributions of considerably varying coverage and style into a coherent whole. We will be routinely using this volume for quite some time. Thanks to Megan for her artful direction of the proceedings, and for maintaining the composite set of notes which served as the basis for these minutes. WHEREFORE ART THOU P. albal We often get excited about the appearance of a new benthic community member in our area (i.e. Philine auriformis), but we frequently allow the absence or severe decline of populations to go unremarked. The large lens-shaped philinid snail which formerly graced our trawl catches, P . alba , is a case in point. It was in the past an animal frequently taken in trawls at mid to outer shelf depths, but I have seen it only rarely in recent years (the last CSDLAC specimen was trawled in 1987). A large animal, it was probably longevous, surviving perhaps for a decade or more (speculation on my part - life span of the animal is undocumented). Although it’s egg mass is not described, P. aperta , an apparent ecological analogue in European waters, has many small eggs and planktotrophic veligers (Schaefer 1996). I assume P. alba was/is k-selected, with either low-level continuous recruitment or episodic higher level recruitment events. If so, we have 7 March, 1997 SCAM1T Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 11 probably experienced partial or complete failure of recruitment for a number of years. This would jibe with my total inability, despite examination of a large number of benthic grabs taken from a wide variety of places, to Find any juvenile P, alba . I thought I had done so on several occasions, but on further examination the animals always proved to be something else. Have any readers encountered any juveniles? How about recent observations of adults? We can only speculate on why such failures might have occurred. My suggestion would be that the larval recruitments were severely affected by the same causes which yielded a 70% decline in near¬ shore zooplankton populations over the last several decades. A climatic connection was indicated for this decline (see Roemmich & McGowan 1995), but the exact mechanism is unclear. Other guesses? Other cases of severe decline or apparent local extinction? Submit entries in the "Great Explanation Derby" to the editor. SUGGESTED WEB LINKS Several members have contributed suggested links to other web sites of interest to SCAM IT members for inclusion in our website. So far we have had the Opisthobranch Newsletter Site, Bernard Picton’s nudibranch site, Gary McDonald's Opisthobranch systematic site and the Ascidian Homepage suggested. Other links are welcome; make your suggestions. We will try to provide what you, as members, will find most useful. ELECTRONIC FILING Several out-of-area members attempted to vote in the SCAMIT election electronically, by E-mail submission of their ballots. Unfortunately we are not able to count this type of input. The official SCAMIT ballots distributed with your printed newsletter are the only acceptable votes. Sorry. This restriction comes from our organizational charter, and also prevents us from voting by "show of hands" during a meeting. We will have to reconsider this provision as our activities move more into the electronic domain. At present, and for the foreseeable future, we need your vote on the paper ballot. ASC NEWS The most recent newsletter from the Association of Systematic Collections contains a most interesting opinion article on the valuation of natural history collections (Fitzgerald 1997). The author suggests that there are several methods of valuation, and that each requires a different set of assumptions about the purpose of the collection. Most of us have not considered our collections to have a dollar value associated with them. Perhaps it is time to consider their value, as society as a whole is in the midst of a large re¬ prioritization of it’s financial allocations. I recommend this article as a stimulating push into discussion of collections valuation. The newsletter also contained a mention of the ASC web site, which will likely become one of SCAM IT’s linked sites. Until then you can find them at http://www.ascoll.org. They also provide a variety of links to other sites of probable interest, Surfs Up! NAMIT NOTES The latest edition of the NAMIT newsletter has just been received. It announces an upcoming workshop on Nemertea and Cnidaria with Steven Hulsman addressing the former and John Ljubenkov the latter. It will take place on Friday and Saturday June 13-14 at the Port Townsend Marine Science Center, Fort Worden State Park, Port Townsend, WA. Interested parties are encouraged to attend. If you are planning to do so please contact Maggie Dutch, NAMIT c/o Washington State Dept, of Ecology, Ambient Monitoring Section, PO Box 47710, Olympia, WA 98504-7710 or via FAX @ 360)407-6884, or E-mail at mdut461@ecy.wa.gov. Based on the 8 March, 1997 SCAM1T Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 11 newsletter, NAMIT is getting it’s house increasingly in order, and progressing nicely. Our congratulations and best wishes to our sister organization to the north. SCBPP ANALYSIS UPDATE Most SCAMITeers were involved to some extent in the Southern California Bight Pilot Project (SCBPP). Once field work and sample analysis was completed (in 1994 and 1995 respectively) the project dropped from most members' view. Our involvement has continued through participation of some members in committees handling the data generated. It is now 1997, and we have yet to have a report in hand to allow examination of the fruits of our labors. Why, you ask? Preliminary results were presented at both the 1995 and 1996 Southern California Academy of Sciences Meetings, and work towards final report preparation has continued unabated. One of the factors which has delayed the process was the extensive Quality Control effort and production of metadata required. Another factor was the desire to analyse the data with other than "canned 1 ' approaches. Our goal in the project is to produce analyses which can inform regulators and managers simply and unequivocally about the extent to which the study area as a whole has been impacted by man’s activities. Along the way, as we discarded measure after measure as potential analytic tools, we found that to do justice to the data a new tool was required. Consequently the benthic analysis committee has been involved over the last 2+ years in the development of a new benthic index to combine the best features of Dr. Bob Smith’s Index 5, and Dr. Jack Word’s Infaunal (Trophic) Index. The design phase of this project is over, and we are now beginning verification testing of what appears to be a very powerful new tool for teasing out anthropogenic influence (at present mostly wastewater discharge) from background natural variability. As we live in a particularly variable area, with alternating warm and cool current regimes bringing both northern and southern species into our "California Transition Zone" (Newman 1979), our data provides a challenging test of the new measure. With all of the data thoroughly modified to remove taxonomic inconsistancies, and with the new analysis tool in hand we are very close to the end of the road. All that remains is the final computer analyses, a brief period of pondering the meaning of all those printouts, and the writing of the report(s). Although the schedule is still in flux, we will have the final report out this year, and sooner, rather than later. RAMBLINGS & RUMINATIONS I have an interest in popular cosmology, feeling that it provides stimulating reading. I was reading a book about new developments recently when the author discussed the conceptual change introduced by Thomas Kuhn in his "The Structure of Scientific Revolutions". Kuhn introduced the concept of paradigm shift to account for wrenching direction changes in the history of science. It is during these changes that theories long considered close to received truth are discarded and replaced by radically different explanations of the natural world. It occurred to me (while reading about paradigm shift in origin of the universe terms) that the common phenomenon of finding an animal as soon as it is described (but usually not before) is directly related to "paradigm shifting" in our gestalt perceptions of organisms. It has always amazed me that I seem to fmd an animal right after it’s description. It is as if the animal were newly created, and appears everywhere at once. What I assume is really happening is that our perceptions of reality are being modified to accommodate this new gestalt, and differentiate it from those most similar to it. Thus the process of "learning to distinguish" a 9 March, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 11 species is one of modifying one's perception of reality by subtle shifting of the paradigm. Of course, in some cases, there really is de novo appearance of an animal in an area related to invasion from elsewhere (ala Philine auriformis), but usually the organism has been right under our noses mixed up with something else. Taxonomic inertia (the tendency to view an unknown organism as at most a variant of what we already know) leads us to "shoe-homing ,f - forcing a specimen into a taxonomic category not quite big enough to contain it. The practice is often expedient, as the alternative is a complete and thorough examination of the specimen and other related specimens; a time consuming option. Often the shoe-homed animals really do belong in an existing taxon, and only represent unreported variability within the population. Sometimes, however, the process prevents recognition of sibling species, submerging them within a broadly defined variable taxon. Drawing the line between what is and what is not sufficiently different to warrant description as a new taxon is still an art rather than a science. The introduction of testability for taxonomic hypotheses through cladistic analysis is one of the most attractive aspects of cladistics. It offers (within limitations) replacement of a subjective determination of taxon boundaries by a less artful, but more repeatable procedure. It is one of the most persuasive reasons to move to a cladistic, or combined cladistic/phenetic based taxonomy. If the sort of gestalt paradigm shift described above is really what happens when we are challenged to add another element to our taxonomic universe, then the new finding of new species would be expected. Then again, it may be nothing more that the existence of a label providing an improved basis for communication. -Don Cadien BIBLIOGRAPHY BAVESTRELLO, GIORGIO, Carlo Cerrano, Riccardo Cattaneo-Vietti, and Michele Sara. 1996. Relations between Eudendrium glomeratum (Cnidaria, Hydromedusae) and its associated vagile fauna. Scientia Marina 60(1); 137-143. BERGHAHN, RUDIGER. 1996. Episodic mass invasions of juvenile gadoids into the Wadden sea and their consequences for the population dynamics of brown shrimp fCrangon crangon) . Marine Ecology - Pubblicazioni Della Stazione Zoologica di Napoli I 17(1-3):251-260. BLAKE, JAMES A, Paul H Scott, and Andrew Lissner, (eds.). 1996. Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and The Western Santa Barbara Channel. Volume 14 - Miscellaneous Taxa. Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History: Santa Barbara, California, U.S.A. 305pp. CLARK, HUBERT L. 1907. The apodous holothurians: a monograph of the Synaptidae and Molpadiidae (including a report on the representatives of these families in the collections of the United States National Museum). Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge 35(1723): 1-231. CUTLER, EDWARD B. 1994. The Sipuncula: Their Systematics, Biology, and Evolution. Cornell Univeristy Press, Ithaca, New York. 453pp. FITZGERALD, GERALD R. 1997. Collections Valuation: Opportunity or Crisis? ASC Newsletter 25(1): 1, 3. 10 March, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 11 FOSTER, GREG G., and Alan N. Hodgson. 1996. Feeding, tentacle and gut morphology in five species of southern African intertidal holothuroids (Echinodermata). South African Journal of Zoology 31(2):70-79. HoZAWA, SANJI. 1928. On the changes occuring with advancing age in the calcareous deposits of Caudina chilensis (J. Muller). Science Reports of the Tohoku Imperial University, 4th series, Biology 3(3):361-377. KRUEGER, DANA M., and Colleen M. Cavanaugh. 1997. Phylogenetic diversity of bacterial symbionts of Solemva hosts based on comparative sequence analysis of 16S rRNA genes. Applied and Environmental Microbiology 63(l):91-98. LAMBERT, JULES and Paul Thi6ry. 1909-1925. Essai de Nomenclature Raisonn£e des Echinides. Chaumont: Librairie L. Ferriere. 607pp. LAWRENCE, JOHN M. 1987. A Functional Biology of Echinoderms. The John Hopkins University Press: Baltimore. 340pp. LISSNER, ANDREW L. 1980. Asteroidea collected during the BLM Survey of the Southern California Bight, 1975-1978. Proceedings of the Taxonomic Standardization Program, Southern California Coastal Water Research Project (SCCWRP) 8(2):2-12. LUNDBERG, JO AKIM, Christoffer Schander, and Oystein Stokland. 1996. A preliminary cladistic analysis of North Atlantic Qenopota Moerch, 1852 and Propebela Iredale, 1918 (Gastropoda: Conoidea). Journal of Molluscan Studies 62(3):289-298. MALUF, LINDA YVONNE. 1988. Composition and Distribution of the Central Eastern Pacific Echinoderms. Technical Report Number 2. Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County. 242pp. NEWMAN, WILLIAM A. 1979. Californian Transitional Zone: Significance of Short-Range Endemics. Pp.399-415. In: Gray, Jane and Arthur J. Boucot (eds.), Historical Biogeography, Plate Tectonics, and the Changing Environment. Oregon State University Press: Oregon. OH SHIM A, HIROSHI. 1929. The Caudina of Asamushi. Annotationes Zoologicae Japonenses 12(1):29^5. RAWLINGS, TIMOTHY A. 1996. Shields against ultraviolet radiation: An additional protective role for the egg capsules of benthic marine gastropods. Marine Ecology - Progress Series 136(1-3):81- 95. RODGERS, SHERRI A., and Brian L. Bingham, 1996. Subtidal zonation of the holothurian Cucumaria lubrica ( Clark). Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 204(1/2): 113-129. ROEMMICH, D., and J. McGowan. 1995. Climatic warming and the decline of zooplankton in the California Current. Science 267: 1324-1326. SCHAEFER, K. 1996. Review of data on cephalaspid reproduction, with special reference to the genus Haminaea (Gastropoda. Opisthobranchia), Ophelia 45(1): 17-37. SPENCER, WILLIAM K. and C. W. Wright. 1966. Asterozoans. pp. 4-107 IN: Moore, Raymond C. (ed.). Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology. Part U. Echinodermata 3(1). University of Kansas Press and Geological Society of America. Lawrence, Kansas. 366pp. SUDO, H., and M. Azeta, 1996. Life history and production of the amphipod Bvblis japonicus Dahl (Gammaridea: Ampeliscidae) in a warm temperate zone habitat, Shijiki Bay, Japan, Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 198(2):203-222. 11 March, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 11 Ossicles of Paracaudina chilensis (from Hozawa, 1928) SCAMIT OFFICERS: If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel free to contact any of the officers. g-mail address President Ron Velarde (619)692^903 rgv@sddpc.sannet.gov Vice-President DonCadien (310)830-2400 ext. 403 mblcsdla@netcom.com Secretary Cheryl Brantley (310)830-2400 ext. 403 mblcsdla@netcom.com Treasurer Ann Dalkey (310)648-5544 cam@sanxi.la.ca.us Back issues of the newsletter are available. Prices are as follows: Volumes 1 - 4 (compilation).$ 30.00 Volumes 5 - 7 (compilation)...$ 15.00 Volumes 8-14 .$ 20.00/vol. Single back issues are also available at cost. 12 April, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Voi. 15 , N0.12 NEXT MEETING: Biology and Taxonomy of California Chitons GUEST SPEAKER: Dr. Doug Eemisse, Cal. State, Fullerton DATE: 6 May 1997 TIME: 9:30 am - 3:30 pm LOCATION: Times-Mirror Room, Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County, 900 Exposition Blvd., Eos Angeles External morphology of several chiton species (from Simroth, H. 1893-4. II. Ordnung. Polyplacophora pp. 234-355 IN; Bronn, H. G. Klassen und Ordnungen des Tierreichs: Band 3 - Mollusca) MAY 6th MEETING Dr. Doug Eemisse of Fullerton will be guest speaker, and will discuss biology and taxonomy of local chitons. Although these animals seldom show up in our samples, they cause difficulties for exactly that reason. Dr. Eernisse will give us a preview of the new key to offshore species he will introduce in the Taxonomic Atlas. Please round up any problem specimens you have taken, and bring them along. We will be able to view specimens from the collection of the Natural History Museum to help answer any questions not resolved by the specimens at hand. FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED, IN PART, BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION, CHEVRON USA, AND TEXACO INC. SCAMIT Newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for formal taxonomic purposes . April, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 12 NEW LITERATURE Some Pacific members of the shrimp family Axiidae are reviewed, and several new species described by Kensley (1996). One of the new species, Eiconaxius baja , is probably what was reported as Axius acutifrons by Wicksten (1982) from south of San Clemente Id.,but her specimens must be reexamined before this can be verified. She did not describe the animal in her paper, and her illustration leaves the presence/ absence of a median carapace carina in doubt. Other species described are from outside our area of interest. The crangonid shrimp genus Argis is treated by Komai (1997), who describes a new species from the northwestern Pacific. While well represented in more boreal waters, Argis has but one species in southern California waters (A. californiensis). Komai reexamines and redescribes several of the more poorly understood members of the genus, and provides a new generic key. Waren (1993, 1996) discusses gastropods from the North Atlantic, many in poorly known groups. Although the overlap at die species level with material from the boreal Pacific is slight, his descriptions and comments at the generic level and above provide a basis for reexamination of our fauna in these groups. The Skeneidae, which comprise a good portion of each paper, were not discussed in McLean's (1996) examination of the offshore fauna of the northeastern Pacific. The Rissoidae, also extensively treated by Waren, were only briefly covered by McLean. An added bonus is the inclusion (in the 1993 paper) of a brief update on the groups assigned to the subclass Heterobranchia. Both these papers provide a wealth of SEM photographs of both shells and radulae, often of tiny species which have not been effectively illustrated previously. The three predominantly intertidal "gooseneck” barnacles of the genus Pollicipes are given a truly exhaustive treatment by Barnes (1996). Every aspect of the biology of these animals is covered. Decades of research by the author and her late husband show clearly in this review article, which should stand for the next century (with but minor additions) as THE source for information on the group. The evolution of reproductive biology in a series of four eastern Pacific members of the anemone genus Epiactis was examined by Edmands (1996). This is another in a series of papers on the biology of this group. Interestingly, two of the four species could not be distinguished on the basis of allozyme analysis, but could be neatly segregated on the basis of DNA fingerprinting. Phylogenetic analysis suggested that the four species might belong to two differing genera, and that removal of Cnidopus from within Epiactis was supported. This is, however, only a limited preliminary analysis. One which encompasses all 18 members of the genus would be preferable. Specific points in the biology of specific animals were covered by Deheyn et al (1996) and Nishi & Nishihira (1996). The former discuss arm morphology of the ophiuroid Amphipholis squamata including die basis of the animal’s bioluminescence. Few ophiuroids are known to luminesce, but two local species - this and Ophiopsila californica - have had reports of bio luminescence explored and verified. Unlike many invertebrates, the light of these britde-stars is not a product of symbiotic luminous bacteria; nor is it incorporated in a secreted product such as luminous mucous. The light is generated intercellularly by specialized "organs" associated with the nervous tissue in the arms. Ophiuroid light production has been interpreted by some as an aposematic anti-predation display. Organism aging is the subject of Nishi &. Nishihira. They examined the polychaete Spirobranchus giganteus, which lives in coral heads. Analysis of coral growth, which can be reliably dated by annual growth increments, indicated that most of the worms examined had an age of 10 years or more. One particularly slow- 2 April, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 12 growing individual seemed to be about 40 yrs old. While other polychaete species of equivalent size are probably not as old, we must consider the possibility that some worm species routinely live for extended periods. The Spirobranchus habitat is a particularly sheltering one, offering much protection from predation, and perhaps allowing the worms to attain extraordinary ages. Growth rates in soft bodied invertebrates respond to a large number of environmental factors, and are sufficiently variable that laboratory growth rate-based age estimates are of dubious utility in estimating age in the wild. The current paper shows that at least some species can attain a ripe old age under natural conditions. How bivalve mollusks handle particles they ingest is reviewed by Levinton et al (1996). They examine several existing models of particle processing in bivalves, and derive a conceptual framework for bivalve particle handling which stresses the interrelationships of the different portions of the process. Modeling of the behavior of benthic worms in response to fish foraging, and the role such trophic interactions play in recruitment processes is discussed by Lindsay et al (1996). They point out that the restriction of feeding activity by infaunal adults in response to fish grazing increases the likelihood of successful larval recruitment around the adults. A new method for evaluating fish stomach contents was presented by Assis (1996). The rationale for and mathematical derivation of the GII (Geometric Index of Importance) are detailed. The analytic results are quite amenable to graphic presentation. The impact of grazing by amphipods on algae, and the response of the algae, are treated by Cronin and Hay (1996). Algae, which are usually viewed as passive victims in this encounter, prove to have a powerful counter punch. They can manufacture and deliver toxic secondary metabolites to the site of the amphipod grazing in short order, making such sites significantly less interesting to the grazers. Chemical defense in marine organisms in general is reviewed by Hay (1996). The subject is one of considerable interest, and has produced a great deal of experimental work in the last few years. Hay provides an admirable summary which knits together the various investigative threads into a cohesive fabric of explanation. Since there is a strong link to industry through marine natural products chemistry, it is likely that explorations into this subject will not suffer from the shortage of research funding found in many other areas. POLYCHAETE BIBLIOGRAPHY The first edition of the Polychaete Bibliography was distributed several years ago on CD-ROM. A second edition is now available as of 7April97, but now on the WWW rather than on CD-ROM, The authors (Linda Ward and Kristian Fauchald of the Smithsonian Institution) feel that this method of distribution will probably allow much easier and more frequent updating. They continue to caution that the bibliography is not completely proofed, and must be assumed to contain errors of pagination, dating, etc. They recommend that users cross-check citations prior to publication in the bibliography of a paper. The present edition has been put into the Papyrus format instead of that used in the 1st edition. It can also be downloaded as ASCII delimited text for those without Papyrus. The address for the bibliography is http://www.keil.ukans.edu/ -worms/bibliog/bibliowf.html. As there are no plans to release this edition in any other medium, worm folks not currently on the web now have a strong inducement to get a modem and start. 3 April, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 12 RESULTS OF OFFICER ELECTION The period for submission of ballots for election of 1997-1998 SCAMIT officers expired on 31 March 1997. Results of the balloting are provided below, with the number of votes for the incumbent and for write-in candidates indicated.. The total number of ballots received was 21, representing a 23 % turnout for the election. OFFICE INCUMBENT OTHER President 18 3 Vice-President 21 Secretary 20 1 Treasurer 21 The newly elected officers will take over from the incumbents at the May meeting. The officers thank the membership for expressing approval through their votes of the way in which we have performed our duties. It should be pointed out, however, that with a Iess-than-majority turnout it is quite possible that the majority are very upset with the way things are going and avoided the election in protest! Let us know which it is. The only comment on job performance received with the ballots was a statement that "the info and communication is wonderful/ Other comment, either laudatory or defamatory is solicited. Requests for information on open ocean medusae and gammarid amphipods were submitted as suggested meeting topics. Our thanks to all respondents for their participation, and an invitation to all non-participants to join in the process next time. SCAS MEETINGS REMINDER The prelimiary program for the 106th annual meetings of the Southern California Academy of Sciences has been distributed. The meetings take place on May 2-3, a Friday and Saturday, as is usually the case. Pre-registration closed on the 11th of April. Registration at the meetings is $50 for the two-day meeting for members, $60 for non-members. Single day attendance is $35. Scheduled symposia on Friday morning are Larval Recruitment of Fishes; Southern Deserts, Geology and Ecology; Southern California Geology; and Environmental Justice and Land Use. Friday afternoon symposia are: Southern Deserts, Archaeology, Geography, and Restoration; Coastal and Estuarine Biology; and Measurement of Ecosystem Processes. On Saturday morning the symposia are Unwanted Aliens - Non-native Plants and Animals; Anthropology Frontiers - A Holistic Approach; Marine Invertebrate Biology; and the Plenary Session. Symposia on Fish Biology; and Terrestrial Biology will take place on Saturday afternoon. Several members are listed among the speakers. See you there! CNTDARIAN WORKSHOP PROCEEDINGS The two-day workshop held on 10-11 April at Dancing Coyote Ranch was attended by John Ljubenkov - who organized and led the proceedings, Dean Pasko and Megan Lillie from CSDMWWD (both days), Dr. Eric Hochberg from Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History (both days), Dave Laur from UCSB (both days), Don Cadien from CSDLAC (both days), Ron Velarde from CSDMWWD (Thursday), Tony Phillips from LACEMD (Friday), and Dr. John Rees from the Alameda Naval Air Station (Friday). Topics considered were corymorphine hydroids (including both polyp and medusa generations), and anemones (primarily athenarians). Anthozoans were discussed on Thursday, and hydrozoans on Friday. A SCAMIT business meeting began the day during which Dr. Hochberg expressed his gratification at seeing the commentary on his chapters in Volume 14 of the Taxonomic Atlas (discussed in the last Newsletter), and requested a 4 April, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 12 copy so he could begin considering our comments. He also expressed interest in participating in the planned second meeting devoted to Volume 14, at which we would meet with several of the authors and directly address our comments and concerns. His schedule, and that of Mary Bergen, who would also like to participate, will force this second meeting into the fall. After the business meeting the workshop itself commenced with a useful introduction to the identification of anemones by John Ljubenkov. He detailed the process, giving the sequence of observations, and the data to be gathered at each stage. He also distributed a handout (attached) which summarized the process. At the end of this he provided a printout of the 221 anemone genera in the world and a brief characterization of each taxon on the basis of tentacles, sphincter, and foot type. This information is derived from Doumenc and Foubert (1984). Tabular entries are: c=cyclic tentacles, r=radially arranged tentacles, m=mesogloeal, en=endodermal sphincter, D=pedal disc, P—physa. Slides of Scolanthus sp A were viewed to provide orientation for structures visible in either cross or longitudinal sections. Interpretation of the slides was assisted by the diagram John provided in the handout. We also had a practical demonstration of the methods of sectioning specimens using a very large specimen of Halianthella sp. A as a test organism. John said he has found that sharp fine- bladed scalpels work better than micro-scissors for these preparations, as they yield cleaner cuts. John showed us a cross-section of the animal to illustrate the nature of the primary and secondary endocoels, and how they can be distinguished by the nature of the muscles and mesenteries which form them. We were also able to examine the mesogloeal sphincters of the animal in the preparation. Recognition of sphincter structure has been a problem for many of us in the past, and this demonstration helped clarify what we needed to see in the preparation. After this discussion and demonstration of the procedures, we began consideration of one group of anemones, the Edwardsiidae, which form the majority of the anemones taken in soft bottom monitoring programs in the southern California Bight. Species considered were Edwardsia californica , E. sp A, E. sp G> and Scolanthus sp A. We did not discuss E. sipunculoides (except with reference to how other species differed from it) or Metedwardsia sp A . Large specimens of all the above species were available for comparison, and all except the last two were examined by the attendees. All of the edwardsiids examined can be separated on external characters of the column, the physa, and the nemathyhomes. Examination of the cnidom of the tentacles, the body wall, and nemathybomes would provide additional confirmatory evidence to support identifications based on external characters, but is only rarely necessary. Most attendees had not previously seen Edwardsia sp A , which both occurs in deeper water than the other species, and is rarer. Two specimens were examined, one from off Orange County at 600ft., and one from off Palos Verdes at 305m, Both specimens showed the deep longitudinal furrowing of the body and lobation of the physa which reflects the convexity of the body wall between the mesenterial insertions. We also discussed the generic separation of the genera Scolanthus and Edwardsia. The primary difference between the two is that Edwardsia has histological differentiation in the physa, it differs in tissue type from the animaTs column and capitulum. In Scolanthus such differentiation is lacking. This separation follows that introduced by Carlgren, and reiterated by Williams (1981). Other families were not systematically examined in the same sense that the Edwardsiidae were. We examined individual species instead. Participants examined and compared specimens of 5 April, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 12 the cerianthiid Arachnanthus sp A , Pentactinia California i, Limnactiniidae sp A (probably a Umnactinia , currently the only named genus in the family), Zaolutus actius , Flosmaris grandis , Halcampa decemtentaculata , and Anemonactis sp A, and the brown tent anemone (Anemone #76, still of unknown affinities). We mentioned, but did not examine, Harenactis attenuata. It became apparent during these examinations that what most of us had been identifying as Zaolutus actius John would identify as Flosmaris grandis . Dean Pasko began a cross-comparison of the descriptions of these two species, and found them to share many characters. The possibility was raised that the two might actually be synonyms, with Flosmaris grandis representing the fully mature adult form and Zaolutus actius described from more juvenile material. John Ljubenkov and Don Cadien will both compare the two descriptions in detail in an attempt to place species separation on a firmer basis, or confirm the synonymy of the two taxa. Should the two prove to be indistinguishable based on their original descriptions, the type material will need to be reexamined. If they are found to be the same, Zaolutus has priority. The first day ended with most people heading off home, only Don Cadien, and John Rees (who arrived that evening) stayed at the Rancho. We were treated to a very fine view of comet Hale- Bopp in the dark night sky of the mountains. The second day of the workshop was devoted to hydroids. We began with a presentation by John Rees of his research on hydroids at the Alameda Naval Air Station in San Francisco Bay. John's facilities are immediately adjacent to his study area, and this proximity has allowed not only close and frequent observation of hydroid colonies in situ on the docks of the Station, but rearing of the animals through their life cycle in several cases. He maintains that with the corymorphine hydroids, which formed the basis of much of his work, you can only be sure of the relationship between the medusa and hydroid stages if you have raised one into the other. Characters overlap considerably in most of the members of many genera, and separations between genera are often seen in only one part of the life cycle. John used the hydroid genera Sarsia and Polyorchis as examples of these difficulties. He showed how subtle the differentiation of young medusae can be in these two closely related genera. He pointed out, for instance, that the medusa illustrated by Brinckmann-Voss (1977) as immediately post-release Polyorchis is actually a Sarsia based on criteria he employs to identify these genera. He maintains that the polyp stage of Polyorchis remains unknown, despite determined search of probable habitat by several workers. Although it is possible that the polyp stage of this organism is both small and drab, Dr. Rees feels intuitively (as does Cadet Hand) that the hydroid stage will turn out to be something rather bizarre in structure and/or habitat. Our focus shifted away from medusa stage to polyp stage in consideration of corymorphine hydroids of the genera Corymorpha and Euphysa, Characters of the medusa generation were also mentioned, but will not be detailed here. This discussion was again led by John Ljubenkov. These species are some of the most conspicuous soft-bottom hydroids taken in our area. They do not require presence of hard substrate fragments in the surface sediments for attachment. They are unattached, and maintain their position by rhizoidal filaments at the base of the perisarc which extend into the sediment and which may be attached to several individual sediment grains along their length. The two genera, which have been inadequately separated in the past, can be cleanly differentiated (at least the California representatives) by two criteria according to John Ljubenkov. First, in Corymorpha the small light-colored round bodies 6 April, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol, 15, No. 12 called "growth buds" or "growth papillae" are arranged linearly in rows extending along the stalk near its base, while in Euphysa they form a circle or cluster around the stalk just below the line of demarcation below the hydranth were the perisarc ends. Secondly the tentacles of Corymorpha are always villiform, while those of Euphysa may be either capitate or moniliform. We currently have two species of Corymorpha in our fauna, the bay species Corymorpha palma , and the offshore species Corymorpha "bigelowi". The quotation marks were used to indicate that John Ljubenkov is convinced that the animal we know as C. bigelowi is a local endemic, rather than a broad ranging or introduced Indo-Pacific species (as it was considered in Sassaman & Rees 1978). He plans to redescribe and name the species based on additional material of the polyp generation which is considerably more mature than that described by Sassaman & Rees. Distinguishing between the two species hinges on the presence of gonangia. These are of two different types. In C. "bigelowi” the gonangia form gonostyles on which medusa buds develop, eventually being released as free medusae. In most specimens (even small ones) these buds are clearly visible and can be recognized as developing medusae. In C. palma the gonangia are cryptomedusae. These are banana shaped structures which do not develop medusa buds. They are actually sessile medusae which remain attached to the polyp. As they mature they become filled with eggs or sperm depending on the sex of the polyp. In either case the cryptomedusae look much the same externally. Eventually the reproductive products are shed into the water, where fertilization occurs and planulae develop. So far the separation in habitat between these two species has been perfect, with no overlap. C. palma is found on mudflats, tidal runnels, and in very shallow muddy inner bay habitats. C. "bigelowi " is found off-shore on the continental shelf, and on subtidal bottoms in the deeper outer portions of bays. The larger of the two is C. palma , with C. " bigelowi * attaining at most 1/3 the size of 75mm tall mature adult C. palma. Three species of Euphysa are known from the northeast Pacific, E. ruthae f E. sp A, and E . sp B . Specimens identified in the past as E. aurata from our coast are actually E. sp A. The first of these is found only in the Puget Sound region, and is characterized by it’s long, narrow and non¬ tapering stalk. Both the provisional species have relatively short tapering stalks. Euphysa sp A can be distinguished from sp B by having a single row of growth buds, while sp B has a band of numerous small growth buds. The two species also differ in tentacle configuration. In sp A the oral (distal) tentacle whorl consists of short slightly capitate tentacles, while the aboral (proximal) whorl is moniliform. In sp B both whorls are fully moniliform. At present sp B is known only from off Pt. Arguello, while sp A is widely distributed on the shelf of the Southern California Bight. Both species are in manuscript, and will be described in the Taxonomic Atlas volume dealing with cnidarians. By mid-afternoon participants began to slip away to begin the long drive back to their homes. Those of us who stayed longest took a look at a number of cnidarians (along with many other types of organisms) on videotape. John Ljubenkov had shot the tape fairly recently during a submarine dive off Richardson's Rock at the northern end of the Northern Channel Islands. The tape showed a terrain of gigantic boulders, deeply undercut shelves, and great topological complexity at a depth of roughly 75m. Current action was strong as evidenced by rapid lateral movement of objects in the water column. Many tantalizing glimpses were afforded of animals we couldn’t quite identify, as well as a number of standard hard-bottom community members. 7 April, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 12 WEBPAGE UPDATE The editor met recently with our volunteer website administrator Larry Cooper (SCCWRP). We discussed how our site was set-up, modified some of the existing files (hopefully improving them in the process), and laid some plans to further automate the process of updating on a regular basis. Larry will be putting in the links to other sites we submit to him, so get candidate links submitted (e-mail is probably the easiest way). Feedback from member Jay Shrake (KLI) indicates a good degree of enthusiasm for our move into the electronic arena. He submitted a large packet of recommended URLs for us to link up to. Most comments so far have been positive; thanks. Suggestions for further improvement are more than welcome, they’re required. If you have input, put it ini PRIVACY With SCAMIT now providing both paper and electronic versions of the Newsletter, new problems have emerged for our consideration. In the past privacy was not much of an issue, since things included in the Newsletter were going to a select (and known) group of interested parties. With the move into the electronic medium we come smack dab into conflict with the Law of Unintended Consequences. We must begin to consider, as individual members, what will happen to information submitted to the Editor for inclusion in the Newsletter. Some degree of explicitness is required to assure that things not approved for wide dissemination are not ported across to the Net with the electronic version. Anything which a member has indicated he/she does not wish placed on the Website will be removed prior to the transfer process. The editor’s consciousness of the nature and severity of the problem is improving, but he is not yet wise enough to carefully tease out the desires of each contributor, especially when the information arrives second or third-hand. Please attempt to alert us to potentially sensitive information, or information which you just don’t want made available on the WWW, so that it can be restricted to paper-only distribution. This is particularly true of information of a personal nature, such as address, telephone, or other information pertaining to an individual. We are interested in providing this information to the membership, and also to other interested parties who may want to contact a member. We DO NOT want to compromise your privacy, however, so let us know of information you don’t wish to have posted to the SCAMIT Website. Campylaspis rufa TAKEN A single specimen of the small cumacean Campylaspis rufa was recently taken off Pt. Loma. Previous records of the species were restricted to areas further to the north, although it had been recorded from the Southern California Bight (unpublished agency records) and was on the SCAMIT Taxonomic List Edition 2. The previous southern record was from Santa Monica Bay, so the record from 328 ft. off Pt. Loma is roughly a two degree southern range extension. The species had not been reported by Given in his thesis, and is listed as ranging only as far south as Pt. Conception by Watling and McCann (MS). The later report lists depth of occurrence as ranging form 200 to 565m., so the current record extends the distribution inshore to 101m as well. JOB OPPORTUNITY An inquiry was received from Gary Gillingham (KLI) trying to find someone to identify oligochaetes from the San Francisco Bay /Delta area. He thinks he will have up to 60 0. Im2 samples (sieved through a 0.6mm screen) per month for a period of three years (2160 samples). You can contact him to express interest, or to 8 April, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 12 pass on the name of someone else who might wish to be involved at kirmetic@cruzio.com AN ARTICLE ON ARTICLES PleijePs 1993 publication of Polychaeta Phyllodocidae (Marine Invertebrates of Scandinavia No. 8), included a SEM photograph of Eteone cf. flava that shows regular cilia patches along the frontal antennae (page 138). Until now, other illustrations and descriptions have regularly described Eteone frontal antennae as smooth or cylindrical. Inspection of local Southern California Eteone specimens under 400X magnification shows the antennae are not merely cylindrical, but are articulated into 3-5 segments. The observed degree of articulation seems to vary between specimens. However, of the dozen or so specimens examined so far there is a clearly demarcated terminal segment and usually 3-4 more basally arranged segments. On some specimens this may appear as regularly organized intervals of constriction along the antennal walls. Other specimens have an internal membranous separation between each article. At least one specimen appeared to also have fine tufts of cilia at the point of antennal wall constriction. This articulation has been observed on both dorsal and ventral antenna, but seems more apparent in dorsal antennae. No claim of diagnostic value is made at this time. This micro-anatomical feature may become more useful after additional specimens have been carefully inspected. - Toni Parker (CSDLAC) SPECIMEN REQUEST Dean Pasko (CSDMWWD) passed on a request for specimens from a researcher interested in the molecular phylogeny of the anomuran crab family Lithodidae. They currently have material of the following species: Hapalogaster mertensii , Oedignathus inermis, Cryptolithodes sitchensis. Cryptolithodes typicus, Paralithodes camtschaticus, Lopholithodes mandtii , and Phyllolithodes papillosus. A number of other species have been taken in our area, including Paralithodes califomiensis and P. rathbuni, Lopholithodes foraminatus , Hapalogaster cavicauda, Glyptolithodes cristatipes , Lithodes couesi, Paralomis multispina and P. verrilli. Samples of any of these species would probably be welcome. Material sent to her should be initially preserved in ethanol (80 % or greater). Entire animals are not necessary, the tissue from a leg of a small animal or a portion of the leg of a larger animal would be sufficient. Please take care to identify the source organism, I am sure that full collection information would also be desired, including sex and wet weight of the individual. It might be a good idea to provide a photograph of the animal from which the tissue was taken (if one is available) as support for the field identification. The request came from Stefanie Zaklan, Bamfield Marine Station, Bamfield, B. C., Canada VOR 1BO. She can also be reached at zaklan@bms.bc.ca, or by phone at (250) 728- 3301. RESEARCH SEMINAR The Spring 1997 Research Seminar Series at the Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County still has several seminars remaining. A list of them is attached. The Thursday 8 May pair looks particularly interesting to those with a marine bent. TRACE OF EL NINO On the second day of the Cnidarian Workshop Dean Pasko (CSDMWWD) brought a live animal taken by the agency during their trawls on the previous day. It proved to be a juvenile specimen of the target shrimp, Sicyonia penicillatus. The presence of this shrimp in our area seems to 9 April, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 12 indicate northward water transport from larval source areas on the outer side of the Baja California Peninsula. Although the species has been previously taken in our waters, it is an infrequent visitor to the Californian province with no known local breeding population. I had not seen one in our area since three specimens were taken in the vicinity of Los Angeles-Long Beach Harbors during the 1983-84 El Nino. Tony Phillips (CLAEMD) was in attendance and noted that a much larger mature animal had been taken in Santa Monica Bay during their 1996 sampling. These animals are markers of warm water influence. The 1996 specimen might have been the last gasp of larvae which arrived during an earlier warm water intrusion, perhaps the same one which brought large numbers of tuna crabs (Pleuroncodes planipes) into the waters off-shore of the Palos Verdes Peninsula in 1996. The presence of a juvenile specimen off Pt. Loma in 1997 would seem to indicate another separate warming event is about to take place or is actually underway. -Don Cadien (CSDLAC) BIBLIOGRAPHY ASSIS, C. A. 1996. A generalised index for stomach contents analysis in fish. Scientia Marina 60(2-3): 385-3 89. BARNES, MARGARET. 1996, Pedunculate Cirripedes of the genus Pollicipes , Oceanography and Marine Biology: an Annual Review 34:303-394. BRINCKMANN-VOSS, ANITA. 1977. The hydroid of Polvorchis penicillatus (Eschscholtz) (Polyorchidae, Hydrozoa, Cnidaria). Canadian Journal of Zoology 55(l):93-96. CRONIN, GREG, and Mark E. Hay. 1996. Induction of seaweed chemical defenses by amphipod grazing. Ecology 77(8):2287-2301. DEHEYN, D., V. Alva, and M. Jangoux. 1996. Fine structure of the photogenous areas in the bioluminescent ophiuroid Amphipholis squamata (Echmodermata, Ophiuridea). Zoomorphology 116(4): 195- 204. DOUMENC, D., and A. Foubert. 1984. Microinformatique etTaxonomie des Actinies: cle mondiale des genres. Annales de 1 1 Institut Oceanographique, Paris 60(l):43-86. EDMANDS, SUZANNE. 1996. The evolution of mating systems in a group of brooding sea anemones (Epiactis). Invertebrate Reproduction and Development 30(1-3): 227-237. HAY, MARK E. 1996. Marine chemical ecology: What's known and what's next? Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 200(1-2): 103-134. KENSLEY, BRIAN. 1996. New thalassinidean shrimp from the Pacific Ocean (Crustacea: Decapoda: Axiidae and Calocarididae). Bulletin of Marine Science 59(3):469-489. KOMAI, TOMOYUKI. 1997. Revision of Argis dentata and related species (Decapoda: Caridea: Crangonidae), with description of a new species from the Okhotsk Sea. Journal of Crustacean Biology 17(1): 135-161. LEVINTON, JEFFREY S., J. Evan Ward, and Raymond J. Thompson. 1996. Biodynamics of particle processing in bivalve molluscs: Models, data, and future directions. Invertebrate Biology 115(3): 232-242. LINDSAY, SARA M., David S. Wethey, and Sarah A. Woodin. 1996. Modeling interactions of browsing predation, infaunal activity, and recruitment in marine soft-sediment habitats. American Naturalist 148(4):684-699. 10 April, 1997 SCAMIT Newsletter Vol. 15, No. 12 McLHAN, JAMES H. 1996. Chapter 1. The Prosobranchia. Pp. 1-160 IN: Scott, Paul H., James A. Blake, and Andrew L. Lissner (eds.) Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara Channel, Volume 9 - The Mollusca: Part 2, The Gastropoda. Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History, Santa Barbara, California. 228pp. NISH1, EIJIROH, and Moritaka Nishihira. 1996. Age-estimation of the Christmas tree worm Spirobranchus gjganteus (Polychaeta, Serpulidae) living buried in the coral skeleton from the coral- growth band of the host coral. Fisheries Science 62(3):400-403. PLEIJEL, FREDRIK. 1993. Polychaeta Phyllodicidae. Marine Invertebrates of Scandinavia 8:1-158. SASSAMAN, CLAY, and John T. Rees. 1978. The life cycle of Corvmorpha f= Euphvsora) bigelowi (Maas, 1905) and its significance in the systematics of corymorphid hydromedusae. Biological ^ Bulletin 154:485-496. WAREN, ANDERS. 1993. New and little known Mollusca from Iceland and Scandinavia, Part 2, Sarsia 78:159-201. —. 1996. New and little known Mollusca from Iceland and Scandinavia .3. Sarsia 81(3): 197-245. WICKSTEN, MARY K. 1982, Crustaceans from baited traps and gill nets off Southern California. California Fish and Game 68:244-246. WILLIAMS, R. B. 1981. A sea anemeone, Edwardsia meridionalis sp. nov,, from Antarctica and a preliminary revision of the genus Edwardsia de Quatrefages, 1841 (Coelenterata: Actiniaria). Records of the Australian Museum 33(6):325-360. SCAMIT OFFICERS: If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel free to contact any of the officers. e-mail address President Ron Velarde (619)692-4903 rgv@sddpc.sannet.gov Vice-President DonCadien (310)830-2400 ext. 403 mblcsdla@netcom.com Secretary Cheryl Brantley (310)830-2400 ext. 403 mblcsdla@netcom.com Treasurer AnnDalkey (310)648-5544 cam@san.cUaxa.us Back issues of the newsletter are available. Prices are as follows: Volumes 1-4 (compilation).$ 30.00 Volumes 5 - 7 (compilation).$ 15.00 Volumes 8- 15.$ 20.00/vol. Single back issues are also available at cost. 11 Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County Research Seminar Series Spring 1997 Thursday 20 March 1997. The Origin of Rheumatoid Arthritis 6,000 Years Ago In North America. Bruce Rothschild, Northeast Ohio University Campus of Medicine. Thursday 17 April, 1997. The Phylogenetic Placement of Snakes within Squamata as inferred from Morphological and Molecular data. Tod Reeder, San Diego State University Thursday 8 May 1997. Eye Lens Pigmentation In Fishes: Biochemistry, Ecology, and Evolution. Mason Posner, U.S.C. Graduate Student in Residence, LACM. and Evolution of the Sea Basses of the Genus Paralabrax. Guillermo Herrera, U.S.C. Graduate Student in Residence, LACM. Natural History Museum cf Los Angeles County, Times Mirror Room Seminars begin at 3:00PM, coffee and refreshments at 2:30PM For more information contact Dr. J.D. Stewart (213) 744-3318 AH welcome! Tips on the Identification of Anemones By John Ljubenkov What do you need to look at to identify an anemone? If you have an anemone in front of you, what are the characters you should look at in order that you may recognize it again? Below is a list of things I look for in a 'new to my eyes’ anemone which help me to visualize its exact structure. You need a dissecting and a compound microscope with slides etc., a sharp scalpel, fine forceps, and a steady hand. 1. First look at the base of the anemone to determine whether it has a strongly developed foot with parieto-basilar musculature. If so it is in Thenaria, If it has just a swollen foot with no musculature (a physa) then it’s in AthenaricL This is usually obvious from external examination, but if it is not a cross section as close to the foot as possible is necessary. 2. Does it have a sphincter? If it does, then is it Endoderntal or Mesogloeall For this you need to cut through the margin. Most infaunal anemones lack a sphincter or have exceedingly poorly developed ones so most anemones from monitoring programs do not have them. 3. What is the exact arrangement of the mesenteries? Find the primary (1°) and secondary (2°) pairs of mesenteries by examining on which side of the mesenteries the musculature sits. For this you need to slice as good a cross section as you can. 8-way or octamerous symmetry indicates possible ’Edwardsiid’ relationships whereas 6-way or hexamerous is a more usual condition. When pedal laceration or other asexual methods of reproduction occur, then these patterns of symmetry may be obscured. I believe that this is one of the more important characters. Remember that Anthozoa are bilaterally symmetrical not radially symmetrical. 4. How are the cycles of tentacles arranged in relation to the cycles of mesenteries? Usually one tentacle arises from between each two mesenteries regardless of which cycle they belong to, but the two sets of cycles correspond. Corallimorpharia (e.g. Corynactis) may have more than one per endocoel, as may the Stichodactyline or Carpet anemones. What are the exact type of tentacles? Capitate, viliform, bumpy, colors etc. 5. Mesenteries and their associated tentacles are arranged in ’cycles'. The first mesenteries to arise are usually the longest and are defined as the 1° cycle. The 1° and 2° pairs of mesenteries are at opposite sides of the actinopharynx / mouth. Color patterns also tend to reflect the internal symmetry, e.g. the bases of the tentacles associated with these pairs of mesenteries may be specially marked. 6. What is the column like in relation to other body features? What surface structures such as vesicles, warts, verrucae, cinclides etc. cover the surface? Pg- 1 ANEMQUIZ.WPS 7. In order to make a nematocyst preparation: take a small piece of flesh from the desired region. Macerate the flesh with forceps on a slide to break up the flesh. Place a drop of water on and then a cover slip. Apply pressure to the cover slip with your thumb and gently move the cover slip around to further grind up the flesh underneath. View under oil immersion at lOOOx. This data is more useful at a generic level rather than a specific level in identifications. 8. Biological factors: sed. type, depth, life history and ecology. 9. Do your best to draw what you see. It is the only way to codify and eventually see the characters necessary. Pg-2 ANEMQUIZ.WPS ACTIN.WDB Anemone genera Genus Author Date Tentacle Sf )hincte Foot Acontiophorum Carlgren 1938 C D Acraspedanthus Cartgren 1924 c M D Acfhelmis Lutken 1875 c P Actinauge Verrill 1883 c M D Actineria Blainville 1830 R EN D Actinemus Verrill 1879 c D Actinia Browne 1756 C EN D Actiniogeton Carlgren 1938 C EH D Actinodendron Blainville 1830 R D Actinodiscus Blainville 1830 R EH D Actinoporus Duchaissang 1850 R EN D Actinoscyphia Stephenson 1820 C M D Actinostephanus Kwietniewski 1897 R D Actincstola Verrill 1883 C M D Actinothoe Fisher 1889 C M D Adamsia Forbes 1880 C M D Aiptaisia Gosse 1858 C M D Aiptasiogeton Schmidt 1872 C M D Aiptasiomorpha Stephenson 1920 C EN D Alicia Johnson 1861 C D Allantactis Danielssen 1890 C M D Amphianthus Hertwig 1882 C M D Andre sia Stephenson 1921 C EN D Andwakia Danielssen 1890 c M P Anemonactis Andres 1880 C P Anemonia Risso 1826 c EN D Antholoba Hertwig 1882 c M D Anthopieura Du&Mi 1860 c EN D Anthostelia Carlgren 1938 c EN D Anthothoe Carlgren 1938 c M D Antiparactis Verrill 1899 C M D Antosactis Danielssen 1890 C M D Artemidactis Stephenson 1918 C M D Aureliana Andres 1883 R EN D Austroneophellia Zamponi C M D Bartholomea Duchassaing & Mi 1866 c M D Bathydactyfus Carlgren 1928 C M D Bafhyphellia Carlgren 1932 c M D Bolocera Gosse 1860 c EN D Boloceractis Pannikar 1937 C D Boloceroides Carlgren 1899 C D Boioceropsis McNurrich 1904 C EN D Botryon Carlgren & Hedgp 1952 C M D Botryon 2 Carlgren & Hedgp 1951 c M P Bunodactis Verrill 1899 c EN D Bunodeopsis Andres 1880 C D Bunodosoma Verrill 1899 C EN D Cactosoma Danielssen 1890 C M P Calamactinia Carlgren 1949 C P Calamactis Carlgren 1949 C P Calliactis Verrill 1869 c M D pg. lof 5 ACTIN.WDB Genus Author Pate Tentacle Sphincte Foot Carcinactis Riemann-Zurneck 1975 C M Carlgrenia Stephenson 1929 C Catapheliia Stephenson 1929 C M Cereus Oken 1815 c M Charisea Torrey 1902 c EN Charisella Carlgren 1949 c EN Chondrophellia Carlgren 1928 c M Choriactis McMurrich 1904 c M Cladactella Verriil 1928 c EN Cnidanthus Carlgren 1927 c M Cnidopus Carlgren 1934 c EN Condylactis Du&Mi 1866 c Condylanthus Carlgren 1899 c EN Coraflimorphus Mosely 1877 R Corynactis Allman 1846 R Cribinopsis Siebert & Spauldi 1976 C EN Cricophorus Carlgren 1924 c M Cryptodendron Klunzinger 1877 R EN Dactyfanthus Carlgren 1911 C EN Daontesia Carlgren 1942 C M Decaphelfia Bourne 1918 c M Diadumene Stephenson 1920 C Dofleinia Wasilief 1908 C EN Drillactis Verriil 1922 c Edwardsia Quatrefages 1842 c Edwardsielfa Andres 1881 C Entacmaea Ehrenburg 1834 C EN Epiactis Verriil 1869 c EN Epiparactis Carlgren 1921 C M Epipheliia Carlgren 1949 c M Evactis Verriil 1869 c EN Exoooelactis Carlgren 1928 c M Fagesia Delphy 1938 c Flosmaris Stephenson 1920 c M Galeanthemum Carlgren 1956 c M Glyphoperidium Roule 1909 c EN Glyphostylum Roule 1909 c Gonactinia Sars 1851 c Gyrostoma Kwietniewsky 1898 c EN Hadalanthus Carlgren 1956 c M Halcampa Gosse 1858 c M Halcampactis Farquhar 1898 c Hafcampaster Carlgren 1938 c M Halcampelfa Andres 1883 c Halcampogeton Carlgren 1937 c Halcampoides Danielssen 1890 c Halcurias McMurrich 1693 c Hafiactis Carlgren 1921 c Halianthefla Kwietniewski 1896 c M Halipfanelia Hand 1956 c Haloclava Verriil 1899 c Harenactis Torrey 1902 c Heteractis Milne-Edwards 1857 c M pg, 2of 5 OllDDO'DOTnnJOODOOOOD'DOTlDODDDOD'D'DDDDDOOOOODDDODDDDDDDDDO ACTIN.WDB Genus Author Date Tentacle Sphinc Heteranthus Klunziger 1877 C EN Heterodactyfa Hemprich & Ehren185l R EN Homostichanthus Duerden 1900 R EN Hormathia Gosse 1851 C M Hormathianthus Carlgren 1943 C M Hormosoma Stephenson 1918 C M Isactinernus Carlgren 1918 c Isactinia Carlgren 1900 C EN Isantheopsis Carlgren 1942 c EN Isanthus Carlgren 1938 c M Isocradactis Carlgren 1924 C EN Isoedwardsia Carlgren 1921 c Isometridium Carlgren 1949 C M Isoparactis Stephenson 1920 C M Isophetlia Carlgren 1900 C M Isosicyonis Carlgren 1927 c M Isotealia Carlgren 1899 c EN Kasodactis Danielssen 1890 c M Lebrunia Du&Mi 1860 c Leipsiceras Stephenson 1918 c EN Limnactinia Carlgren 1921 Liponema Hertwig 1882 c EN LithophefJia Carlgren 1938 c M Macrocnema Carlgren 1928 c EN Macrodactyla Haddon 1898 c EN Megafactis Ehrenburg 1834 R Mena Stephenson 1920 c M Mesacmaea Andres 1883 c Metapeachia Carlgren 1943 c Metarhodactis Carlgren 1943 R EN Metedwardsia Carlgren 1947 c Metridium Oken 1815 c M Mimetridium Hand 1961 c Minyas Cuvier 1817 R EN Myonanthus McMurrich 1893 C EN Nectactis Gravier 1918 C Nemanthus Carlgren 1940 c M Nematostelfa Stephenson 1935 c Neopara condyla ctiZa m p o n i 1974 c EN Neophelia Uchida 1939 c M Nevadne Stephenson 1922 c Octineon Fowler 1984 c M Opiodiscus Hertwig 1882 c M Oractis McMurrich 1893 c EN Orinia Duchassaing & Mi 1860 R EN Oulactis M-Ed&Haime 1851 c EN Parabunodactis Carlgren 1928 c EN Paracalfiactis Carlgren 1928 c M Paraoondylactis Carlgren 1934 c EN Paractinia Andres 1884 c M Paractinostola Carlgren 1928 c M Paradiscosoma Carlgren 1900 R EN Paraedwardsia Carlgren 1905 c Foot pg. 3of 5 UODODOODOTJODDDDTJODOO'aO'DOriJDOODOO'ODDODODOO'DODDODDDDOOO ACTIN.WDB Genus Author Date Tentacle Sphim Parahalcampa Carlgren 1927 C M Paraisometridium Zamponi 1978 C M Paranemonia Carlgren 1900 c EN Parantheopsis McMurrich 1904 c EN Paranthus Andres 1883 c M Paraphellia Haddon 1889 c M Paraphelliactis Carlgren 1928 c M Parasicyonis Carlgren 1921 c M Parastephanauge Dufaure 1951 c M Peachia Gosse 1855 c Pelocoetes Annandale 1915 c Pentactinia Carlgren 1900 c PhelSia Gosse 1858 c M PheHiactis Simon 1892 c M Phelliogeton Carlgren 1927 c M Phialoba Carlgren 1949 c Phlyctenactis Stuckey 1909 c EN Phlyctenanthus Carlgren 1949 c EN Phyllactis Milne-Edwards & 1851 c EN Phyllod/scus Kwietniewski 1898 c EN Phymactis Milne-Edwards 1857 c EN Phymanthus Miine_Edwards 1857 c EN Phytocoefes Annandale 1915 c Phytocoetopsis Panikkar 1936 c Protanthea Carlgren 1891 c Pseud actinia Carlgren 1928 c EN Pseudhormathia Carlgren 1943 c EN Pseudoparactis Stephenson 1920 c M Ptychodactis Apellof 1893 c Pycnanthus McMurrich 1893 c M Radianthus Kwietniewski 1898 R EN Ramirezia Zamponi 1979 c Rhodactis Milne-Edwards & 1851 R EN Ricordea Duchassaing & Mi 1860 R Sagartia Gosse 1855 c M Sagartianthus Carlgren 1943 c M Sagartiogeton Carlgren 1924 c M Scoianthus Gosse 1853 c Scytophorus Hertwig 1882 c Segonsactis Reimann-Zurneck 1979 c EN Sicyonis Hertwig 1882 c M Sideractis Danielssen 1890 c Siphonactinopsis Carlgren 1921 c Sphincteractis Zamponi 1976 c M Stephanauge Verrili 1899 c M Stephensonactis Panlkkar 1936 c Stichodactyia Brandt 1835 R EN Stoichactis Carlgren 1900 R EN Stomphia Gosse 1859 C M Stylobates Dali 1903 c EN Synactinernus Carlgren 1918 c Synandwakia Carlgren 1947 c M Synhalcampella Carlgren 1921 c Foot pg. 4of 5 "O'DODOOUTOD'OOODTTlDDDODTlDODaDODTl-OOODaClOaOOaTl-O'ODDDOOOaOT] ACTIN.WDB Genus Author Date Tentacle Sohin* Synhalcurias Carigren 1914 C Synsicyonis Carlgren 1921 C M Tealia Gosse 1858 c EN Tealianthus Carlgren 1927 ' c EN Tealidium Heriwig 1882 c M Telmatactis Gravier 1918 c M Thafassianthus Leuckart 1828 R EN Triad!s Klunzinger 1877 C Urticinopsis Carlgren 1927 c EN Verriliactis England 1972 C M Zaolutus Hand 1955 C M Foot COUNT: 221 Compiled from D. Doumencand A, Foubert. 1984. Microinformatique etTaxonomie des Actinies: Cle Mondial des Genres, Ann, Inst, oceanogt, Paris, 1984, Vol. 60{1): 43-86. pg. 5of 5 QQDDDQD-QQClQ